U.S. patent application number 17/215222 was filed with the patent office on 2021-10-07 for methods of stapling tissue.
The applicant listed for this patent is Ethicon LLC. Invention is credited to Jason L. Harris, Nichole Y. Kwee, Frederick E. Shelton, IV, Janna B. Volz, Mark S. Zeiner.
Application Number | 20210307748 17/215222 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 1000005657100 |
Filed Date | 2021-10-07 |
United States Patent
Application |
20210307748 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Harris; Jason L. ; et
al. |
October 7, 2021 |
METHODS OF STAPLING TISSUE
Abstract
A method of stapling tissue is disclosed. The method can include
obtaining a staple cartridge including a plurality of staples,
wherein each staple has a base and a leg extending from the base.
The stapling method can also include firing the staples from the
staple cartridge, wherein the staples are fired into tissue in a
staple line. The staple line can include a first portion having a
first flexibility and a second portion having a second flexibility,
wherein the second flexibility is different than the first
flexibility. A method of stapling tissue can also include adapting
an anvil with an anvil plate having an arrangement of
staple-forming pockets that differs from the staple-forming pockets
in the anvil.
Inventors: |
Harris; Jason L.; (Lebanon,
OH) ; Zeiner; Mark S.; (Mason, OH) ; Volz;
Janna B.; (West Chester, OH) ; Kwee; Nichole Y.;
(Cincinnati, OH) ; Shelton, IV; Frederick E.;
(Hillsboro, OH) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
Ethicon LLC |
Guaynabo |
PR |
US |
|
|
Family ID: |
1000005657100 |
Appl. No.: |
17/215222 |
Filed: |
March 29, 2021 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
16860332 |
Apr 28, 2020 |
|
|
|
17215222 |
|
|
|
|
15385953 |
Dec 21, 2016 |
10675026 |
|
|
16860332 |
|
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
1/1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
A61B 2090/032 20160201;
A61B 2090/0811 20160201; A61B 17/072 20130101; A61B 2017/00017
20130101; A61B 2017/0641 20130101; A61B 2017/07242 20130101; A61B
17/068 20130101; A61B 2017/00039 20130101; A61B 2017/00991
20130101; A61B 2017/0725 20130101; A61B 90/03 20160201; A61B
2017/00477 20130101; A61B 2017/07278 20130101; A61B 17/0644
20130101; A61B 17/07207 20130101; A61B 2017/07271 20130101; A61B
2017/00398 20130101; A61B 2017/00734 20130101; A61B 34/30 20160201;
A61B 17/0682 20130101; A61B 2017/07264 20130101; A61B 2017/2927
20130101; A61B 2017/07235 20130101; A61B 2017/07228 20130101; A61B
2090/0814 20160201; A61B 2017/0046 20130101; A61B 2017/2933
20130101; A61B 2017/00473 20130101; A61B 2017/07214 20130101; A61B
2017/07285 20130101; A61B 2017/07221 20130101; A61B 2090/0808
20160201 |
International
Class: |
A61B 17/072 20060101
A61B017/072; A61B 34/30 20060101 A61B034/30; A61B 90/00 20060101
A61B090/00; A61B 17/064 20060101 A61B017/064; A61B 17/068 20060101
A61B017/068 |
Claims
1. A method, comprising: obtaining a staple cartridge comprising a
plurality of staples, wherein each staple comprises a base and a
leg extending from the base; and firing the staples from the staple
cartridge, wherein the staples are fired into tissue in a staple
line, and wherein the staple line comprises: a first portion
comprising a first flexibility; and a second portion longitudinally
offset from the first portion, wherein the second portion comprises
a second flexibility, and wherein the second flexibility is
different than the first flexibility.
2. The method of claim 1, further comprising selecting the staple
cartridge from at least two different staple cartridges.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the at least two different staple
cartridges comprise different arrangements of staple cavities.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the first portion comprises a
distal portion.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the first portion is laterally
offset from the second portion.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the first portion comprises a
first row of staples, and wherein the second portion comprises a
second row of staples.
7. A method, comprising: obtaining a staple cartridge comprising a
plurality of staples, wherein each staple comprises a base and a
leg extending from the base; and firing the staples from the staple
cartridge, wherein the staples are fired into tissue in a staple
line, and wherein the staple line comprises: a first length
comprising a first group of the staples, wherein the bases of the
staples in the first group are arranged in a herringbone pattern;
and a second length comprising a second group of the staples,
wherein the second length is longitudinally offset from the first
length, and wherein the bases of the staples in the first group are
arranged in parallel.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the first length comprises a
first flexibility, wherein the second length comprises a second
flexibility, and wherein the second flexibility is different than
the first flexibility.
9. The method of claim 7, wherein the first length is more flexible
than the second length.
10. The method of claim 7, further comprising selecting the staple
cartridge from at least two different staple cartridges.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the at least two different
staple cartridges comprise different arrangements of staple
cavities.
12. A method, comprising: obtaining an adaptor assembly comprising
a staple cartridge and an anvil plate, wherein the anvil plate
comprises a plurality of first staple-forming pockets, and wherein
the plurality of first staple-forming pockets are arranged in a
first arrangement; and installing the adaptor assembly in an end
effector, wherein the end effector comprises an anvil comprising a
plurality of second staple-forming pockets, wherein the second
staple-forming pockets are arranged in a second arrangement, and
wherein the second arrangement is different than the first
arrangement.
13. The method of claim 12, wherein the first arrangement comprises
a herringbone pattern of pockets.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein the second arrangement
comprises a parallel pattern of pockets.
15. The method of claim 13, wherein the staple cartridge comprises
a plurality of staple cavities arranged in a corresponding
herringbone pattern.
16. The method of claim 13, wherein the staple cartridge comprises
a plurality of staples arranged in a corresponding herringbone
pattern.
17. The method of claim 16, further comprising driving the staples
into forming contact with the second staple-forming pockets in the
adaptor assembly.
18. The method of claim 13, wherein the adaptor assembly comprises
a deformable material, and wherein said installing step further
comprises forming the deformable material to a deformed
configuration that corresponds to a profile of the anvil.
19. The method of claim 13, wherein said installing step further
comprises aligning features on the anvil plate with features on the
anvil.
20. The method of claim 13, further comprising clamping tissue
between the staple cartridge and the anvil plate.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application is a continuation application that claims
priority under 35 U.S.C. .sctn. 120 to U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 16/860,332, entitled METHODS OF STAPLING TISSUE, filed Apr. 28,
2020, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2020/0275930,
which is a continuation application that claims priority under 35
U.S.C. .sctn. 120 to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,953,
entitled METHODS OF STAPLING TISSUE, filed Dec. 21, 2016, which
issued on Jun. 9, 2020 as U.S. Pat. No. 10,675,026, the entire
disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference
herein.
BACKGROUND
[0002] The present invention relates to surgical instruments and,
in various arrangements, to surgical stapling and cutting
instruments and staple cartridges for use therewith that are
designed to staple and cut tissue.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0003] Various features of the embodiments described herein,
together with advantages thereof, may be understood in accordance
with the following description taken in conjunction with the
accompanying drawings as follows:
[0004] FIG. 1 is a perspective view of an interchangeable surgical
tool assembly embodiment operably coupled to a handle assembly
embodiment;
[0005] FIG. 2 is an exploded assembly view of portions of the
handle assembly and interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG.
1;
[0006] FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a distal portion of the
interchangeable surgical tool assembly embodiment depicted in FIGS.
1 and 2 with portions thereof omitted for clarity;
[0007] FIG. 4 is an exploded assembly view of a distal portion of
the interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 1;
[0008] FIG. 5 is a partial cross-sectional perspective view of a
proximal portion of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly of
FIG. 1;
[0009] FIG. 6 is an exploded assembly view of the proximal portion
of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 5;
[0010] FIG. 7 is a partial exploded assembly view of a portion of a
spine assembly embodiment of the interchangeable surgical tool
assembly of FIG. 1;
[0011] FIG. 8 is a partial cross-sectional end view of the proximal
portion of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 5
with a clutch assembly thereof shown in an articulation mode;
[0012] FIG. 9 is another partial cross-sectional end view of the
proximal portion of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly of
FIG. 5 with the clutch assembly thereof shown in a firing mode;
[0013] FIG. 10 is a partial side view of the proximal portion of
the interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 1 with a clutch
assembly thereof shown in the articulation mode;
[0014] FIG. 11 is a partial side view of a portion of the
interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 1 with the clutch
assembly thereof shown in the firing mode;
[0015] FIG. 12A is a partial side cross-sectional view of the
interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 1 with a closure
stroke reduction assembly embodiment in a retracted orientation
corresponding to the articulation mode;
[0016] FIG. 12B is a partial side cross-sectional view of the
interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 12A with the closure
stroke reduction assembly embodiment in an extended orientation
corresponding to the firing mode;
[0017] FIG. 13 is a perspective view of a portion of the
interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 12A showing the
closure stroke reduction assembly embodiment in the retracted
orientation corresponding to the articulation mode;
[0018] FIG. 14 is a perspective view of a portion of the
interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 12B showing the
closure stroke reduction assembly embodiment in the extended
orientation corresponding to the firing mode;
[0019] FIG. 15A is a side elevational view of a portion of a
surgical end effector embodiment with the jaws thereof in a fully
closed orientation;
[0020] FIG. 15B is another side elevational view of the surgical
end effector embodiment of FIG. 15A with the jaws thereof in a
fully open orientation;
[0021] FIG. 16 is a perspective view of a distal closure member
embodiment with positive jaw opening features;
[0022] FIG. 17 is a perspective view of a portion of a surgical end
effector embodiment that is configured to be used in connection
with the distal closure member of FIG. 16;
[0023] FIG. 18 is a side elevational view of portions of the
surgical end effector of FIG. 17 with jaws thereof in a fully
closed position and the distal closure member of FIG. 16 shown in
cross-section;
[0024] FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional side view of the surgical end
effector and distal closure member of FIG. 18 with the jaws thereof
in the fully closed position;
[0025] FIG. 20 is another cross-sectional side view of the surgical
end effector and distal closure member of FIG. 18 with the jaws
thereof in the fully open position;
[0026] FIG. 21 is a side view of the surgical end effector and
distal closure member of FIG. 18 with the jaws thereof in the fully
open position;
[0027] FIG. 22 is a perspective view of a portion of another
surgical end effector embodiment with the anvil omitted for clarity
that employs a positive jaw opening spring;
[0028] FIG. 23 is perspective view the positive jaw opening spring
of FIG. 22;
[0029] FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional side view of the surgical end
effector of FIG. 22 with jaws thereof in a fully open position;
[0030] FIG. 25 is another cross-sectional side view of the surgical
end effector of FIG. 22 with jaws thereof in a fully closed
position;
[0031] FIG. 26 is a side view of a portion of another surgical end
effector embodiment and a distal closure member embodiment with the
jaws of the surgical end effector in a fully open position;
[0032] FIG. 27 is another side view of the surgical end effector
and distal closure member of FIG. 26 at the beginning of a jaw
closure sequence;
[0033] FIG. 28 is another side view of the surgical end effector
and distal closure member of FIG. 26 during the jaw closure
sequence;
[0034] FIG. 29 is another side view of the surgical end effector
and distal closure member of FIG. 26 with the jaws thereof in a
fully closed position;
[0035] FIG. 30 is a perspective view of a firing member
embodiment;
[0036] FIG. 31 is a side elevational view of the firing member of
FIG. 30;
[0037] FIG. 32 is a front view of the firing member of FIG. 30;
[0038] FIG. 33 is a perspective view of the firing member of FIG.
30 in relation to a sled assembly embodiment and a firing member
lock embodiment;
[0039] FIG. 33A is a top view of a staple driver embodiment;
[0040] FIG. 33B is a top perspective view of the staple driver
embodiment of FIG. 33A;
[0041] FIG. 33C is a bottom perspective view of the staple driver
embodiment of FIGS. 33A and 33B;
[0042] FIG. 34 is a bottom perspective view of the firing member
lock of FIG. 33;
[0043] FIG. 35 is a cross-sectional side elevational view of a
portion of a surgical end effector embodiment with jaws thereof in
a fully open orientation and the firing member lock of FIG. 33 in
an unlocked orientation;
[0044] FIG. 36 is another cross-sectional side elevational view of
the surgical end effector of FIG. 35 with an unspent surgical
staple cartridge supported in one of the jaws and retaining the
firing member lock in the unlocked orientation;
[0045] FIG. 37 is another cross-sectional side elevational view of
the surgical end effector of FIG. 36 after a firing sequence has
been commenced;
[0046] FIG. 38 is another cross-sectional side elevational view of
the surgical end effector of FIG. 36 as the firing member is being
retracted back to a starting position;
[0047] FIG. 39 is a top cross-sectional view of the firing member
and firing member lock in the position shown in FIG. 38;
[0048] FIG. 40 is another cross-sectional side elevational view of
the surgical end effector of FIG. 36 after the firing member has
been retracted back to the starting position;
[0049] FIG. 41 a top cross-sectional view of the firing member and
firing member lock in the position shown in FIG. 40;
[0050] FIG. 42 is a cross-sectional side elevational view of a
portion of another surgical end effector embodiment with jaws
thereof in a fully open orientation and another firing member lock
embodiment of FIG. 33 in a locked orientation;
[0051] FIG. 43 is a left side perspective view of portions of
another surgical end effector embodiment and distal closure member
embodiment with jaws of the surgical end effector in a fully open
position and supporting a surgical staple cartridge therein with
expandable tissue stops in a fully expanded orientation;
[0052] FIG. 44 is a right side perspective view of the surgical end
effector of FIG. 43;
[0053] FIG. 45 is an exploded perspective view of one of the jaws
and the surgical staple cartridge of FIGS. 43 and 44;
[0054] FIG. 46 is a perspective view of a stop spring of one of the
expandable tissue stops of FIG. 43;
[0055] FIG. 47 is a partial cross-sectional end view of the
surgical end effector of FIGS. 42 and 43 with the jaws thereof in
the fully open orientation and the expandable tissue stops thereof
in their fully expanded orientations;
[0056] FIG. 48 is a top view of a portion of the surgical staple
cartridge of FIGS. 42 and 43;
[0057] FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional side view of the surgical end
effector of FIGS. 43 and 44 with the jaws thereof in the fully
closed position;
[0058] FIG. 50 is another cross-sectional side view of the surgical
end effector of FIGS. 43 and 44 with the jaws thereof in the fully
open position;
[0059] FIG. 51 is a partial cross-sectional end view of another
surgical end effector embodiment with the jaws thereof in a fully
open orientation;
[0060] FIG. 52 is a side elevational view of a portion of the
surgical end effector of FIG. 51 with the jaws thereof in a fully
open orientation;
[0061] FIG. 53 is another side elevational view of a portion of the
surgical end effector of FIG. 51 with the jaws thereof in a fully
closed orientation;
[0062] FIG. 54 is a perspective view of a staple cartridge body
having a plurality of staple cavities defined therein;
[0063] FIG. 55 is a partial perspective bottom view of the staple
cartridge body of FIG. 54;
[0064] FIG. 56 is a top plan view of the staple cartridge body of
FIG. 54 and depicting a cutting element positioned in a
longitudinal slot of the cartridge body;
[0065] FIG. 57 is a bottom plan view of the staple cartridge body
of FIG. 54 and depicting drivers positioned in the staple
cavities;
[0066] FIG. 58 is a staple line implanted in stapled tissue and
generated by the staple cartridge body of FIG. 54 and depicting
certain staples that are likely to be missing from the staple line
with phantom lines;
[0067] FIG. 59 is a side elevation view of a staple in the staple
line of FIG. 58;
[0068] FIG. 60 is a side elevation view of a staple;
[0069] FIG. 61 is a bottom plan view of a staple cartridge body
having a plurality of staple cavities defined therein and depicting
drivers positioned in the staple cavities;
[0070] FIG. 62 is a perspective view of the drivers in the proximal
staple cavities of FIG. 57;
[0071] FIG. 63 is a side elevation view of the drivers of FIG. 62
and depicting an offset ramped surface with a phantom line;
[0072] FIG. 64 is a plan view of the drivers of FIG. 62;
[0073] FIG. 65 is a front elevation view of the drivers of FIG.
62;
[0074] FIG. 66 is a plan view of the drivers in the proximal staple
cavities of the staple cartridge body of FIG. 61;
[0075] FIG. 67 is a front elevation view of the drivers of FIG.
66;
[0076] FIG. 68 is a top plan view of a staple cartridge body having
a plurality of staple cavities defined therein;
[0077] FIG. 69 is a bottom plan view of the staple cartridge body
of FIG. 68 and depicting drivers positioned in the staple
cavities;
[0078] FIG. 70 is a perspective view of the drivers in the proximal
staple cavities of FIG. 69;
[0079] FIG. 71 is a front elevation view of the drivers of FIG.
70;
[0080] FIG. 72 is a plan view of the drivers of FIG. 70;
[0081] FIG. 73 is a side elevation view of the drivers of FIG. 70
and depicting an offset ramped surface with a phantom line;
[0082] FIG. 74 is a top plan view of a staple cartridge body having
a plurality of staple cavities defined therein;
[0083] FIG. 75 is a bottom plan view of the staple cartridge body
of FIG. 74 and depicting drivers positioned in the staple
cavities;
[0084] FIG. 76 is a plan view of a portion of a staple cartridge
body having a plurality of angularly-oriented staple cavities
defined therein and depicting staples in the staple cavities;
[0085] FIG. 77 is a plan view of a portion of a staple cartridge
body having a plurality of angularly-oriented staple cavities
defined therein and depicting staples in the staple cavities;
[0086] FIG. 78 is a plan view of a portion of a staple cartridge
body having a plurality of angularly-oriented staple cavities
defined therein and depicting staples in the staple cavities;
[0087] FIG. 79 is a plan view of a portion of a staple cartridge
body having a plurality of angularly-oriented staple cavities
defined therein and depicting staples in the staple cavities;
[0088] FIG. 80 is a plan view of a portion of a staple cartridge
body having a plurality of angularly-oriented staple cavities
defined therein and depicting staples in the staple cavities;
[0089] FIG. 81 is a plan view of a portion of an anvil having a
plurality of staple-forming pockets defined therein;
[0090] FIG. 82 is a detail view of a pocket of FIG. 81;
[0091] FIGS. 83-84C are cross-sectional views of the pocket of FIG.
82;
[0092] FIG. 85 is a plan view of a portion of an anvil having a
plurality of staple-forming pockets defined therein;
[0093] FIG. 86 is a detail view of a pocket of FIG. 85;
[0094] FIGS. 87-88C are cross-sectional views of the pocket of FIG.
86;
[0095] FIG. 89 is a plan view of a portion of an anvil having a
plurality of staple-forming pockets defined therein;
[0096] FIG. 90 is a detail view of a pocket of FIG. 89;
[0097] FIGS. 91-92C are cross-sectional views of the pocket of FIG.
90;
[0098] FIG. 93 is a plan view of a portion of an anvil having a
plurality of staple-forming pockets defined therein;
[0099] FIG. 94 is a detail view of a pocket of FIG. 93;
[0100] FIGS. 95-96C are cross-sectional views of the pocket of FIG.
94;
[0101] FIG. 97 is a plan view of a portion of an anvil having a
plurality of staple-forming pockets defined therein;
[0102] FIG. 98 is a detail view of a pocket of FIG. 97;
[0103] FIGS. 99-100C are cross-sectional views of the pocket of
FIG. 98;
[0104] FIG. 101 is a plan view of a portion of an anvil having a
plurality of staple-forming pockets defined therein;
[0105] FIG. 102 is a detail view of a pocket of FIG. 101;
[0106] FIGS. 103-104C are cross-sectional views of the pocket of
FIG. 102;
[0107] FIG. 105 is a plan view of a portion of an anvil having a
plurality of staple-forming pockets defined therein;
[0108] FIG. 106 is a detail view of a pocket of FIG. 105;
[0109] FIGS. 107-108C are cross-sectional views of the pocket of
FIG. 106;
[0110] FIG. 109 is a plan view of a portion of an anvil having a
plurality of staple-forming pockets defined therein;
[0111] FIG. 110 is a detail view of a pocket of FIG. 109;
[0112] FIGS. 111-112C are cross-sectional views of the pocket of
FIG. 110;
[0113] FIG. 113 is a plan view of a portion of an anvil having a
plurality of staple-forming pockets defined therein;
[0114] FIG. 114 is a detail view of a pocket of FIG. 113;
[0115] FIGS. 115-116C are cross-sectional views of the pocket of
FIG. 114;
[0116] FIG. 117 is a plan view of a portion of an anvil having a
plurality of staple-forming pockets defined therein;
[0117] FIG. 118 is a detail view of a pocket of FIG. 117;
[0118] FIGS. 119-120C are cross-sectional views of the pocket of
FIG. 118;
[0119] FIG. 121 is a plan view of a portion of an anvil having a
plurality of staple-forming pockets defined therein;
[0120] FIG. 122 is a detail view of a pocket of FIG. 121;
[0121] FIGS. 123-125C are cross-sectional views of the pocket of
FIG. 122;
[0122] FIG. 126 is an exploded perspective view of an end effector
and an adaptor assembly;
[0123] FIG. 127 is a cross-sectional perspective view of a portion
of the end effector and the adaptor assembly of FIG. 126;
[0124] FIG. 128 is a cross-sectional perspective view of a portion
of the end effector of FIG. 126 and an adaptor assembly; and
[0125] FIG. 129 is a plan view of a portion of an anvil having a
plurality of staple-forming pockets defined therein.
[0126] Corresponding reference characters indicate corresponding
parts throughout the several views. The exemplifications set out
herein illustrate various embodiments of the invention, in one
form, and such exemplifications are not to be construed as limiting
the scope of the invention in any manner.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0127] Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S.
patent applications that were filed on Dec. 21, 2016 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective
entireties: [0128] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/386,185,
entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS AND REPLACEABLE TOOL
ASSEMBLIES THEREOF, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,639,035; [0129] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 15/386,230, entitled ARTICULATABLE
SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2018/0168649; [0130] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/386,221, entitled LOCKOUT ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL END
EFFECTORS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2018/0168646; [0131] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/386,209,
entitled SURGICAL END EFFECTORS AND FIRING MEMBERS THEREOF, now
U.S. Pat. No. 10,588,632; [0132] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
15/386,198, entitled LOCKOUT ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL END
EFFECTORS AND REPLACEABLE TOOL ASSEMBLIES, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,610,224; and [0133] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/386,240,
entitled SURGICAL END EFFECTORS AND ADAPTABLE FIRING MEMBERS
THEREFOR, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2018/0168651.
[0134] Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S.
patent applications that were filed on Dec. 21, 2016 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective
entireties: [0135] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,939,
entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGES AND ARRANGEMENTS OF STAPLES AND STAPLE
CAVITIES THEREIN, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2018/0168629; [0136] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,941,
entitled SURGICAL TOOL ASSEMBLIES WITH CLUTCHING ARRANGEMENTS FOR
SHIFTING BETWEEN CLOSURE SYSTEMS WITH CLOSURE STROKE REDUCTION
FEATURES AND ARTICULATION AND FIRING SYSTEMS, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2018/0168630; [0137] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,943, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING
INSTRUMENTS AND STAPLE-FORMING ANVILS, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2018/0168631; [0138] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/385,950, entitled SURGICAL TOOL ASSEMBLIES WITH CLOSURE
STROKE REDUCTION FEATURES, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,588,630; [0139]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,945, entitled STAPLE
CARTRIDGES AND ARRANGEMENTS OF STAPLES AND STAPLE CAVITIES THEREIN,
now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0168632; [0140]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,946, entitled SURGICAL
STAPLING INSTRUMENTS AND STAPLE-FORMING ANVILS, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2018/0168633; [0141] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,951, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH
JAW OPENING FEATURES FOR INCREASING A JAW OPENING DISTANCE, now
U.S. Pat. No. 10,568,626; [0142] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
15/385,954, entitled FIRING MEMBERS WITH NON-PARALLEL JAW
ENGAGEMENT FEATURES FOR SURGICAL END EFFECTORS, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,624,635; [0143] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,955,
entitled SURGICAL END EFFECTORS WITH EXPANDABLE TISSUE STOP
ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2018/0168639; [0144] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,948,
entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS AND STAPLE-FORMING ANVILS,
now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0168584; [0145]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,956, entitled SURGICAL
INSTRUMENTS WITH POSITIVE JAW OPENING FEATURES, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,588,631; [0146] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,958,
entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH LOCKOUT ARRANGEMENTS FOR
PREVENTING FIRING SYSTEM ACTUATION UNLESS AN UNSPENT STAPLE
CARTRIDGE IS PRESENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,639,034; and [0147] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 15/385,947, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGES
AND ARRANGEMENTS OF STAPLES AND STAPLE CAVITIES THEREIN, now U.S.
Pat. No. 10,568,625.
[0148] Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S.
patent applications that were filed on Dec. 21, 2016 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective
entireties: [0149] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,896,
entitled METHOD FOR RESETTING A FUSE OF A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT
SHAFT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0168597;
[0150] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,898, entitled STAPLE
FORMING POCKET ARRANGEMENT TO ACCOMMODATE DIFFERENT TYPES OF
STAPLES, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,537,325; [0151] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,899 entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT
COMPRISING IMPROVED JAW CONTROL, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2018/0168600; [0152] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/385,901, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE AND STAPLE CARTRIDGE
CHANNEL COMPRISING WINDOWS DEFINED THEREIN, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2018/0168602; [0153] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,902, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT
COMPRISING A CUTTING MEMBER, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2018/0168603; [0154] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/385,904, entitled STAPLE FIRING MEMBER COMPRISING A MISSING
CARTRIDGE AND/OR SPENT CARTRIDGE LOCKOUT, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2018/0168605; [0155] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,905, entitled FIRING ASSEMBLY
COMPRISING A LOCKOUT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2018/0168606; [0156] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,907,
entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEM COMPRISING AN END EFFECTOR
LOCKOUT AND A FIRING ASSEMBLY LOCKOUT, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2018/0168608; [0157] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/385,908, entitled FIRING ASSEMBLY COMPRISING A FUSE, now
U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0168609; and [0158]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,909, entitled FIRING
ASSEMBLY COMPRISING A MULTIPLE FAILED-STATE FUSE, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2018/0168610.
[0159] Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S.
patent applications that were filed on Dec. 21, 2016 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective
entireties: [0160] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,920,
entitled STAPLE FORMING POCKET ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,499,914; [0161] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,913,
entitled ANVIL ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL STAPLERS, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2018/0168614; [0162] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,914, entitled METHOD OF DEFORMING
STAPLES FROM TWO DIFFERENT TYPES OF STAPLE CARTRIDGES WITH THE SAME
SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2018/0168615; [0163] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/385,893, entitled BILATERALLY ASYMMETRIC STAPLE FORMING
POCKET PAIRS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2018/0168594; [0164] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,929,
entitled CLOSURE MEMBERS WITH CAM SURFACE ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL
INSTRUMENTS WITH SEPARATE AND DISTINCT CLOSURE AND FIRING SYSTEMS,
now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0168626; [0165]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,911, entitled SURGICAL
STAPLERS WITH INDEPENDENTLY ACTUATABLE CLOSING AND FIRING SYSTEMS,
now U.S. Pat. No. 10,448,950; [0166] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/385,927, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH SMART
STAPLE CARTRIDGES, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No
2018/0168625; [0167] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,917,
entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING STAPLES WITH DIFFERENT
CLAMPING BREADTHS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2018/0168617; [0168] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,900,
entitled STAPLE FORMING POCKET ARRANGEMENTS COMPRISING PRIMARY
SIDEWALLS AND POCKET SIDEWALLS, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2018/0168601; [0169] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/385,931, entitled NO-CARTRIDGE AND SPENT CARTRIDGE LOCKOUT
ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL STAPLERS, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2018/0168627; [0170] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/385,915, entitled FIRING MEMBER PIN ANGLE, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2018/0168616; [0171] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,897, entitled STAPLE FORMING POCKET
ARRANGEMENTS COMPRISING ZONED FORMING SURFACE GROOVES, now U.S.
Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0168598; [0172] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,922, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH
MULTIPLE FAILURE RESPONSE MODES, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,426,471;
[0173] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,924, entitled
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH PRIMARY AND SAFETY PROCESSORS, now U.S.
Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0168624; [0174] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,912, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH
JAWS THAT ARE PIVOTABLE ABOUT A FIXED AXIS AND INCLUDE SEPARATE AND
DISTINCT CLOSURE AND FIRING SYSTEMS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,568,624;
[0175] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,910, entitled ANVIL
HAVING A KNIFE SLOT WIDTH, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,485,543; [0176]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,903, entitled CLOSURE
MEMBER ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,617,414; and [0177] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,906,
entitled FIRING MEMBER PIN CONFIGURATIONS, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2018/0168607.
[0178] Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S.
patent applications that were filed on Dec. 21, 2016 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective
entireties: [0179] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/386,188,
entitled STEPPED STAPLE CARTRIDGE WITH ASYMMETRICAL STAPLES, now
U.S. Pat. No. 10,537,324; [0180] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
15/386,192, entitled STEPPED STAPLE CARTRIDGE WITH TISSUE RETENTION
AND GAP SETTING FEATURES, now U.S. Patent Application Publication
No. 2018/0168643; [0181] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
15/386,206, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE WITH DEFORMABLE DRIVER
RETENTION FEATURES, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2018/0168586; [0182] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/386,226,
entitled DURABILITY FEATURES FOR END EFFECTORS AND FIRING
ASSEMBLIES OF SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2018/0168648; [0183] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/386,222, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING
INSTRUMENTS HAVING END EFFECTORS WITH POSITIVE OPENING FEATURES,
now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0168647; and
[0184] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/386,236, entitled
CONNECTION PORTIONS FOR DISPOSABLE LOADING UNITS FOR SURGICAL
STAPLING INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2018/0168650.
[0185] Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S.
patent applications that were filed on Dec. 21, 2016 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective
entireties: [0186] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,887,
entitled METHOD FOR ATTACHING A SHAFT ASSEMBLY TO A SURGICAL
INSTRUMENT AND, ALTERNATIVELY, TO A SURGICAL ROBOT, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2018/0168589; [0187] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,889, entitled SHAFT ASSEMBLY COMPRISING
A MANUALLY-OPERABLE RETRACTION SYSTEM FOR USE WITH A MOTORIZED
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEM, now U.S. Patent Application Publication
No. 2018/0168590; [0188] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
15/385,890, entitled SHAFT ASSEMBLY COMPRISING SEPARATELY
ACTUATABLE AND RETRACTABLE SYSTEMS, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2018/0168591; [0189] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/385,891, entitled SHAFT ASSEMBLY COMPRISING A CLUTCH
CONFIGURED TO ADAPT THE OUTPUT OF A ROTARY FIRING MEMBER TO TWO
DIFFERENT SYSTEMS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2018/0168592; [0190] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,892,
entitled SURGICAL SYSTEM COMPRISING A FIRING MEMBER ROTATABLE INTO
AN ARTICULATION STATE TO ARTICULATE AN END EFFECTOR OF THE SURGICAL
SYSTEM, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0168593;
[0191] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,894, entitled SHAFT
ASSEMBLY COMPRISING A LOCKOUT, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,492,785; and
[0192] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,895, entitled SHAFT
ASSEMBLY COMPRISING FIRST AND SECOND ARTICULATION LOCKOUTS, now
U.S. Pat. No. 10,542,982.
[0193] Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S.
patent applications that were filed on Dec. 21, 2016 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective
entireties: [0194] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,916,
entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEMS, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2018/0168575; [0195] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/385,918, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEMS, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2018/0168618; [0196] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,919, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING
SYSTEMS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0168619;
[0197] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,921, entitled
SURGICAL STAPLE CARTRIDGE WITH MOVABLE CAMMING MEMBER CONFIGURED TO
DISENGAGE FIRING MEMBER LOCKOUT FEATURES, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2018/0168621; [0198] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,923, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING
SYSTEMS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0168623;
[0199] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,925, entitled JAW
ACTUATED LOCK ARRANGEMENTS FOR PREVENTING ADVANCEMENT OF A FIRING
MEMBER IN A SURGICAL END EFFECTOR UNLESS AN UNFIRED CARTRIDGE IS
INSTALLED IN THE END EFFECTOR, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,517,595; [0200]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,926, entitled AXIALLY
MOVABLE CLOSURE SYSTEM ARRANGEMENTS FOR APPLYING CLOSURE MOTIONS TO
JAWS OF SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2018/0168577; [0201] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/385,928, entitled PROTECTIVE COVER ARRANGEMENTS FOR A JOINT
INTERFACE BETWEEN A MOVABLE JAW AND ACTUATOR SHAFT OF A SURGICAL
INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2018/0168578; [0202] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,930,
entitled SURGICAL END EFFECTOR WITH TWO SEPARATE COOPERATING
OPENING FEATURES FOR OPENING AND CLOSING END EFFECTOR JAWS, now
U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0168579; [0203] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 15/385,932, entitled ARTICULATABLE
SURGICAL END EFFECTOR WITH ASYMMETRIC SHAFT ARRANGEMENT, now U.S.
Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0168628; [0204] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,933, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL
INSTRUMENT WITH INDEPENDENT PIVOTABLE LINKAGE DISTAL OF AN
ARTICULATION LOCK, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,603,036; [0205] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,934, entitled ARTICULATION LOCK
ARRANGEMENTS FOR LOCKING AN END EFFECTOR IN AN ARTICULATED POSITION
IN RESPONSE TO ACTUATION OF A JAW CLOSURE SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,582,928; [0206] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/385,935,
entitled LATERALLY ACTUATABLE ARTICULATION LOCK ARRANGEMENTS FOR
LOCKING AN END EFFECTOR OF A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT IN AN ARTICULATED
CONFIGURATION, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,524,789; and [0207] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/385,936, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL
INSTRUMENTS WITH ARTICULATION STROKE AMPLIFICATION FEATURES, now
U.S. Pat. No. 10,517,596.
[0208] Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S.
patent applications that were filed on Jun. 24, 2016 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective
entireties: [0209] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/191,775,
entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING WIRE STAPLES AND STAMPED
STAPLES, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0367695;
[0210] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/191,807, entitled
STAPLING SYSTEM FOR USE WITH WIRE STAPLES AND STAMPED STAPLES, now
U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0367696; [0211] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 15/191,834, entitled STAMPED STAPLES
AND STAPLE CARTRIDGES USING THE SAME, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,542,979;
[0212] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/191,788, entitled STAPLE
CARTRIDGE COMPRISING OVERDRIVEN STAPLES, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2017/0367698; and [0213] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/191,818, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE
COMPRISING OFFSET LONGITUDINAL STAPLE ROWS, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2017/0367697.
[0214] Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S.
patent applications that were filed on Jun. 24, 2016 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective
entireties: [0215] U.S. Design Patent application Ser. No.
29/569,218, entitled SURGICAL FASTENER, now U.S. Pat. No. D826,405;
[0216] U.S. Design Patent application Ser. No. 29/569,227, entitled
SURGICAL FASTENER, now U.S. Pat. No. D822,206; [0217] U.S. Design
Patent application Ser. No. 29/569,259, entitled SURGICAL FASTENER
CARTRIDGE, now U.S. Pat. No. D847,989; and [0218] U.S. Design
Patent application Ser. No. 29/569,264, entitled SURGICAL FASTENER
CARTRIDGE, now U.S. Pat. No. D850,617.
[0219] Applicant of the present application owns the following
patent applications that were filed on Apr. 1, 2016 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
[0220] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,325, entitled METHOD
FOR OPERATING A SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2017/0281171; [0221] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/089,321, entitled MODULAR SURGICAL STAPLING
SYSTEM COMPRISING A DISPLAY, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,271,851; [0222]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,326, entitled SURGICAL
STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A DISPLAY INCLUDING A RE-ORIENTABLE
DISPLAY FIELD, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,433,849; [0223] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/089,263, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT
HANDLE ASSEMBLY WITH RECONFIGURABLE GRIP PORTION, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,307,159; [0224] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,262,
entitled ROTARY POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MANUALLY
ACTUATABLE BAILOUT SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,357,246; [0225]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,277, entitled SURGICAL
CUTTING AND STAPLING END EFFECTOR WITH ANVIL CONCENTRIC DRIVE
MEMBER, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,531,874; [0226] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/089,296, entitled INTERCHANGEABLE SURGICAL
TOOL ASSEMBLY WITH A SURGICAL END EFFECTOR THAT IS SELECTIVELY
ROTATABLE ABOUT A SHAFT AXIS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,413,293; [0227]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,258, entitled SURGICAL
STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A SHIFTABLE TRANSMISSION, now U.S. Pat.
No. 10,342,543; [0228] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,278,
entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM CONFIGURED TO PROVIDE SELECTIVE
CUTTING OF TISSUE, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,420,552; [0229] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/089,284, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM
COMPRISING A CONTOURABLE SHAFT, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2017/0281186; [0230] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/089,295, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A
TISSUE COMPRESSION LOCKOUT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication
No. 2017/0281187; [0231] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
15/089,300, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING AN
UNCLAMPING LOCKOUT, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,456,140; [0232] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 15/089,196, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING
SYSTEM COMPRISING A JAW CLOSURE LOCKOUT, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,568,632; [0233] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,203,
entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A JAW ATTACHMENT
LOCKOUT, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,542,991; [0234] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/089,210, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM
COMPRISING A SPENT CARTRIDGE LOCKOUT, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,478,190;
[0235] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,324, entitled
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A SHIFTING MECHANISM, now U.S. Pat.
No. 10,314,582; [0236] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,335,
entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT COMPRISING MULTIPLE LOCKOUTS,
now U.S. Pat. No. 10,485,542; [0237] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/089,339, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT, now U.S.
Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281173; [0238] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/089,253, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM
CONFIGURED TO APPLY ANNULAR ROWS OF STAPLES HAVING DIFFERENT
HEIGHTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,413,297; [0239] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/089,304, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM
COMPRISING A GROOVED FORMING POCKET, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,285,705;
[0240] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,331, entitled ANVIL
MODIFICATION MEMBERS FOR SURGICAL STAPLERS, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,376,263; [0241] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,336,
entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGES WITH ATRAUMATIC FEATURES, now U.S.
Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281164; [0242] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/089,312, entitled CIRCULAR STAPLING SYSTEM
COMPRISING AN INCISABLE TISSUE SUPPORT, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2017/0281189; [0243] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/089,309, entitled CIRCULAR STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING ROTARY
FIRING SYSTEM, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2017/0281169; and [0244] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
15/089,349, entitled CIRCULAR STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING LOAD
CONTROL, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2017/0281174.
[0245] Applicant of the present application also owns the U.S.
patent applications identified below which were filed on Dec. 31,
2015 which are each herein incorporated by reference in their
respective entirety: [0246] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/984,488, entitled MECHANISMS FOR COMPENSATING FOR BATTERY PACK
FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,292,704; [0247] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/984,525,
entitled MECHANISMS FOR COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN
POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,368,865; and
[0248] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/984,552, entitled
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH SEPARABLE MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROL
CIRCUITS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,265,068.
[0249] Applicant of the present application also owns the U.S.
patent applications identified below which were filed on Feb. 9,
2016 which are each herein incorporated by reference in their
respective entirety: [0250] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
15/019,220, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH ARTICULATING AND
AXIALLY TRANSLATABLE END EFFECTOR, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,245,029;
[0251] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,228, entitled
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH MULTIPLE LINK ARTICULATION ARRANGEMENTS,
now U.S. Pat. No. 10,433,837; [0252] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/019,196, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT ARTICULATION MECHANISM
WITH SLOTTED SECONDARY CONSTRAINT, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,413,291;
[0253] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,206, entitled
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH AN END EFFECTOR THAT IS HIGHLY
ARTICULATABLE RELATIVE TO AN ELONGATE SHAFT ASSEMBLY, now U.S.
Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0224331; [0254] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/019,215, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH
NON-SYMMETRICAL ARTICULATION ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2017/0224332; [0255] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/019,227, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL
INSTRUMENTS WITH SINGLE ARTICULATION LINK ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S.
Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0224334; [0256] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 15/019,235, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH
TENSIONING ARRANGEMENTS FOR CABLE DRIVEN ARTICULATION SYSTEMS, now
U.S. Pat. No. 10,245,030; [0257] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
15/019,230, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH
OFF-AXIS FIRING BEAM ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,588,625;
and [0258] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,245, entitled
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH CLOSURE STROKE REDUCTION ARRANGEMENTS,
now U.S. Pat. No. 10,470,764.
[0259] Applicant of the present application also owns the U.S.
patent applications identified below which were filed on Feb. 12,
2016 which are each herein incorporated by reference in their
respective entirety: [0260] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
15/043,254, entitled MECHANISMS FOR COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN
FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,258,331; [0261] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/043,259,
entitled MECHANISMS FOR COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN
POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,448,948; [0262]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/043,275, entitled MECHANISMS
FOR COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL
INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2017/0231627; and [0263] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
15/043,289, entitled MECHANISMS FOR COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN
FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2017/0231628.
[0264] Applicant of the present application owns the following
patent applications that were filed on Jun. 18, 2015 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
[0265] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/742,925, entitled
SURGICAL END EFFECTORS WITH POSITIVE JAW OPENING ARRANGEMENTS, now
U.S. Pat. No. 10,182,818; [0266] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/742,941, entitled SURGICAL END EFFECTORS WITH DUAL CAM ACTUATED
JAW CLOSING FEATURES, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,052,102; [0267] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 14/742,914, entitled MOVABLE FIRING
BEAM SUPPORT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS,
now U.S. Pat. No. 10,405,863; [0268] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 14/742,900, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH
COMPOSITE FIRING BEAM STRUCTURES WITH CENTER FIRING SUPPORT MEMBER
FOR ARTICULATION SUPPORT, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,335,149; [0269] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 14/742,885, entitled DUAL ARTICULATION
DRIVE SYSTEM ARRANGEMENTS FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS,
now U.S. Pat. No. 10,368,861; and [0270] U.S. patent application
Ser. No. 14/742,876, entitled PUSH/PULL ARTICULATION DRIVE SYSTEMS
FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,178,992.
[0271] Applicant of the present application owns the following
patent applications that were filed on Mar. 6, 2015 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
[0272] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,746, entitled
POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,808,246; [0273]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,795, entitled MULTIPLE
LEVEL THRESHOLDS TO MODIFY OPERATION OF POWERED SURGICAL
INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,441,279; [0274] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/640,832, entitled ADAPTIVE TISSUE
COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES TO ADJUST CLOSURE RATES FOR MULTIPLE TISSUE
TYPES, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0256154;
[0275] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,935, entitled
OVERLAID MULTI SENSOR RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) ELECTRODE SYSTEM TO
MEASURE TISSUE COMPRESSION, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,548,504; [0276]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,831, entitled MONITORING
SPEED CONTROL AND PRECISION INCREMENTING OF MOTOR FOR POWERED
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,895,148; [0277] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 14/640,859, entitled TIME DEPENDENT
EVALUATION OF SENSOR DATA TO DETERMINE STABILITY, CREEP, AND
VISCOELASTIC ELEMENTS OF MEASURES, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,052,044;
[0278] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,817, entitled
INTERACTIVE FEEDBACK SYSTEM FOR POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, U.S.
Pat. No. 9,924,961; [0279] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/640,844, entitled CONTROL TECHNIQUES AND SUB-PROCESSOR CONTAINED
WITHIN MODULAR SHAFT WITH SELECT CONTROL PROCESSING FROM HANDLE,
now U.S. Pat. No. 10,045,776; [0280] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 14/640,837, entitled SMART SENSORS WITH LOCAL SIGNAL
PROCESSING, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,993,248; [0281] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/640,765, entitled SYSTEM FOR DETECTING THE
MIS-INSERTION OF A STAPLE CARTRIDGE INTO A SURGICAL STAPLER, now
U.S. Pat. No. 10,617,412; [0282] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/640,799, entitled SIGNAL AND POWER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
POSITIONED ON A ROTATABLE SHAFT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,901,342; and
[0283] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,780, entitled
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A LOCKABLE BATTERY HOUSING, now U.S.
Pat. No. 10,245,033.
[0284] Applicant of the present application owns the following
patent applications that were filed on Feb. 27, 2015, and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
[0285] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,576, entitled
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEM COMPRISING AN INSPECTION STATION, now
U.S. Pat. No. 10,045,779; [0286] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/633,546, entitled SURGICAL APPARATUS CONFIGURED TO ASSESS
WHETHER A PERFORMANCE PARAMETER OF THE SURGICAL APPARATUS IS WITHIN
AN ACCEPTABLE PERFORMANCE BAND, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,180,463;
[0287] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,560, entitled
SURGICAL CHARGING SYSTEM THAT CHARGES AND/OR CONDITIONS ONE OR MORE
BATTERIES, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2016/0249910; [0288] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,566,
entitled CHARGING SYSTEM THAT ENABLES EMERGENCY RESOLUTIONS FOR
CHARGING A BATTERY, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,182,816; [0289] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 14/633,555, entitled SYSTEM FOR
MONITORING WHETHER A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT NEEDS TO BE SERVICED, now
U.S. Pat. No. 10,321,907; [0290] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/633,542, entitled REINFORCED BATTERY FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT,
now U.S. Pat. No. 9,931,118; [0291] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 14/633,548, entitled POWER ADAPTER FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT,
now U.S. Pat. No. 10,245,028; [0292] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 14/633,526, entitled ADAPTABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT HANDLE, now
U.S. Pat. No. 9,993,258; [0293] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/633,541, entitled MODULAR STAPLING ASSEMBLY, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,226,250; and [0294] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,562,
entitled SURGICAL APPARATUS CONFIGURED TO TRACK AN END-OF-LIFE
PARAMETER, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,159,483.
[0295] Applicant of the present application owns the following
patent applications that were filed on Dec. 18, 2014 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
[0296] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/574,478, entitled
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS COMPRISING AN ARTICULATABLE END
EFFECTOR AND MEANS FOR ADJUSTING THE FIRING STROKE OF A FIRING
MEMBER, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,844,374; [0297] U.S. patent application
Ser. No. 14/574,483, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT ASSEMBLY
COMPRISING LOCKABLE SYSTEMS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,188,385; [0298]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/575,139, entitled DRIVE
ARRANGEMENTS FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat.
No. 9,844,375; [0299] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/575,148,
entitled LOCKING ARRANGEMENTS FOR DETACHABLE SHAFT ASSEMBLIES WITH
ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL END EFFECTORS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,085,748;
[0300] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/575,130, entitled
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH AN ANVIL THAT IS SELECTIVELY MOVABLE ABOUT
A DISCRETE NON-MOVABLE AXIS RELATIVE TO A STAPLE CARTRIDGE, now
U.S. Pat. No. 10,245,027; [0301] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/575,143, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH IMPROVED CLOSURE
ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,004,501; [0302] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/575,117, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH
ARTICULATABLE END EFFECTORS AND MOVABLE FIRING BEAM SUPPORT
ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,943,309; [0303] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/575,154, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH
ARTICULATABLE END EFFECTORS AND IMPROVED FIRING BEAM SUPPORT
ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,968,355; [0304] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/574,493, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT
ASSEMBLY COMPRISING A FLEXIBLE ARTICULATION SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat.
No. 9,987,000; and [0305] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/574,500, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT ASSEMBLY COMPRISING A
LOCKABLE ARTICULATION SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,117,649.
[0306] Applicant of the present application owns the following
patent applications that were filed on Mar. 1, 2013 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
[0307] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,295, entitled
ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH CONDUCTIVE PATHWAYS FOR
SIGNAL COMMUNICATION, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,700,309; [0308] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 13/782,323, entitled ROTARY POWERED
ARTICULATION JOINTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No.
9,782,169; [0309] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,338,
entitled THUMBWHEEL SWITCH ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS,
now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0249557; [0310]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,499, entitled
ELECTROMECHANICAL SURGICAL DEVICE WITH SIGNAL RELAY ARRANGEMENT,
now U.S. Pat. No. 9,358,003; [0311] U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 13/782,460, entitled MULTIPLE PROCESSOR MOTOR CONTROL FOR
MODULAR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,554,794; [0312]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,358, entitled JOYSTICK
SWITCH ASSEMBLIES FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No.
9,326,767; [0313] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,481,
entitled SENSOR STRAIGHTENED END EFFECTOR DURING REMOVAL THROUGH
TROCAR, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,468,438; [0314] U.S. patent application
Ser. No. 13/782,518, entitled CONTROL METHODS FOR SURGICAL
INSTRUMENTS WITH REMOVABLE IMPLEMENT PORTIONS, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2014/0246475; [0315] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 13/782,375, entitled ROTARY POWERED SURGICAL
INSTRUMENTS WITH MULTIPLE DEGREES OF FREEDOM, now U.S. Pat. No.
9,398,911; and [0316] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,536,
entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SOFT STOP, now U.S. Pat. No.
9,307,986.
[0317] Applicant of the present application also owns the following
patent applications that were filed on Mar. 14, 2013 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
[0318] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,097, entitled
ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A FIRING DRIVE, now
U.S. Pat. No. 9,687,230; [0319] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
13/803,193, entitled CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS FOR A DRIVE MEMBER OF A
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,332,987; [0320] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 13/803,053, entitled INTERCHANGEABLE
SHAFT ASSEMBLIES FOR USE WITH A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat.
No. 9,883,860; [0321] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,086,
entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING AN
ARTICULATION LOCK, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2014/0263541; [0322] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,210,
entitled SENSOR ARRANGEMENTS FOR ABSOLUTE POSITIONING SYSTEM FOR
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,808,244; [0323] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 13/803,148, entitled MULTI-FUNCTION
MOTOR FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,470,762;
[0324] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,066, entitled DRIVE
SYSTEM LOCKOUT ARRANGEMENTS FOR MODULAR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now
U.S. Pat. No. 9,629,623; [0325] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
13/803,117, entitled ARTICULATION CONTROL SYSTEM FOR ARTICULATABLE
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,351,726; [0326] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 13/803,130, entitled DRIVE TRAIN
CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS FOR MODULAR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S.
Pat. No. 9,351,727; and [0327] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
13/803,159, entitled METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPERATING A SURGICAL
INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,888,919.
[0328] Applicant of the present application also owns the following
patent application that was filed on Mar. 7, 2014 and is herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety: [0329] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/200,111, entitled CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,629,629.
[0330] Applicant of the present application also owns the following
patent applications that were filed on Mar. 26, 2014 and are each
herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
[0331] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,106, entitled POWER
MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S.
Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0272582; [0332] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/226,099, entitled STERILIZATION
VERIFICATION CIRCUIT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,826,977; [0333] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 14/226,094, entitled VERIFICATION OF
NUMBER OF BATTERY EXCHANGES/PROCEDURE COUNT, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2015/0272580; [0334] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/226,117, entitled POWER MANAGEMENT THROUGH
SLEEP OPTIONS OF SEGMENTED CIRCUIT AND WAKE UP CONTROL, now U.S.
Pat. No. 10,013,049; [0335] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/226,075, entitled MODULAR POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH
DETACHABLE SHAFT ASSEMBLIES, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,743,929; [0336]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,093, entitled FEEDBACK
ALGORITHMS FOR MANUAL BAILOUT SYSTEMS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now
U.S. Pat. No. 10,028,761; [0337] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/226,116, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT UTILIZING SENSOR
ADAPTATION, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2015/0272571; [0338] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,071,
entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT CONTROL CIRCUIT HAVING A SAFETY
PROCESSOR, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,690,362; [0339] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/226,097, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT
COMPRISING INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,820,738; [0340]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,126, entitled INTERFACE
SYSTEMS FOR USE WITH SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,004,497; [0341] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,133,
entitled MODULAR SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEM, now U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2015/0272557; [0342] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/226,081, entitled SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR
CONTROLLING A SEGMENTED CIRCUIT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,804,618;
[0343] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,076, entitled POWER
MANAGEMENT THROUGH SEGMENTED CIRCUIT AND VARIABLE VOLTAGE
PROTECTION, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,733,663; [0344] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/226,111, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,750,499; and [0345] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 14/226,125, entitled SURGICAL
INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A ROTATABLE SHAFT, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,201,364.
[0346] Applicant of the present application also owns the following
patent applications that were filed on Sep. 5, 2014 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
[0347] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/479,103, entitled
CIRCUITRY AND SENSORS FOR POWERED MEDICAL DEVICE, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,111,679; [0348] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/479,119,
entitled ADJUNCT WITH INTEGRATED SENSORS TO QUANTIFY TISSUE
COMPRESSION, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,724,094; [0349] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/478,908, entitled MONITORING DEVICE
DEGRADATION BASED ON COMPONENT EVALUATION, now U.S. Pat. No.
9,737,301; [0350] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/478,895,
entitled MULTIPLE SENSORS WITH ONE SENSOR AFFECTING A SECOND
SENSOR'S OUTPUT OR INTERPRETATION, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,757,128;
[0351] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/479,110, entitled
POLARITY OF HALL MAGNET TO DETECT MISLOADED CARTRIDGE, now U.S.
Pat. No. 10,016,199; [0352] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/479,098, entitled SMART CARTRIDGE WAKE UP OPERATION AND DATA
RETENTION, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,135,242; [0353] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/479,115, entitled MULTIPLE MOTOR CONTROL
FOR POWERED MEDICAL DEVICE, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,788,836; and [0354]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/479,108, entitled LOCAL DISPLAY
OF TISSUE PARAMETER STABILIZATION, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2016/0066913.
[0355] Applicant of the present application also owns the following
patent applications that were filed on Apr. 9, 2014 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
[0356] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/248,590, entitled MOTOR
DRIVEN SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH LOCKABLE DUAL DRIVE SHAFTS, now
U.S. Pat. No. 9,826,976; [0357] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/248,581, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A CLOSING DRIVE
AND A FIRING DRIVE OPERATED FROM THE SAME ROTATABLE OUTPUT, now
U.S. Pat. No. 9,649,110; [0358] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/248,595, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SHAFT INCLUDING SWITCHES
FOR CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S.
Pat. No. 9,844,368; [0359] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/248,588, entitled POWERED LINEAR SURGICAL STAPLER, now U.S. Pat.
No. 10,405,857; [0360] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/248,591,
entitled TRANSMISSION ARRANGEMENT FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now
U.S. Pat. No. 10,149,680; [0361] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/248,584, entitled MODULAR MOTOR DRIVEN SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH
ALIGNMENT FEATURES FOR ALIGNING ROTARY DRIVE SHAFTS WITH SURGICAL
END EFFECTOR SHAFTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,801,626; [0362] U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 14/248,587, entitled POWERED SURGICAL
STAPLER, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,867,612; [0363] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/248,586, entitled DRIVE SYSTEM DECOUPLING
ARRANGEMENT FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,136,887; and [0364] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/248,607,
entitled MODULAR MOTOR DRIVEN SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH STATUS
INDICATION ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,814,460.
[0365] Applicant of the present application also owns the following
patent applications that were filed on Apr. 16, 2013 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
[0366] U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/812,365,
entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MULTIPLE FUNCTIONS PERFORMED BY A
SINGLE MOTOR; [0367] U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No.
61/812,376, entitled LINEAR CUTTER WITH POWER; [0368] U.S.
Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/812,382, entitled LINEAR
CUTTER WITH MOTOR AND PISTOL GRIP; [0369] U.S. Provisional Patent
Application Ser. No. 61/812,385, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT
HANDLE WITH MULTIPLE ACTUATION MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROL; and [0370]
U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/812,372, entitled
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MULTIPLE FUNCTIONS PERFORMED BY A SINGLE
MOTOR.
[0371] Applicant of the present application also owns the following
patent applications that were filed on Sep. 2, 2015 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
[0372] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/843,168, entitled
SURGICAL STAPLE CARTRIDGE WITH IMPROVED STAPLE DRIVER
CONFIGURATIONS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,314,587; [0373] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/843,196, entitled SURGICAL STAPLE DRIVER
ARRAYS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,172,619; [0374] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/843,216, entitled SURGICAL STAPLE CARTRIDGE
STAPLE DRIVERS WITH CENTRAL SUPPORT FEATURES, now U.S. Pat. No.
10,251,648; [0375] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/843,243,
entitled SURGICAL STAPLE CONFIGURATIONS WITH CAMMING SURFACES
LOCATED BETWEEN PORTIONS SUPPORTING SURGICAL STAPLES, now U.S. Pat.
No. 10,357,252; and [0376] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/843,267, entitled SURGICAL STAPLE CARTRIDGES WITH DRIVER
ARRANGEMENTS FOR ESTABLISHING HERRINGBONE STAPLE PATTERNS, now U.S.
Pat. No. 10,238,390.
[0377] Applicant of the present application also owns the following
patent applications that were filed on Sep. 26, 2014 and which are
each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
[0378] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/498,070, entitled
CIRCULAR FASTENER CARTRIDGES FOR APPLYING RADIALLY EXPANDABLE
FASTENER LINES; now U.S. Pat. No. 10,426,476; [0379] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/498,087, entitled SURGICAL STAPLE AND
DRIVER ARRANGEMENTS FOR STAPLE CARTRIDGES; now U.S. Pat. No.
10,206,677; [0380] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/498,105,
entitled SURGICAL STAPLE AND DRIVER ARRANGEMENTS FOR STAPLE
CARTRIDGES; now U.S. Pat. No. 9,801,628; [0381] U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/498,121, entitled FASTENER CARTRIDGE FOR
CREATING A FLEXIBLE STAPLE LINE; now U.S. Pat. No. 9,801,627;
[0382] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/498,145, entitled METHOD
FOR CREATING A FLEXIBLE STAPLE LINE; now U.S. Pat. No. 10,327,764;
and [0383] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/498,107, entitled
SURGICAL STAPLING BUTTRESSES AND ADJUNCT MATERIALS; now U.S. Pat.
No. 9,943,310.
[0384] Applicant of the present application also owns U.S. Pat. No.
8,590,762, which issued Nov. 26, 2013, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE
CAVITY CONFIGURATIONS, which is herein incorporated by reference in
its respective entirety.
[0385] Applicant of the present application also owns U.S. Pat. No.
8,727,197, which issued May 20, 2014, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE
CAVITY CONFIGURATION WITH COOPERATIVE SURGICAL STAPLE, which is
herein incorporated by reference in its respective entirety.
[0386] Numerous specific details are set forth to provide a
thorough understanding of the overall structure, function,
manufacture, and use of the embodiments as described in the
specification and illustrated in the accompanying drawings.
Well-known operations, components, and elements have not been
described in detail so as not to obscure the embodiments described
in the specification. The reader will understand that the
embodiments described and illustrated herein are non-limiting
examples, and thus it can be appreciated that the specific
structural and functional details disclosed herein may be
representative and illustrative. Variations and changes thereto may
be made without departing from the scope of the claims.
[0387] The terms "comprise" (and any form of comprise, such as
"comprises" and "comprising"), "have" (and any form of have, such
as "has" and "having"), "include" (and any form of include, such as
"includes" and "including") and "contain" (and any form of contain,
such as "contains" and "containing") are open-ended linking verbs.
As a result, a surgical system, device, or apparatus that
"comprises," "has," "includes" or "contains" one or more elements
possesses those one or more elements, but is not limited to
possessing only those one or more elements. Likewise, an element of
a system, device, or apparatus that "comprises," "has," "includes"
or "contains" one or more features possesses those one or more
features, but is not limited to possessing only those one or more
features.
[0388] The terms "proximal" and "distal" are used herein with
reference to a clinician manipulating the handle portion of the
surgical instrument. The term "proximal" refers to the portion
closest to the clinician and the term "distal" refers to the
portion located away from the clinician. It will be further
appreciated that, for convenience and clarity, spatial terms such
as "vertical", "horizontal", "up", and "down" may be used herein
with respect to the drawings. However, surgical instruments are
used in many orientations and positions, and these terms are not
intended to be limiting and/or absolute.
[0389] Various exemplary devices and methods are provided for
performing laparoscopic and minimally invasive surgical procedures.
However, the reader will readily appreciate that the various
methods and devices disclosed herein can be used in numerous
surgical procedures and applications including, for example, in
connection with open surgical procedures. As the present Detailed
Description proceeds, the reader will further appreciate that the
various instruments disclosed herein can be inserted into a body in
any way, such as through a natural orifice, through an incision or
puncture hole formed in tissue, etc. The working portions or end
effector portions of the instruments can be inserted directly into
a patient's body or can be inserted through an access device that
has a working channel through which the end effector and elongate
shaft of a surgical instrument can be advanced.
[0390] A surgical stapling system can comprise a shaft and an end
effector extending from the shaft. The end effector comprises a
first jaw and a second jaw. The first jaw comprises a staple
cartridge. The staple cartridge is insertable into and removable
from the first jaw; however, other embodiments are envisioned in
which a staple cartridge is not removable from, or at least readily
replaceable from, the first jaw. The second jaw comprises an anvil
configured to deform staples ejected from the staple cartridge. The
second jaw is pivotable relative to the first jaw about a closure
axis; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which first jaw
is pivotable relative to the second jaw. The surgical stapling
system further comprises an articulation joint configured to permit
the end effector to be rotated, or articulated, relative to the
shaft. The end effector is rotatable about an articulation axis
extending through the articulation joint. Other embodiments are
envisioned which do not include an articulation joint.
[0391] The staple cartridge comprises a cartridge body. The
cartridge body includes a proximal end, a distal end, and a deck
extending between the proximal end and the distal end. In use, the
staple cartridge is positioned on a first side of the tissue to be
stapled and the anvil is positioned on a second side of the tissue.
The anvil is moved toward the staple cartridge to compress and
clamp the tissue against the deck. Thereafter, staples removably
stored in the cartridge body can be deployed into the tissue. The
cartridge body includes staple cavities defined therein wherein
staples are removably stored in the staple cavities. The staple
cavities are arranged in six longitudinal rows. Three rows of
staple cavities are positioned on a first side of a longitudinal
slot and three rows of staple cavities are positioned on a second
side of the longitudinal slot. Other arrangements of staple
cavities and staples may be possible.
[0392] The staples are supported by staple drivers in the cartridge
body. The drivers are movable between a first, or unfired position,
and a second, or fired, position to eject the staples from the
staple cavities. The drivers are retained in the cartridge body by
a retainer which extends around the bottom of the cartridge body
and includes resilient members configured to grip the cartridge
body and hold the retainer to the cartridge body. The drivers are
movable between their unfired positions and their fired positions
by a sled. The sled is movable between a proximal position adjacent
the proximal end and a distal position adjacent the distal end. The
sled comprises a plurality of ramped surfaces configured to slide
under the drivers and lift the drivers, and the staples supported
thereon, toward the anvil.
[0393] Further to the above, the sled is moved distally by a firing
member. The firing member is configured to contact the sled and
push the sled toward the distal end. The longitudinal slot defined
in the cartridge body is configured to receive the firing member.
The anvil also includes a slot configured to receive the firing
member. The firing member further comprises a first cam which
engages the first jaw and a second cam which engages the second
jaw. As the firing member is advanced distally, the first cam and
the second cam can control the distance, or tissue gap, between the
deck of the staple cartridge and the anvil. The firing member also
comprises a knife configured to incise the tissue captured
intermediate the staple cartridge and the anvil. It is desirable
for the knife to be positioned at least partially proximal to the
ramped surfaces such that the staples are ejected ahead of the
knife.
[0394] FIG. 1 depicts one form of an interchangeable surgical tool
assembly 1000 that is operably coupled to a motor driven handle
assembly 500. The tool assembly 1000 may also be effectively
employed with a tool drive assembly of a robotically controlled or
automated surgical system. For example, the surgical tool
assemblies disclosed herein may be employed with various robotic
systems, instruments, components and methods such as, but not
limited to, those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 9,072,535, entitled
SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE STAPLE DEPLOYMENT
ARRANGEMENTS, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in
its entirety. The handle assembly 500, as well as the tool drive
assembly of a robotic system may also be referred to herein as
"control systems" or "control units".
[0395] FIG. 2 illustrates attachment of the interchangeable
surgical tool assembly 1000 to the handle assembly 500. The handle
assembly 500 may comprise a handle housing 502 that includes a
pistol grip portion 504 that can be gripped and manipulated by the
clinician. The handle assembly 500 may further include a frame 506
that operably supports the plurality of drive systems. For example,
the frame 506 can operably support a "first" or closure drive
system, generally designated as 510, which may be employed to apply
closing and opening motions to the interchangeable surgical tool
assembly 1000 that is operably attached or coupled to the handle
assembly 500. In at least one form, the closure drive system 510
may include an actuator in the form of a closure trigger 512 that
is pivotally supported by the frame 506. Such arrangement enables
the closure trigger 512 to be manipulated by a clinician such that
when the clinician grips the pistol grip portion 504 of the handle
assembly 500, the closure trigger 512 may be easily pivoted from a
starting or "unactuated" position to an "actuated" position and
more particularly, to a fully compressed or fully actuated
position. In various forms, the closure drive system 510 further
includes a closure linkage assembly 514 that is pivotally coupled
to the closure trigger 512 or otherwise operably interfaces
therewith. As will be discussed in further detail below, in the
illustrated example, the closure linkage assembly 514 includes a
transverse attachment pin 516 that facilitates attachment to a
corresponding drive system on the surgical tool assembly. In use,
to actuate the closure drive system 510, the clinician depresses
the closure trigger 512 towards the pistol grip portion 504. As
described in further detail in U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/226,142, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A SENSOR
SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,913,642, which is hereby incorporated
by reference in its entirety herein, when the clinician fully
depresses the closure trigger 512 to attain a "full" closure
stroke, the closure drive system 510 is configured to lock the
closure trigger 512 into the fully depressed or fully actuated
position. When the clinician desires to unlock the closure trigger
512 to permit it to be biased to the unactuated position, the
clinician simply activates a closure release button assembly 518
which enables the closure trigger 512 to return to the unactuated
position. The closure release button assembly 518 may also be
configured to interact with various sensors that communicate with a
microcontroller 520 in the handle assembly 500 for tracking the
position of the closure trigger 512. Further details concerning the
configuration and operation of the closure release button assembly
518 may be found in U.S. Pat. No. 9,913,642.
[0396] In at least one form, the handle assembly 500 and the frame
506 may operably support another drive system referred to herein as
a firing drive system 530 that is configured to apply firing
motions to corresponding portions of the interchangeable surgical
tool assembly that is attached thereto. As was described in detail
in U.S. Pat. No. 9,913,642, the firing drive system 530 may employ
an electric motor 505 that is located in the pistol grip portion
504 of the handle assembly 500. In various forms, the motor 505 may
be a DC brushed driving motor having a maximum rotation of,
approximately, 25,000 RPM, for example. In other arrangements, the
motor 505 may include a brushless motor, a cordless motor, a
synchronous motor, a stepper motor, or any other suitable electric
motor. The motor 505 may be powered by a power source 522 that in
one form may comprise a removable power pack. The power pack may
support a plurality of Lithium Ion ("LI") or other suitable
batteries therein. A number of batteries may be connected in series
and may be used as the power source 522 for the handle assembly
500. In addition, the power source 522 may be replaceable and/or
rechargeable.
[0397] The electric motor 505 is configured to axially drive a
longitudinally movable drive member 540 in distal and proximal
directions depending upon the polarity of the motor. For example,
when the motor 505 is driven in one rotary direction, the
longitudinally movable drive member 540 will be axially driven in
the distal direction "DD". When the motor 505 is driven in the
opposite rotary direction, the longitudinally movable drive member
540 will be axially driven in a proximal direction "PD". The handle
assembly 500 can include a switch 513 which can be configured to
reverse the polarity applied to the electric motor 505 by the power
source 522 or otherwise control the motor 505. The handle assembly
500 can also include a sensor or sensors (not shown) that is
configured to detect the position of the drive member 540 and/or
the direction in which the drive member 540 is being moved.
Actuation of the motor 505 can be controlled by a firing trigger
532 that is pivotally supported on the handle assembly 500. The
firing trigger 532 may be pivoted between an unactuated position
and an actuated position. The firing trigger 532 may be biased into
the unactuated position by a spring (not shown) or other biasing
arrangement such that when the clinician releases the firing
trigger 532, it may be pivoted or otherwise returned to the
unactuated position by the spring or biasing arrangement. In at
least one form, the firing trigger 532 can be positioned "outboard"
of the closure trigger 512 as was discussed above. As discussed in
U.S. Pat. No. 9,913,642, the handle assembly 500 may be equipped
with a firing trigger safety button (not shown) to prevent
inadvertent actuation of the firing trigger 532. When the closure
trigger 512 is in the unactuated position, the safety button is
contained in the handle assembly 500 where the clinician cannot
readily access it and move it between a safety position preventing
actuation of the firing trigger 532 and a firing position wherein
the firing trigger 532 may be fired. As the clinician depresses the
closure trigger 512, the safety button and the firing trigger 532
may pivot down wherein they can then be manipulated by the
clinician.
[0398] In at least one form, the longitudinally movable drive
member 540 may have a rack of teeth (not shown) formed thereon for
meshing engagement with a corresponding drive gear arrangement (not
shown) that interfaces with the motor 505. Further details
regarding those features may be found in U.S. Pat. No. 9,913,642.
At least one form also includes a manually-actuatable "bailout"
assembly that is configured to enable the clinician to manually
retract the longitudinally movable drive member 540 should the
motor 505 become disabled. The bailout assembly may include a lever
or bailout handle assembly that is stored within the handle
assembly 500 under a releasable door 550. The lever is configured
to be manually pivoted into ratcheting engagement with the teeth in
the drive member 540. Thus, the clinician can manually retract the
drive member 540 by using the bailout handle assembly to ratchet
the drive member 540 in the proximal direction "PD". U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 12/249,117, entitled POWERED SURGICAL CUTTING
AND STAPLING APPARATUS WITH MANUALLY RETRACTABLE FIRING SYSTEM, now
U.S. Pat. No. 8,608,045, the entire disclosure of which is hereby
incorporated by reference herein, discloses bailout arrangements
and other components, arrangements and systems that may also be
employed with the tool assembly 1000.
[0399] Turning now to FIGS. 4, 5 and 6, the interchangeable
surgical tool assembly 1000 includes a shaft mounting portion 1300
that is operably attached to an elongate shaft assembly 1400. A
surgical end effector 1100 that comprises an elongate channel 1102
that is configured to operably support a staple cartridge 1110
therein is operably attached to the elongate shaft assembly 1400.
See FIGS. 3 and 4. The end effector 1100 may further include an
anvil 1130 that is pivotally supported relative to the elongate
channel 1102. The elongate channel 1102 staple cartridge assembly
1110 and the anvil 1130 may also be referred to as "jaws". The
interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 may further include an
articulation joint 1200 and an articulation lock 1210 (FIGS. 3 and
4) which can be configured to releasably hold the end effector 1100
in a desired articulated position about an articulation axis B-B
which is transverse to a shaft axis SA. Details regarding the
construction and operation of the articulation lock 1210 may be
found in in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,086, entitled
ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING AN ARTICULATION LOCK,
now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0263541, the
entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference
herein. Additional details concerning the articulation lock 1210
may also be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,196,
filed Feb. 9, 2016, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT ARTICULATION
MECHANISM WITH SLOTTED SECONDARY CONSTRAINT, the entire disclosure
of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
[0400] As can be seen in FIGS. 5 and 6, the shaft mounting portion
1300 includes a proximal housing or nozzle 1301 comprised of nozzle
portions 1302, 1304 as well as an actuator wheel portion 1306 that
is configured to be coupled to the assembled nozzle portions 1302,
1304 by snaps, lugs, screws etc. In the illustrated embodiment, the
interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 further includes a
closure assembly 1406 which can be utilized to close and/or open
the anvil 1130 and the elongate channel 1102 of the end effector
1100 as will be discussed in further detail below. In addition, the
illustrated interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 includes a
spine assembly 1500 which is operably supports the articulation
lock 1210. The spine assembly 1500 is configured to, one, slidably
support a firing member assembly 1600 therein and, two, slidably
support the closure assembly 1406 which extends around the spine
assembly 1500 or is otherwise movably supported thereby.
[0401] In the illustrated arrangement, the surgical end effector
1100 is operably coupled to the elongate shaft assembly 1400 by an
articulation joint 1200 that facilitates selective articulation of
the surgical end effector 1100 about an articulation axis B-B that
is transverse to the shaft axis SA. See FIG. 3. As can be seen in
FIG. 4, the spine assembly 1500 slidably supports a proximal
articulation driver 1700 that operably interfaces with an
articulation lock 1210. The articulation lock 1210 is supported on
a distal frame segment 1560 that also comprises a portion of the
spine assembly 1500. As can be seen in FIG. 4, the distal frame
segment 1560 is pivotally coupled to the elongate channel 1102 by
an end effector mounting assembly 1230. In one arrangement, for
example, a distal end 1562 of the distal frame segment 1560 has an
articulation pin 1564 formed thereon. The articulation pin 1564 is
adapted to be pivotally received within an articulation pivot hole
1234 formed in a pivot base portion 1232 of the end effector
mounting assembly 1230. The end effector mounting assembly 1230 is
pivotally attached to a proximal end 1103 of the elongate channel
1102 by a pair of laterally extending jaw attachment pins 1235 that
are rotatably received within jaw pivot holes 1104 that are
provided in the proximal end 1103 of the elongate channel 1102. The
jaw attachment pins 1235 define a jaw pivot axis JA that is
substantially traverse to the shaft axis SA. See FIG. 3. The
articulation pivot pin 1564 defines an articulation axis B-B that
is transverse to the shaft axis SA. Such arrangement facilitates
pivotal travel (i.e., articulation) of the end effector 1100 about
the articulation axis B-B relative to the spine assembly 1500.
[0402] Referring again to FIG. 4, in the illustrated embodiment,
the articulation driver 1700 has a distal end 1702 that is
configured to operably engage the articulation lock 1210. The
articulation lock 1210 includes an articulation frame 1212 that is
pivotally coupled to an articulation link 1214 that is adapted to
operably engage an articulation drive pin 1236 on the pivot base
portion 1232 of the end effector mounting assembly 1230. As
indicated above, further details regarding the operation of the
articulation lock 1210 and the articulation frame 1212 may be found
in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,086, U.S. Patent
Application Publication No. 2014/0263541. Further details regarding
the end effector mounting assembly and articulation link 1214 may
be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,245, filed Feb.
9, 2016, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH CLOSURE STROKE
REDUCTION ARRANGEMENTS, the entire disclosure of which is hereby
incorporated by reference herein.
[0403] In various circumstances, the spine assembly 1500 further
includes a proximal spine channel 1510 that may be fabricated out
of pressed, bent or machined material. As can be seen in FIG. 6,
the proximal spine channel 1510 is essentially C-shaped (when
viewed from a distal end) and is configured to operably support the
firing member assembly 1600 between side wall portions 1512
thereof. As can be seen in FIGS. 6 and 7, the spine assembly 1500
further comprises a proximal spine mounting segment 1530 that is
rotatably pinned to a distal end 1514 of the proximal spine channel
1510 by a spine pin 1550. The proximal spine mounting segment 1530
comprises a proximal end portion 1532 that has opposing notches
1535 (only one can be seen in FIG. 7) for receiving a corresponding
mounting lug 1308 (shown in FIG. 5) that protrude inwardly from
each of the nozzle portions 1302, 1304. Such arrangement
facilitates rotation of the proximal spine mounting segment 1530
about the shaft axis SA by rotating the nozzle 1301 about the shaft
axis SA. In the illustrated arrangement, the proximal spine
mounting segment 1530 further comprises a distally protruding lower
shaft segment 1534 and a distally protruding upper shaft segment
1536 that is spaced from the lower shaft segment 1534. See FIG. 7.
Each of the shaft segments 1534, 1536 has an arcuate
cross-sectional shape. The lower shaft segment 1534 is received
within the proximal end 1514 of the proximal spine channel 1510.
The spine pin 1550 extends through a pivot hole 1516 in the
proximal end of the proximal spine channel 1510 and a pivot hole
1538 in the lower shaft segment 1534. The spine pin 1550 includes a
vertical groove 1552 that forms two upstanding sidewall portions
1554. The upper ends of the side wall portions 1554 are received
within corresponding pockets 1539 that are formed in the proximal
spine mounting segment 1530.
[0404] The interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 includes a
chassis 1800 that rotatably supported the shaft assembly 1400. The
proximal end portion 1532 of the proximal spine mounting segment is
rotatably supported in a central shaft hole 1801 that is formed in
the chassis 1800. See FIG. 6. In one arrangement, for example, the
proximal end portion 1532 may be threaded for attachment to a spine
bearing (not shown) or other wise supported in a spine bearing that
is mounted within the chassis 1800. Such an arrangement facilitates
rotatable attachment of the spine assembly 1500 to the chassis 1800
such that the spine assembly 1500 may be selectively rotated about
a shaft axis SA relative to the chassis 1800.
[0405] The closure assembly 1406 comprises an elongate intermediate
closure member 1410, a distal closure member 1430 and a proximal
closure member 1480. In the illustrated arrangement, the proximal
closure member 1480 comprises a hollow tubular member that is
slidably supported on a portion of the spine assembly 1500. Hence,
the proximal closure member 1480 may also be referred to herein as
the proximal closure tube. Similarly, the intermediate closure
member 1410 may also be referred to herein as the intermediate
closure tube and the distal closure member 1430 may also be
referred to as the distal closure tube. Referring primarily to FIG.
6, the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 includes a
closure shuttle 1420 that is slidably supported within the chassis
1800 such that it may be axially moved relative thereto. In one
form, the closure shuttle 1420 includes a pair of
proximally-protruding hooks 1421 that are configured for attachment
to the attachment pin 516 (FIG. 2) that is attached to the closure
linkage assembly 514 of the handle assembly 500. Thus, when the
hooks 1421 are hooked over the pin 516, actuation of the closure
trigger 512 will result in the axial movement of the closure
shuttle 1420 and ultimately, the closure assembly 1406 on the spine
assembly 1500. A closure spring (not shown) may also be journaled
on the closure assembly 1406 and serves to bias the closure member
assembly 1406 in the proximal direction "PD" which can serve to
pivot the closure trigger 512 into the unactuated position when the
tool assembly 1000 is operably coupled to the handle assembly 500.
In use, the closure member assembly 1406 is translated distally
(direction DD) to close the anvil 1130, for example, in response to
the actuation of the closure trigger 512.
[0406] The closure linkage 514 may also be referred to herein as a
"closure actuator" and the closure linkage 514 and the closure
shuttle 1420 may be collectively referred to herein as a "closure
actuator assembly". A proximal end 1482 of the proximal closure
member 1480 is coupled to the closure shuttle 1420 for relative
rotation thereto. For example, a U-shaped connector 1485 is
inserted into an annular slot 1484 in the proximal end 1482 of the
proximal closure member 1480 and is retained within vertical slots
1422 in the closure shuttle 1420. See FIG. 6. Such arrangement
serves to attach the proximal closure member 1480 to the closure
shuttle 1420 for axial travel therewith while enabling the closure
assembly 1406 to rotate relative to the closure shuttle 1420 about
the shaft axis SA.
[0407] As indicated above, the illustrated interchangeable surgical
tool assembly 1000 includes an articulation joint 1200. As can be
seen in FIG. 4, upper and lower tangs 1415, 1416 protrude distally
from a distal end of the intermediate closure member 1410 to be
movably coupled to the distal closure member 1430. As can be seen
in FIG. 4, the distal closure member 1430 includes upper and lower
tangs 1434, 1436 that protrude proximally from a proximal end
thereof. The intermediate closure member 1410 and the distal
closure member 1430 are coupled together by an upper double pivot
link 1220. The upper double pivot link 1220 includes proximal and
distal pins that engage corresponding holes in the upper tangs
1415, 1434 of the proximal closure member 1410 and distal closure
member 1430, respectively. The intermediate closure member 1410 and
the distal closure member 1430 are also coupled together by a lower
double pivot link 1222. The lower double pivot link 1222 includes
proximal and distal pins that engage corresponding holes in the
lower tangs 1416 and 1436 of the intermediate closure member 1410
and distal closure member 1430, respectively. As will be discussed
in further detail below, distal and proximal axial translation of
the closure assembly 1406 will result in the closing and opening of
the anvil 1130 and the elongate channel 1102.
[0408] As mentioned above, the interchangeable surgical tool
assembly 1000 further includes a firing member assembly 1600 that
is supported for axial travel within the spine assembly 1500. In
the illustrated embodiment, the firing member assembly 1600
includes a proximal firing shaft segment 1602, an intermediate
firing shaft segment 1610 and a distal cutting portion or distal
firing bar 1620. The firing member assembly 1600 may also be
referred to herein as a "second shaft" and/or a "second shaft
assembly". As can be seen in FIG. 6, the proximal firing shaft
segment 1602 may be formed with a distal mounting lug 1604 that is
configured to be received with a corresponding cradle or groove
1613 in the proximal end 1612 of the intermediate firing shaft
segment 1610. A proximal attachment lug 1606 is protrudes
proximally from a proximal end of the proximal firing shaft segment
1602 and is configured to be operably received within the firing
shaft attachment cradle 542 in the longitudinally movable drive
member 540 that is supported in the handle assembly 500. See FIG.
2.
[0409] Referring again to FIG. 6, a distal end 1616 of the
intermediate firing shaft segment 1610 includes a longitudinal slot
1618 which is configured to receive a tab (not shown) on the
proximal end of the distal firing bar 1620. The longitudinal slot
1618 and the proximal end of the distal firing bar 1620 can be
sized and configured to permit relative movement therebetween and
can comprise a slip joint 1622. The slip joint 1622 can permit the
proximal firing shaft segment 1602 and the intermediate firing
shaft segment 1610 of the firing member assembly 1600 to move as a
unit during the articulation action without moving, or at least
substantially moving, the distal firing bar 1620. Once the end
effector 1100 has been suitably oriented, the proximal firing shaft
segment 1602 and the intermediate firing shaft segment 1610 can be
advanced distally until a proximal end wall of the longitudinal
slot 1618 comes into contact with the tab on the distal firing bar
1620 to advance the distal firing bar 1620 and fire the staple
cartridge 1110 that is positioned within the elongate channel 1102.
As can be further seen in FIG. 6, to facilitate assembly, the
proximal firing shaft segment 1602, the intermediate firing shaft
segment 1610 and the distal firing bar 1620 may be inserted as a
unit into the proximal spine channel 1510 and a top spine cover
1527 may be engaged with the proximal spine channel 1510 to enclose
those portions of the firing member assembly 1600 therein.
[0410] Further to the above, the interchangeable surgical tool
assembly 1000 includes a clutch assembly 1640 which can be
configured to selectively and releasably couple the articulation
driver 1700 to the firing member assembly 1600. In one form, the
clutch assembly 1640 includes a rotary lock assembly that in at
least one embodiment comprises a lock collar, or lock sleeve 1650
that is positioned around the firing member assembly 1600. The lock
sleeve 1650 is configured to be rotated between an engaged position
in which the lock sleeve 1650 couples the articulation driver 1700
to the firing member assembly 1600 and a disengaged position in
which the articulation driver 1700 is not operably coupled to the
firing member assembly 1600. When lock sleeve 1650 is in its
engaged position, distal movement of the firing member assembly
1600 can move the articulation driver 1700 distally and,
correspondingly, proximal movement of the firing member assembly
1600 can move the articulation driver 1700 proximally. When lock
sleeve 1650 is in its disengaged position, movement of the firing
member assembly 1600 is not transmitted to the articulation driver
1700 and, as a result, the firing member assembly 1600 can move
independently of the articulation driver 1700. In various
circumstances, the articulation driver 1700 can be held in position
by the articulation lock 1210 when the articulation driver 1700 is
not being moved in the proximal or distal directions by the firing
member assembly 1600.
[0411] Referring primarily to FIGS. 8 and 9, the lock sleeve 1650
comprises a cylindrical, or an at least substantially cylindrical,
body including a longitudinal aperture 1652 defined therein
configured to receive the proximal firing shaft segment 1602 of the
firing member assembly 1600. The lock sleeve 1650 also has two
diametrically-opposed, inwardly-facing lock protrusions 1654 formed
thereon. Only one lock protrusion 1654 can be seen in FIGS. 8 and
9. The lock protrusions 1654 can be configured to be selectively
engaged with the proximal firing shaft segment 1602 of the firing
member assembly 1600. More particularly, when the lock sleeve 1650
is in its engaged position (FIG. 8), the lock protrusions 1654 are
positioned within a drive notch 1603 that is provided in the
proximal firing shaft segment 1602 such that a distal pushing force
and/or a proximal pulling force can be transmitted from the firing
member assembly 1600 to the lock sleeve 1650. As can be seen in
FIGS. 8 and 9, an articulation drive notch 1655 is provided in a
distal end portion of the lock sleeve 1650 for attachment to a
proximal end 1704 of the proximal articulation driver 1700. In the
illustrated arrangement, for example, the proximal end 1704
includes a driver notch 1706 that is configured to engage the drive
notch 1655 in the lock sleeve 1650. Such attachment arrangement
enables the lock sleeve 1650 to be rotated relative to the proximal
articulation driver 1700 while remaining attached thereto. When the
lock sleeve 1650 is in an "articulation mode" or orientation (FIG.
8), a distal pushing force and/or a proximal pulling force that is
applied to the proximal firing shaft segment 1602 is also
transmitted to the lock sleeve 1650 and the proximal articulation
driver 1700 that is coupled thereto. In effect, the firing member
assembly 1600, the lock sleeve 1650, and the proximal articulation
driver 1700 will move together when the lock sleeve 1650 is in the
articulation mode. On the other hand, when the lock sleeve 1650 is
in its "firing mode" (FIG. 9), the lock protrusions 1654 are not
positioned within the drive notch 1603 in the proximal firing shaft
segment 1602 of the firing member assembly 1600. When in that
position, a distal pushing force and/or a proximal pulling force
applied to the proximal firing shaft segment 1602 is not
transmitted to the lock sleeve 1650 and the proximal articulation
driver 1700. In such circumstances, the firing member assembly 1600
can move proximally and/or distally relative to the lock sleeve
1650 and the proximal articulation driver 1700.
[0412] The illustrated clutch assembly 1640 further includes a
switch drum 1660 that interfaces with the lock sleeve 1650. The
switch drum 1660 comprises a hollow shaft segment that operably
interfaces with a shift plate assembly 1680 that is supported
therein. The shift plate assembly 1680 comprises a body portion
1681 that has a shift pin 1682 that protrudes laterally therefrom.
The shift pin 1682 extends into a shift pin slot 1662 that is
provided through a wall portion of the shift drum 1660. The body
portion 1681 of the shift plate assembly 1680 has a slide slot 1683
formed therein that is sized and configured to interface with a
slide boss 1656 that protrudes from a proximal end of the slide
lock 1650. The switch drum 1660 can further include openings 1664
which permit the inwardly extending mounting lugs 1308 that extend
from the nozzle halves 1302, 1304 to extend therethrough to be
seating received within the corresponding notches 1535 in the
proximal spine mounting segment 1530. See FIG. 5. Such arrangement
facilitates rotation of the shaft assembly 1400 about the shaft
axis SA by rotating the nozzle 1301.
[0413] Also in the illustrated embodiment, the switch drum 1660
includes a magnet support arm 1665 that supports an articulation
magnet 1708 and a firing magnet 1611 therein. The articulation
magnet 1708 and firing magnet 1611 are configured to operably
interface with a Hall effect sensor 1632 that interfaces with a
slip ring assembly 1630 that is operably mounted to the chassis
1800. The slip ring assembly 1630 is configured to conduct
electrical power to and/or from the interchangeable surgical shaft
assembly 1000 and/or communicate signals to and/or from the
interchangeable shaft assembly 1000 components back to the
microcontroller 520 in the handle assembly 500 (FIG. 2) or robotic
system controller, for example. Further details concerning the slip
ring assembly 1630 and associated connectors may be found in U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 13/803,086 and U.S. patent application
Ser. No. 15/019,196 which have each been herein incorporated by
reference in their respective entirety as well as in U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 13/800,067, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE TISSUE
THICKNESS SENSOR SYSTEM, now U.S. Patent Application Publication
No. 2014/0263552, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein
in its entirety. The articulation magnet 1708 and the firing magnet
1611 cooperate with the Hall effect sensor 1632 or other sensor
arrangement to detect the rotary position of the switch drum 1660
and convey that information to the microcontroller 520 which may
serve to provide an indication or indications to the user in the
various manners discussed in the aforementioned incorporated
references. Other sensor arrangements may also be employed.
[0414] In various circumstances, the handle assembly 500 may be
used to control a variety of different interchangeable surgical
tool assemblies that are configured to perform various surgical
procedures. As briefly mentioned above, the interchangeable
surgical tool assembly 1000 may also be effectively used in
connection with robotic systems and automated surgical systems that
each may be referred to herein as "control systems" or "control
units". Such control systems or control units may operably support
firing systems and closure systems that are configured upon
actuation to move a firing actuation component or "firing actuator"
(in the case of the firing system) and a closure actuation
component or "closure actuator" (in the case of the closure system)
a corresponding axial distance to apply control motions to
corresponding components within the interchangeable tool assembly.
In one arrangement, when a closure system in the handle assembly
(or robotic system) is fully actuated, a closure actuator may move
axially from an unactuated position to its fully actuated position.
The axial distance that the closure component moves between its
unactuated position to its fully actuated position may be referred
to herein as its "closure stroke length" or a "first closure
distance". Similarly, when a firing system in the handle assembly
or robotic system is fully actuated, one of the firing system
components may move axially from its unactuated position to its
fully actuated or fired position. The axial distance that the
firing member component moves between its unactuated position and
its fully fired position may be referred to herein as its "firing
stroke length" or "first firing distance". For those surgical tool
assemblies that employ articulatable end effector arrangements, the
handle assembly or robotic system may employ articulation control
components that move axially through an "articulation drive stroke
length" or a "first articulation distance". In many circumstances,
the closure stroke length, the firing stroke length and the
articulation drive stroke length are fixed for a particular handle
assembly or robotic system. Thus, each of the interchangeable
surgical tool assemblies that are configured to be used in
connection with such control units or systems must be able to
accommodate control movements of the closure, firing and/or
articulation components/actuators through each of their entire
stroke lengths without placing undue stress on the surgical tool
components which might lead to damage or catastrophic failure of
surgical tool assembly. Examples of surgical tool assemblies that
have arrangements for reducing the axial closure stroke of an
actuator system are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No.
15/019,245, filed Feb. 9, 2016, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH
CLOSURE STROKE REDUCTION ARRANGEMENTS, the entire disclosure of
which is hereby incorporated by reference herein. U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/574,478, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT
SYSTEMS COMPRISING AN ARTICULATABLE END EFFECTOR AND MEANS FOR
ADJUSTING THE FIRING STROKE OF A FIRING MEMBER discloses
arrangements for adjusting the firing stroke of a firing
member.
[0415] Depending upon the jaw arrangement of the end effector
portion of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly that is
operably coupled to the handle assembly 500, the closure drive
system 510 in the handle assembly 500, when fully actuated, may
generate a closure stroke or first axial closure distance that is
too long for such a jaw arrangement. The illustrated embodiment of
the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 employs a closure
stroke reduction assembly generally designated as 1720 to reduce
the amount of closure stroke that is applied to the end effector
when the closure drive system 510 is fully actuated. For example,
the closure drive system 510 in one form of the handle assembly 500
may generate axial closure motions so as to move the closure
actuator (e.g., the closure linkage 514--FIG. 2) or closure
actuator assembly (e.g., the closure linkage 514, and the closure
shuttle 1420) axially forward and backward about 0.240''-0.260''.
Such axial control travel may be well-suited for surgical end
effectors that are equipped with an anvil or jaw arrangement that
moves distally relative to the channel or jaw arrangements to which
they are attached. Because the jaws are pivotally coupled together
about a fixed jaw axis JA, they may be better suited for a shorter
closure stroke. Stated another way, the anvil 1130 does not move
distally relative to the elongate channel 1102. For example, such
arrangement may be better suited for a closure stroke range of
approximately 0.1''-0.150''. As will be discussed in further detail
below, upon full actuation of the closure drive system 510 in the
handle assembly 500, the closure shuttle 1420 and the proximal
closure member 1480 may move approximately the 0.260'' in the
distal direction DD ("first closure stroke distance"). However, the
closure stroke reduction assembly 1720 reduces the amount of
closure stroke that is applied to the intermediate closure member
1410 and ultimately to the distal closure member 1430 ("second
closure stroke distance"). In some arrangements, for example, the
closure stroke reduction assembly 1720 may reduce the magnitude of
the closure stroke that is applied to the intermediate closure
member 1410 and distal closure member 1430 to approximately 0.1'',
for example. It will be appreciated that other amounts of closure
stroke reduction could conceivably be achieved.
[0416] Referring now to FIGS. 12A and 12B, in one form, the closure
stroke reduction assembly 1720 includes a closure reduction linkage
1730 that is attached to a closure member mounting member or
mounting ring 1740. As can be seen in FIGS. 6, 12A and 12B, the
intermediate closure member 1410 has a proximal attachment flange
1414 that is formed on a proximal end portion 1412. The mounting
ring 1740 is sized to slidably move within the proximal closure
member 1480 and includes a mounting groove 1742 for receiving the
attachment flange 1414 therein. Such arrangement serves to attach
the mounting ring 1740 to the intermediate closure member 1410. In
the illustrated embodiment, the closure reduction linkage 1730
comprises a proximal link 1732 and a distal link 1734 that are
pivotally attached together by an actuator pin 1736. The proximal
link 1732 is pivotally pinned to an upstanding attachment wall 1518
that is formed on the proximal spine channel 1510. The distal link
1734 is pivotally pinned to the mounting ring 1740. The closure
reduction linkage 1730 is actuated by axially moving the proximal
closure member 1480. In at least one arrangement, for example, the
actuator pin 1736 is slidably journaled in a cam slot 1486 that is
provided in the proximal closure member 1480. The actuator pin 1736
also extends inwardly to be slidably received within a slide track
1658 that is formed on a proximal end portion of the lock sleeve
1650. Thus, when the proximal closure member 1480 is moved to its
distal-most position, the actuator pin 1736 is in the proximal end
of the cam slot 1486 such that the closure reduction linkage 1730
is in its fully extended position as shown in FIGS. 12B and 14.
When the proximal closure member 1480 is in its proximal-most
position, the closure reduction linkage 1730 is in its retracted
position (FIGS. 12A and 13).
[0417] As was briefly discussed above, the shift plate assembly
1680 comprises a body portion 1681 that has a shift pin 1682 that
laterally protrudes therefrom. The shift pin 1682 extends into a
shift pin slot 1662 that is provided through a wall portion of the
switch drum 1660. The shift pin 1682 also extends through a cam
opening 1490 that is provided in the proximal closure member 1480.
See FIGS. 10 and 11. The cam opening 1490 in the illustrated
arrangement includes a travel portion 1492 that is sufficiently
long enough so as to permit a predetermined amount of axial travel
of the proximal closure member assembly 1480 relative to the shift
pin 1682 and a firing portion 1494. In at least one arrangement,
the shift plate 1680 is constrained to only rotate a short distance
around the shaft axis SA and is constrained not to move axially
within the switch drum 1660. This rotary travel of the shift plate
1680 and the shift pin 1682 may be observed from reference to FIGS.
8-11.
[0418] FIGS. 8, 10 and 12A illustrate the clutch assembly 1640 in
the articulation mode and FIGS. 9, 11 and 12B, illustrate the
clutch assembly 1640 in the firing mode. The clutch assembly 1640
is moved from the articulation mode to the firing mode by moving
the proximal closure member 1480 to it distal-most position which
corresponds to a "fully closed" position of the end effector jaws
(elongate channel 1102 and anvil 1130). The proximal closure member
1480 is moved distally by depressing the closure trigger 512 on the
handle assembly 500. As discussed above, when the closure trigger
512 is depressed, the closure shuttle 1420 is advanced distally.
Because the proximal closure member 1480 is supported in the
closure shuttle 1420, the proximal closure member 1480 moves
distally as well. When the clutch assembly 1640 is in the
articulation mode, the shift pin 1682 is located about midway
(lengthwise) within the travel portion 1492 of the cam opening 1490
in the proximal closure member 1480. Thus, the proximal closure
member 1480 can be moved back and forth axially (by means of
depressing and at least partially releasing the closure trigger
512) a short distance to effectively move the jaws (anvil 1130 and
elongate channel 1102) between open and closed positions without
moving the clutch assembly 1640 into the firing mode. Thus, the
clinician can use the jaws to grasp and manipulate tissue without
moving the jaws to a fully closed position and without shifting the
clutch assembly 1640 to the firing mode. However, when the
clinician desires to fully close the jaws, the clinician fully
depresses the closure trigger 512 to the fully actuated position.
This action causes the proximal closure member 1480 to move to its
distal-most axial position. See FIGS. 9, 11 and 12B. When the
proximal closure member 1480 moves to this position, the proximal
cam wall 1491 of the cam opening 1490 contacts the shift pin 1682
and cams the shift pin 1682 (and the shift plate 1680) to the
firing orientation shown in FIGS. 9 and 11. In the illustrated
embodiment, a torsional shift spring 1667 is journaled on the
switch drum 1660 and is configured to bias the switch drum 1660
into the position corresponding to the articulation mode. See FIG.
10. The shift pin 1682 is in the bottom of the shift pin slot 1662
in the switch drum 1660 and is thereby moved to the articulation
position shown in FIG. 10. To apply the torsional biasing force to
the switch drum 1660, one end 1668 of the torsion spring 1667 is
attached to the switch drum 1660 and the other end 1669 is attached
to nozzle 1301. Further details concerning the operation of the
clutch assembly 1640 and the closure stroke reduction assembly 1720
are provided below.
[0419] FIG. 12A illustrates the positions of the closure stroke
reduction assembly 1730 and the intermediate closure member 1410
when the proximal closure member 1480 is in an unactuated position.
This "unactuated" position may correspond to the orientations of
the jaws of the surgical end effector when the jaws are in their
respective "fully opened" positions. For reference purposes, the
unactuated position of the proximal closure member 1480 is
represented by a starting witness line SWL.sub.p and the unactuated
position of the intermediate closure member 1410 is represented by
starting witness line SWL.sub.i. FIG. 12B illustrates the positions
of the of the closure stroke reduction assembly 1730 and the
intermediate closure member 1410 when the proximal closure member
1480 is in a fully actuated position which may correspond to the
orientations of the jaws of the surgical end effector when the jaws
are in their respective "fully closed" positions. As was briefly
discussed above, when the proximal closure member 1480 is in the
fully actuated position, actuation of the firing trigger 532 will
cause the firing member assembly 1600 to be advanced distally. For
reference purposes, the fully actuated position of the proximal
closure segment 1480 is represented by an ending witness line
EWL.sub.p. The fully actuated position of the intermediate closure
member 1410 is represented by a ending witness line EWL.sub.i. The
axial distance that the proximal closure member 1480 traveled
between the unactuated position and the fully actuated position is
represented by distance D.sub.1. In one example, D.sub.1 may be
approximately 0.260''. The axial distance that the intermediate
closure member 1410 (and ultimately the distal closure member 1430)
traveled between the unactuated position and the fully actuated
position is represented by distance D.sub.2. As can be seen in
FIGS. 12A and 12B, D.sub.1>D.sub.2. In the above-referenced
example, D.sub.2 may be approximately 0.1''. Thus, the intermediate
closure member 1410 and the distal closure member 1430 traveled a
shorter axial distance than did the proximal closure member 1480.
Such arrangement permits the jaw arrangements of the surgical end
effector 1100 to better utilize the closure motions generated by
the closure drive system 510 in the handle assembly 500 and avoid
potential damage that might otherwise result if the full range of
closure motions were applied to the end effector.
[0420] Referring again to FIGS. 2 and 6, the chassis 1800 includes
at least one, and preferably two, tapered attachment portions 1802
that are formed thereon and are adapted to be received within
corresponding dovetail slots 507 that are formed within the distal
end portion of the frame 506 of the handle assembly 500. As can be
further seen in FIG. 2, a shaft attachment lug 1606 is formed on
the proximal end of the proximal firing shaft segment 1602. As will
be discussed in further detail below, when the interchangeable
surgical tool assembly 1000 is coupled to the handle assembly 500,
the shaft attachment lug 1606 is received in a firing shaft
attachment cradle 542 that is formed in the distal end of the
longitudinal drive member 540. See FIG. 2.
[0421] The interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 employs a
latch system 1810 for removably coupling the interchangeable
surgical tool assembly 1000 to the frame 506 of the handle assembly
500. As can be seen in FIG. 5, for example, in at least one form,
the latch system 1810 includes a lock member or lock yoke 1812 that
is movably coupled to the chassis 1800. In the illustrated
embodiment, for example, the lock yoke 1812 has a U-shape and
includes two downwardly extending legs 1814. The legs 1814 each
have a pivot lug (not shown) formed thereon that is adapted to be
received in corresponding holes 1816 that are formed in the chassis
1800. Such arrangement facilitates pivotal attachment of the lock
yoke 1812 to the chassis 1800. See FIG. 6. The lock yoke 1812 may
include two proximally protruding lock lugs 1818 that are
configured for releasable engagement with corresponding lock
detents or grooves 509 in the distal end of the frame 506 of the
handle assembly 500. See FIG. 2. In various forms, the lock yoke
1812 is biased in the proximal direction by a spring or biasing
member 1819. Actuation of the lock yoke 1812 may be accomplished by
a latch button 1820 that is slidably mounted on a latch actuator
assembly 1822 that is mounted to the chassis 1800. The latch button
1820 may be biased in a proximal direction relative to the lock
yoke 1812. The lock yoke 1812 may be moved to an unlocked position
by biasing the latch button 1820 the in distal direction which also
causes the lock yoke 1812 to pivot out of retaining engagement with
the distal end of the frame 506. When the lock yoke 1812 is in
"retaining engagement" with the distal end of the frame 506, the
lock lugs 1818 are retainingly seated within the corresponding lock
detents or grooves 509 in the distal end of the frame 506.
[0422] In the illustrated arrangement, the lock yoke 1812 includes
at least one and preferably two lock hooks 1824 that are adapted to
contact corresponding lock lug portions 1426 that are formed on the
closure shuttle 1420. When the closure shuttle 1420 is in an
unactuated position, the lock yoke 1812 may be pivoted in a distal
direction to unlock the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000
from the handle assembly 500. When in that position, the lock hooks
1824 do not contact the lock lug portions 1426 on the closure
shuttle 1420. However, when the closure shuttle 1420 is moved to an
actuated position, the lock yoke 1812 is prevented from being
pivoted to an unlocked position. Stated another way, if the
clinician were to attempt to pivot the lock yoke 1812 to an
unlocked position or, for example, the lock yoke 1812 was in
advertently bumped or contacted in a manner that might otherwise
cause it to pivot distally, the lock hooks 1824 on the lock yoke
1812 will contact the lock lugs 1426 on the closure shuttle 1420
and prevent movement of the lock yoke 1812 to an unlocked position.
See FIG. 5. Further details concerning the latching system may be
found in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0263541.
[0423] Attachment of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly
1000 to the handle assembly 500 will now be described with
reference to FIG. 2. To commence the coupling process, the
clinician may position the chassis 1800 of the interchangeable
surgical tool assembly 1000 above or adjacent to the distal end of
the frame 506 such that the tapered attachment portions 1802 formed
on the chassis 1800 are aligned with the dovetail slots 507 in the
frame 506. The clinician may then move the surgical tool assembly
1000 along an installation axis IA that is perpendicular to the
shaft axis SA to seat the tapered attachment portions 1802 in
"operable engagement" with the corresponding dovetail receiving
slots 507 in the distal end of the frame 506. In doing so, the
shaft attachment lug 1606 on the proximal firing shaft segment 1602
will also be seated in the cradle 542 in the longitudinally movable
drive member 540 and the portions of pin 516 on the closure link
514 will be seated in the corresponding hooks 1421 in the closure
shuttle 1420. As used herein, the term "operable engagement" in the
context of two components means that the two components are
sufficiently engaged with each other so that upon application of an
actuation motion thereto, the components may carry out their
intended action, function and/or procedure.
[0424] Referring again to FIG. 4, the distal firing bar 1620 may
comprise a laminated beam structure that includes at least two beam
layers. Such beam layers may comprise, for example, stainless steel
bands that are interconnected by, for example, welding or pinning
together at their proximal ends and/or at other locations along
their length. In alternative embodiments, the distal ends of the
bands are not connected together to allow the laminates or bands to
splay relative to each other when the end effector is articulated.
Such arrangement permits the distal firing bar 1620 to be
sufficiently flexible to accommodate articulation of the end
effector. Various laminated knife bar arrangements are disclosed in
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,245. As can also be seen in
FIG. 4, a middle support member 1614 is employed to provide lateral
support to the distal firing bar 1620 as it flexes to accommodate
articulation of the surgical end effector 1100. Further details
concerning the middle support member and alternative knife bar
support arrangements are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 15/019,245.
[0425] After the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 has
been operably coupled to the handle assembly 500 (FIG. 1), the
clinician may operate the surgical tool assembly 10 as follows. As
discussed above, when the closure drive system 510 is in its
unactuated position (i.e., the closure trigger 512 has not been
actuated), the torsion spring 1667 has biased the clutch assembly
1640 and, more particularly, the switch pin 1682 and the lock
sleeve 1650 into the articulation position. See FIGS. 8, 10 and
12A. As can be seen in FIG. 8, when in that position, the lock
protrusions 1654 in the lock sleeve 1650 are received within the
drive notch 1603 in the proximal firing shaft segment 1602. As can
be seen in FIG. 10, when in that mode, the articulation magnet 1708
is in position relative to the Hall effect sensor 1632 so as to
indicate to the microcontroller 520 that the tool assembly 1000 is
in the articulation mode. When the clinician actuates the firing
trigger 512, the motor drives the proximal firing shaft segment
1602 distally. As mentioned above, however, the slip joint 1622
facilitates movement of the proximal firing shaft segment 1602 and
the intermediate firing shaft segment 1610 without moving, or at
least substantially moving, the distal firing bar 1620. Because the
lock sleeve 1650 is in operable engagement with the proximal firing
shaft segment 1602 and the proximal articulation driver 1700 is in
engagement with the lock sleeve 1650, actuation of the proximal
firing shaft segment 1602 results in the distal movement of the
articulation driver 1700. Distal movement of the articulation
driver 1700 causes the surgical end effector 1000 to articulate
around the articulation axis B-B. During this time, the clinician
can also partially close the jaws of the end effector 1100 by
partially depressing the closure trigger. Such axial movement of
the proximal closure member 1480 without automatically shifting the
clutch assembly 1640 to the firing mode is accommodated by the
travel portion 1492 of the cam opening 1490 in the proximal closure
member 1480. See FIG. 10. This feature enables the clinician to use
the jaws to grasp and manipulate tissue prior to clamping onto the
target tissue.
[0426] Once the clinician has articulated the end effector 1100
into a desired position and the jaws have been positioned in a
desired orientation relative to the target tissue, the clinician
releases the firing trigger 532 which will discontinue the
motorized movement of the proximal firing shaft segment 1602 as
well as the proximal articulation driver 1700. The articulation
lock 1210 will lock the proximal articulation driver 1700 in that
position to prevent further articulation of the end effector 1100.
The clinician may clamp the target tissue between the jaws by
depressing the closure trigger 512 to the fully depressed position.
Such action moves the proximal closure member 1480 distally. Such
distal movement of the proximal closure member 1480 causes the
switch pin 1682 to rotate downward within the cam opening 1490 as
it is contacted by the cam wall 1491. See FIG. 11. Referring now to
FIG. 11, movement of the shift pin 1682 downwardly within cam
opening 1490 causes the shift plate 1680 to rotate the lock sleeve
1650 to rotate to a disengaged position with the proximal firing
shaft segment 1602. When in that position, the lock protrusions
1654 have disengaged from the drive notch 1603 in the proximal
firing shaft segment 1602. Thus, the proximal firing shaft segment
1602 can move axially without moving the lock sleeve 1650 and the
proximal articulation driver 1700. As the proximal closure member
1480 is moved distally to the fully actuated position (by
depressing the closure trigger 512), the closure stroke reduction
assembly 1730 moves the intermediate closure member 1410 distally a
reduced axial distance as was discussed above. This axial motion is
applied to the distal closure member 1430 and ultimately moves the
jaws to the fully closed position. When in this position, the
closure drive system 510 system in the handle assembly 500 may be
locked and the clinician can release the closure trigger 512. When
the clutch assembly 1640 has been moved to this firing mode, the
firing magnet 1611 is in communication with the Hall effect sensor
1632 to indicate the position of the clutch assembly 1640 to the
microcontroller 520. See FIG. 11. The microcontroller 520 may
provide the clinician with an indication of the position of the
distal firing bar 1620 as it is advanced distally through the
target tissue that is clamped between the end effector jaws. Once
the distal firing bar 1620 and, more specifically, the firing
member or knife member attached thereto has been advanced to a
fully fired position, the microcontroller 520, by means of sensor
arrangements, detects the position of a portion of the firing
member assembly 1600 and may then reverse the motor to retract the
distal firing bar 1620 to its starting position. This action may be
automatic or the clinician may have to depress the firing trigger
532 during the retraction process. Once the distal firing bar 1620
has been fully retracted to its starting position, the
microcontroller 520 may provide the clinician with an indication
that the distal firing bar 1620 has been fully retracted and the
closure trigger 512 may be unlocked to enable the closure assembly
1406 to be returned to the unactuated position which thereby moves
the jaws to the open position.
[0427] In the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 15A and 15B, the
anvil assembly 1130 includes an anvil body portion 1132 and an
anvil mounting portion 1134. The anvil mounting portion 1134
comprises a pair of anvil mounting walls 1136 that are separated by
a slot 1138 (FIG. 4). The anvil mounting walls 1136 are
interconnected or bridged by an upstanding tab portion 1139. As
discussed above, the end effector mounting assembly 1230 is
pivotally attached to the proximal end 1103 of the elongate channel
1102 by a pair of laterally extending jaw attachment pins 1235 that
are rotatably received within jaw pivot holes 1104 that are
provided in the proximal end 1103 of the elongate channel 1102. The
jaw attachment pins 1235 define a fixed jaw pivot axis JA that is
substantially traverse to the shaft axis SA. See FIG. 4. Each of
the anvil mounting walls 1136 has a mounting hole 1140 extending
therethrough to enable the anvil mounting portion 1134 to be
pivotally journaled on the jaw attachment pins 1235. Thus, in such
arrangement, the anvil 1130 and the elongate channel 1102 are
independently pivotable about the fixed jaw pivot axis JA. Such
arrangement may permit the anvil 1130 and elongate channel 1102
(the "jaws") to be opened to positions that may be wider than those
open positions that may be attained by the jaws of other end
effector arrangements wherein only one of the jaws moves relative
to the other jaw.
[0428] Still referring to FIGS. 15A and 15B, the distal closure
member 1430 includes two inwardly extending jaw opening pins 1432
that are adapted to extend through corresponding channel opening
cam slots 1106 provided in the proximal end 1103 of the elongate
channel 1102. Each jaw opening pin 1432 is configured to engage a
corresponding anvil opening cam surface 1142 that is formed on each
anvil mounting wall 1136. As can be seen in FIGS. 15A and 15B, the
anvil opening cam surfaces 1142 are opposed or arranged in an
opposite configuration as the corresponding channel opening cam
slots 1106. Stated another way, the channel opening cam slots 1106
and the anvil opening cam surfaces 1142 curve in opposite
directions from each other.
[0429] FIG. 15A illustrates the anvil 1130 and the elongate channel
1102 (the "jaws") in the fully closed position. As the distal
closure member 1430 is advanced distally, the distal end 1431 of
the distal closure member 1430 travels up closure cam surfaces 1137
formed on each of the anvil mounting walls 1136 as well as up
closure cam surfaces 1108 formed on the proximal end 1103 of the
elongate channel 1102. As the distal end 1431 of the distal closure
member 1430 cammingly contacts the closure cam surfaces 1137, 1108,
the anvil 1130 as well as the elongate channel 1102 are both
pivoted about the jaw pivot axis JA to the closed position at which
point the distal end 1431 of the distal closure member 1430
contacts a ledge portion 1133 that is formed between the anvil
mounting portion 1134 and the anvil body portion 1132 as well as a
ledge 1145 on the elongate channel. See FIG. 15A. When the closure
member assembly 1400 is locked in position, the distal closure
member 1430 retains the anvil 1130 and elongate channel 1102 in
that closed position. When the clinician desires to move the anvil
1130 and the elongate channel 1102 to the open position, the distal
closure member 1430 is moved in the proximal direction PD. As the
distal closure member 1430 is moved in the proximal direction PD,
the jaw opening pins 1432 engage the corresponding channel opening
cam slots 1106 and the anvil opening cam surfaces 1142 and pivots
the anvil 1130 and elongate channel about the fixed jaw axis JA to
the open position shown in FIG. 15B. Such use of pins of features
on the distal closure member to effectuate movement of both jaws
from a fully closed position to a fully open position may be
referred to herein as "positive jaw opening" features. Other
positive jaw opening arrangements are disclosed in U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/742,925, entitled SURGICAL END EFFECTORS
WITH POSITIVE JAW OPENING ARRANGEMENTS, which has been incorporated
by reference in its entirety herein.
[0430] FIGS. 16-21 Illustrate an alternative distal closure member
1430' that employs alternative positive jaw opening features in the
form of, for example, movable jaw opening cams 1440 that are
attached to the distal closure member 1430' in place of the jaw
opening pins. At least one and preferably two jaw opening cams 1440
are movably attached to the distal closure member 1430' by a
corresponding stretchable coupler 1450. In the illustrated
embodiment, the coupler 1450 comprises a cam or tension spring. In
the illustrated arrangement, the tension spring 1454 comprises flat
spring to save space. A proximal end of each tension spring 1450
has a hook 1452 formed thereon that extends through an opening 1442
in the distal closure member 1430'. An end of each hook 1452 may be
seated in a corresponding slot or groove 1444 that is formed in the
distal closure member 1430' as shown in FIG. 16. A distal end 1455
of each tension spring 1454 is attached to the corresponding jaw
opening cam 1440. The proximal end 1103 of the elongate channel
1102 includes a pair of spring clearance slots 1106' and channel
opening cam surfaces 1107 that are configured to be engaged by the
jaw opening cams 1440. In alternative arrangements, the spring
could include maximum extension features that only allow a
predetermined amount of compliance and then assure jaw opening that
is proportionate to the remaining closure trigger travel and
therefore closure shuttle motion. As indicated above, each of the
anvil mounting walls 1136 has an anvil opening cam surface 1142
formed thereon. As can be seen in FIG. 19, the anvil opening cam
surfaces 1142 are opposed or arranged in an opposite configuration
as the corresponding channel opening cam surface 1107. Stated
another way, the channel opening cam surface 1107 and the anvil
opening cam surfaces 1142 are arcuate and curve in opposite
directions.
[0431] FIGS. 20 and 21 illustrate the anvil 1130 and elongate
channel 1102 in their respective fully opened positions. As can be
seen in each of those Figures, the jaw opening cams 1440 are
oriented between the corresponding anvil opening cam surface 1142
and the channel opening cam surface 1107 and are in their
proximal-most positions. When in the fully opened positions, the
jaw opening cams 1440 are located distal to the distal end of the
distal closure member 1430'. As can be seen in FIGS. 19 and 20, the
jaw opening cams 1440 may be wedge-shaped. In at least one
arrangement, the wedge geometry has a gradual cam surface on the
proximal side to prevent biding between the jaws. When in that
fully open position, the tension springs 1454 are in their starting
position wherein the tension springs 1454 are applying their
smallest amount of biasing force to each of the jaw opening cams
1440. Upon commencement of the closing process, the distal closure
member 1430' is advanced distally in the various manners described
herein. As the distal closure member 1430' is advanced distally,
the distal end 1431 contacts the closure cam surfaces 1137 on the
anvil mounting portion 1134 and closure cam surfaces 1108 that are
formed on the proximal end 1103 of the elongate channel 1102 to
pivot the anvil 1130 and the elongate channel 1102 toward each
other about the pivot jaw axis JA. As the anvil 1130 and the
elongate channel 1102 are pivoted toward each other, the jaw
opening cams 1440 that are riding on cam surfaces 1142 and 1104 are
driven in the distal direction. As the jaw opening cams 1440 are
driven distally, the tension springs 1454 are elongated and
"loaded".
[0432] FIGS. 18 and 19 depict the anvil 1130 and elongate channel
1102 in their fully closed positions. When the clinician desires to
return the anvil 1130 and elongate channel 1102 to their fully open
positions (FIGS. 20 and 21), the distal closure member 1430' is
withdrawn in the proximal direction which permits the anvil 1130
and the elongate channel 1102 to pivot away from each other about
the pivot jaw axis JA. Because the tension springs 1454 are
elongated and loaded, they draw each of the jaw opening cams 1440
in the proximal direction. As the jaw opening cams 1440 move in the
proximal direction PD between the cam surfaces 1142 and 1107, the
anvil 1130 and the elongate channel 1102 are positively moved to
the fully opened position and retained therein by the jaw opening
cams 1440. The more that the distal closure member is moved
proximally, the more the jaws are urged away from each other. Such
compliant positive jaw opening arrangements may assure direct
one-to-one final pull open to provide more opening force if
stuck.
[0433] FIGS. 22-25 Illustrate an alternative distal closure member
1430'' that employs jaw opening tabs as well as at least one jaw
opening spring 1460 to move the anvil 1130 and the elongate channel
1102' into their respective fully opened positions. As can be seen
in FIGS. 24 and 25, the distal closure member 1430'' is similar to
distal closure member 1430 as described above, except that distal
closure member 1430'' additionally incudes an anvil open tab 1435
and a channel open tab 1437. As shown in FIG. 24, when the distal
closure member 1430'' has been moved to its proximal most position
corresponding to the fully opened position, the anvil open tab 1435
is in contact with the tab 1139 on the anvil mounting portion 1134
and the channel opening tab is in contact with a channel tab 1109
protruding from the underside of the proximal end portion 1103 of
the elongate channel 1102'.
[0434] The embodiment depicted in FIGS. 22, 24 and 25 also employs
a positive jaw opening member which may comprise a jaw opening
spring 1460. As can be seen in FIG. 23, in the illustrated
arrangement, the jaw opening spring 1460 includes an anvil opening
leg 1462 and a channel opening leg 1464 that are attached by a
bridge portion 1463. The spring 1460 may be journaled on the jaw
attachment pins 1235 as shown in FIGS. 22, 24 and 25 such that the
anvil opening leg 1462 bears on a bottom surface of the anvil
mounting portion 1134 and the channel opening leg 1464 bears on a
bottom surface of the proximal end 1103 of the elongate channel
1102'. Thus, the jaw opening spring 1460 serves to apply biasing
forces to the anvil 1130 and the elongate channel 1102' to pivot
them away from each other to open positions. FIG. 25 illustrates
the anvil 1130 and the elongate channel 1102' in the fully closed
position. As can be seen in FIG. 25, the jaw opening spring 1460 is
in its fully compressed state. To open the anvil and channel 1102',
the distal closure member 1430'' is moved in the proximal direction
PD in the various manners disclosed herein. As the distal closure
member 1430'' moves proximally, the jaw opening spring 1460
positively biases the anvil 1130 and the elongate channel 1102'
away from each other about the pivot axis JA to the fully open
position wherein the anvil opening tab 1435 engages the tab 1139 on
the anvil mounting portion 1134 and the channel opening tab 1437
engages the channel tab 1109. See FIG. 24. In at least one
arrangement, the jaw opening spring is mounted proximal to the
firing member parking area (i.e., the area where the firing member
resides when in the starting position).
[0435] FIGS. 26-29 Illustrate an alternative distal closure member
1470 that employs slot arrangements in the elongate channel and
closure member that are configured to move an anvil 1130'' between
a fully open position and a fully closed position. In the
illustrated arrangement, the distal closure member 1470 is similar
to distal closure member 1430 as described above, except for the
differences discussed below. In this arrangement, however, only the
anvil 1130'' moves relative to the elongate channel 1102''. As can
be seen in FIGS. 26-29, the anvil mounting portion 1134 of the
anvil 1130'' includes two outwardly extending anvil pins 1150 that
extend through corresponding channel slots 1472 provided in the
proximal end 1103 of the elongate channel 1102''. Each anvil pin
1150 also extends into corresponding closure slots 1474 in the
distal closure member 1470. In the illustrated arrangement, each of
the channel slots 1472 extends along a vertical axis VA. The anvil
pins 1150 define a pivot axis PA about which the anvil 1130'' may
pivot. Because the anvil pins 1150 are constrained to only move
within the vertically extending channel slots 1472, the pivot axis
PA is constrained to only move along the vertical axis VA. Each
closure slot 1474 has a proximal portion 1476 and a distal portion
1478. The proximal portion 1476 lies along a first horizontal axis
HA.sub.1 and the distal portion 1478 lies along a second horizontal
axis HA.sub.2 that is offset from the first horizontal axis
HA.sub.1. See FIG. 26. Vertical axis VA is transverse to the first
and second horizontal axes HA.sub.1 and HA.sub.2.
[0436] FIG. 26 illustrates the positions of the anvil 1130'' and
the elongate channel 1102'' when in the fully open position. As can
be seen in FIG. 26, when in that position, the anvil pins 1150 are
located at the top end of the channel slot 1472 ("first vertical
positions") as well as in the distal portion 1478 of the closure
slots 1474. FIG. 27 illustrates the positions of the anvil 1130''
and the elongate channel 1102'' after the closure process has been
commenced. As can be seen in FIG. 27, the distal closure member
1470 has begun to move distally so that the anvil pins 1150 are
just about to enter the proximal portion 1476 of the closure slots
and the pins have begun to move downward in the channel slots 1472.
In FIG. 28, the distal closure member 1470 has moved distally to a
point wherein the anvil pins 1150 are at the bottom ends of the
channel slots 1472 and the anvil pins 1150 have now entered the
proximal portions 1476 of the closure slots 1474. Thus the anvil
mounting portion 1134 has moved downward toward the elongate
channel 1102''. FIG. 29 illustrates the anvil 1130'' and the
elongate channel anvil 1102'' in their fully closed positions. As
can be seen in FIG. 29, the anvil pins 1150 are retained in the
bottom ends of the channel slots 1472 ("second vertical positions")
and are also received within the proximal portions 1476 of the
closure slots 1474. The anvil 1130'' and elongate channel 1102''
are retained in that fully closed position while the distal closure
member 1470 is retained in that position. As can be seen in FIG.
29, such arrangement facilitates the vertical travel of the anvil
mounting portion 1134 relative to the channel 1102'' thereby
increasing the distance between the underside of the anvil and the
cartridge deck when in the fully opened position. Such redundant
linkage arrangement may allow for the adjustment of the proximal
distance between the anvil and the cartridge deck adjacent the
tissue stops. Another cartridge embodiment may include a metallic
camming termination feature proximal to the sled start location.
Such metallic feature may support or hold the sled in the
"ready-to-use" position while preventing the collapse of the
tail.
[0437] FIGS. 30-32 illustrate one form of a firing member 1760 that
may be employed with the interchangeable tool assembly 1000. In one
exemplary form, the firing member 1760 comprises a body portion
1762 that includes a proximally extending connector member 1763
that is configured to be received in a correspondingly shaped
connector opening 1624 (FIG. 4) in the distal end of the distal
firing bar 1620. The connector 1763 may be retained within the
connector opening 1624 by friction and/or welding or suitable
adhesive, etc. In use, the body portion 1762 protrudes through an
elongate slot 1160 in the elongate channel 1102. A laterally
extending foot tab 1764 extends from each lateral side of the body
portion 1762. Each foot tab 1764 includes a proximal end 1765 that
has a thickness PE.sub.f and a distal end 1767 that has a thickness
DE.sub.f. Such configuration also defines an upper foot surface
1768 and a lower foot surface 1769. In the illustrated reference
the upper foot surface 1768 and the lower foot surface 1769 angle
away from each other. In FIG. 31, the upper foot surface 1768 is
parallel to the upper axis U.sub.A and the lower foot surface 1769
is parallel to lower axis U.sub.L with an angle A.sub.F
therebetween. Stated another way, the distal thickness
DE.sub.f>the proximal thickness PE.sub.f. Thus, each of the foot
tabs 1764 taper in thickness from their respective distal end 1767
to their proximal end 1765 with the proximal end being thinner.
[0438] Still referring primarily to FIG. 31, the illustrated firing
member 1760 also includes a pair of laterally extending top tabs
1770. Each top tab 1770 includes a proximal end 1772 that has a
thickness PE.sub.T and a distal end 1774 that has a thickness
DE.sub.T. Such configuration also defines a top surface 1776 and a
bottom surface 1778. In the illustrated reference the top surface
1776 and the bottom surface 1778 angle away from each other. In
FIG. 31, the top surface 1776 is parallel to an upper axis T.sub.A
and the bottom surface 1778 is parallel to a bottom axis B.sub.L
with an angle A.sub.T therebetween. Stated another way, a distal
thickness DE.sub.T of each top tab 1770 is greater than proximal
thickness PE.sub.T thereof. Thus, each of the top tabs 1770 taper
in thickness from their respective distal end 1774 to their
proximal end 1772 with the proximal end 1772 being thinner. In the
illustrated arrangement angle A.sub.F may be approximately equal to
angle A.sub.T. In addition, the top surface 1776 of each of the top
tabs 1770 may be a distance H.sub.F from the lower foot surface
1769 of each corresponding foot tab 1764 between the distal ends
1774, 1765, respectively and also be a distance H.sub.R from each
other at their respective proximal ends 1772, 1767. In the
illustrated arrangement, H.sub.F>H.sub.R. Thus, the top surface
1776 of each top tab 1770 angles away from the shaft axis SA and
each lower foot surface 1769 of each foot tab 1764 angles away from
the shaft axis SA. The illustrated firing member 1760 further
includes laterally protruding central lock lugs 1780 which will be
discussed in further detail below. The body portion 1762 of the
firing member 1760 further includes a tissue cutting edge or
feature 1766 that is disposed between a distally protruding bottom
portion 1771 and a distally protruding top nose portion 1773.
[0439] In the illustrated example, the cartridge body 1111 operably
supports therein a plurality of staple drivers that are aligned in
rows on each side of a centrally disposed slot 1114. FIGS. 33A-33C
illustrate one example of a staple driver 1170 that may be employed
to support staples on one side of a surgical staple cartridge. The
drivers located on the opposite side of the centrally disposed slot
1114 may comprise mirror images of drivers 1170. Other staple
driver configurations may also be effectively employed as well. As
can be seen in FIGS. 33A-33C, one form of a staple driver 1700
comprises a staple driver body 1172. The driver body 1172 includes
a first or innermost staple support portion 1174 that is configured
to support a staple (not shown) thereon. A second or central staple
support portion 1176 is configured to support another staple (not
shown) thereon and a third support portion 1870 that is configured
to support a third staple (not shown) thereon. The first staple
support portion 1174, the second staple support portion 1176 and
the third staple support portion 1178 are all coupled together by a
connector portion 1180. In at least one arrangement, the connector
portion 1180 is formed with a centrally disposed opening or
aperture 1182 that is configured to slidably receive a
corresponding first driver guide (not shown) that is formed in the
cartridge body. The connector portion 1180 includes a first cam
portion 1184 that has a first camming surface or ramp 1186 formed
thereon. The connector portion 1180 also includes a second cam
portion 1188 that has a second a second camming surface 1190 formed
thereon. The camming surfaces 1186, 1190 have the same slope or
angle or they may have different slopes/angles. In at least one
embodiment, each staple driver 1170 is integrally formed from or
molded from, for example, Ultem.RTM., with no fill. However, other
materials such as, for example, Ultem.RTM. with a glass or mineral
fill or Nylon or Nylon with a glass file could be used. In other
arrangements, the various portions of the staple drivers 1170 may
be separately fabricated from other materials and be attached
together by adhesive, solder, etc. Further details concerning the
staple drivers 1170 as well as other driver embodiments that may be
effectively employed with the various embodiments disclosed herein
may be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/843,243, filed
Sep. 2, 2015, entitled SURGICAL STAPLE CONFIGURATIONS WITH CAMMING
SURFACES LOCATED BETWEEN PORTIONS SUPPORTING SURGICAL STAPLES, the
entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference
herein.
[0440] Turning next to FIGS. 33, 36 and 37, the firing member 1760
is configured to operably interface with a sled assembly 1120 that
is operably supported within the body 1111 of the surgical staple
cartridge 1110. The sled assembly 1120 is slidably displaceable
within the surgical staple cartridge body 1111 from a proximal
starting position adjacent the proximal end 1112 of the cartridge
body 1111 to an ending position adjacent the distal end 1113 of the
cartridge body 1111. See FIG. 4. The centrally disposed slot 1114
enables the firing member 1760 to pass therethrough and cut the
tissue that is clamped between the anvil 1130 and the staple
cartridge 1110. The drivers 1170 are associated with corresponding
pockets 1116 that open through the upper deck surface 1115 of the
cartridge body 1111. The sled assembly 1120 includes a plurality of
sloped or wedge-shaped cams 1122 wherein each cam 1122 corresponds
to a particular camming surface 1186, 1190 on the corresponding
drivers 1170 located on each side of the slot 1114. When the firing
member 1760 is fired or driven distally, the firing member 1760
drives the sled assembly 1120 distally as well. As the firing
member 1760 moves distally through the cartridge 1110, the tissue
cutting feature 1766 cuts the tissue that is clamped between the
anvil assembly 1130 and the cartridge 1110 and the sled assembly
1120 drives the drivers 1170 upwardly in the cartridge which drive
the corresponding staples or fasteners into forming contact with
the anvil assembly 1130. In the illustrated example, the body
portion 1762 of the firing member 1760 is configured to engage with
the distal end of the sled assembly 1120. In particular, in at
least one example, as shown in FIG. 33, the distal end of the body
portion 1762 is oriented to simply contact the proximal end of the
center portion of the sled 1120. In other firing member
arrangements, the firing member body 1762 may be uniquely shaped or
configured to operably mesh, mate or operably interface with the
corresponding end portion of the sled assembly contained within a
corresponding cartridge assembly so that should the user
unwittingly load the wrong cartridge into the elongate channel and
thereafter attempt to fire the cartridge, the firing member and
sled would not properly interface to enable the distal advancement
thereof.
[0441] In those embodiments wherein the firing member includes a
tissue cutting surface, it may be desirable for the elongate shaft
assembly to be configured in such a way so as to prevent the
inadvertent advancement of the firing member unless an unspent
staple cartridge is properly supported in the elongate channel 1102
of the surgical end effector 1100. If, for example, no staple
cartridge is present at all and the firing member is distally
advanced through the end effector, the tissue would be severed, but
not stapled. Similarly, if a spent staple cartridge (i.e., a staple
cartridge wherein at least some of the staples have already been
fired therefrom) is present in the end effector and the firing
member is advanced, the tissue would be severed, but may not be
completely stapled, if at all. It will be appreciated that such
occurrences could lead to undesirable catastrophic results during
the surgical procedure. U.S. Pat. No. 6,988,649 entitled SURGICAL
STAPLING INSTRUMENT HAVING A SPENT CARTRIDGE LOCKOUT, U.S. Pat. No.
7,044,352 entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT HAVING A SINGLE
LOCKOUT MECHANISM FOR PREVENTION OF FIRING, and U.S. Pat. No.
7,380,695 entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT HAVING A SINGLE
LOCKOUT MECHANISM FOR PREVENTION OF FIRING, and U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/742,933, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING
INSTRUMENTS WITH LOCKOUT ARRANGEMENTS FOR PREVENTING FIRING SYSTEM
ACTUATION WHEN A CARTRIDGE IS SPENT OR MISSING each disclose
various firing member lockout arrangements. Each of those
references is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety
herein.
[0442] An "unfired", "unspent", "fresh" or "new" cartridge 1110
means herein that the cartridge 1110 has all of its fasteners in
their "ready-to-be-fired positions". When in that position, the
sled assembly 1120 is located in its starting position. The new
cartridge 1110 is seated within the elongate channel 1102 and may
be retained therein by snap features on the cartridge body that are
configured to retainingly engage corresponding portions of the
elongate channel 1102. FIG. 36 illustrates a portion of the
surgical end effector 1100 with a new or unfired surgical staple
cartridge 1110 seated therein. As can be seen in FIG. 36, the sled
assembly 1120 is in the starting position. To prevent the firing
system from being activated and, more precisely, to prevent the
firing member 1760 from being distally driven through the end
effector 1110 unless an unfired or new surgical staple cartridge
has been properly seated within the elongate channel 1102, the
illustrated interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 employs a
firing member lockout system generally designated as 1790.
[0443] Referring now to FIGS. 33-37, in one form, the firing member
lockout system 1790 includes movable lock member 1792 that is
configured to retainingly engage the firing member 1760 when an
unspent surgical staple cartridge 1110 is not properly seated
within the elongate channel 1102. The lock member 1792 comprises a
pair of lateral spring arms 1793 that are interconnected by a
central mount tab feature 1794. The central mount tab feature 1794
has a mounting hook 1795 formed therein that is configured to be
hooked over a retaining pin 1238 in the anvil mounting assembly
1230 as can be seen in FIGS. 35-37. When installed, the mount tab
1794 is configured to bias the lock member 1792 upward. In
addition, the lock member 1792 includes two lateral anvil spring
arms 1796 that angle upward to engage the bottom surface of a
corresponding anvil mounting wall 1136 on the anvil mounting
portion 1134 to bias the lock member 1792 downward when the anvil
1130 is closed. A firing member alignment tab 1797 extends upward
from each of the lateral spring arms 1793 to maintain alignment
between the firing member 1760 and the lock member 1792. As can be
most particularly seen in FIG. 33, the distal portion of each
lateral spring arm 1793 includes a laterally extending forward arm
1798 that terminates in a sled tab 1799 that corresponds to a sled
boss 1124 that is formed on the outermost wedge-shaped cams 1122 on
the sled 1120. Each of the lateral spring arms 1793 includes a lock
notch 1850 therein that is configured to lockingly engage a
corresponding one of the central lock lugs 1780 therein. Those of
ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that different numbers
and arrangements of sled bosses may be employed in the sleds of
different staple cartridge arrangements. The number of, and
arrangement of, the sled boss(es) may be configured to only
interact with corresponding sled tabs of the lock member of the
proper instrument with which the staple cartridge is intended to be
used. Thus, the sled bosses may function as a "key" to only actuate
the lock member of the proper device. Such arrangement may
therefore prevent the user from actuating the device when the wrong
surgical staple cartridge has been loaded into the elongate
channel.
[0444] FIG. 35 illustrates the end effector 1100 with the anvil
1130 and the elongate channel 1102 in their fully opened position
without a surgical staple cartridge installed therein. As can be
seen in FIG. 35, the anvil spring arms 1796 are in contact with the
underside of the mounting walls 1136, but they are not "loaded".
Such position enables the surgical staple cartridge 1110 to be
seated into the elongate channel 1102. If one were to close the
anvil 1130 when in that position, the anvil spring arms 1796 will
bias the spring arms 1793 downwardly to cause the central lugs 1780
to be lockingly received within the corresponding lock notch 1850
in the spring arm 1793. When in that position, the firing member
1760 cannot be distally advanced. FIG. 36 illustrates a fresh
surgical staple cartridge 1110 properly seated within the elongate
channel 1102 when the anvil 1130 is in the fully closed position.
As can be seen in FIG. 36, the sled 1120 is in its starting
position. When in that position, the sled bosses 1124 engage the
sled tabs 1799 and bias the spring arms 1793 upward to positions
wherein the lock notches 1850 do not engage the central tabs 1780.
Thus, the firing member 1760 is free to be distally advanced. FIG.
37 illustrates the position of the firing member 1760 after it has
been advanced distally from its starting position. As can be seen
in FIG. 37, the firing member 1760 is distal to the lock spring and
out of engagement therewith. The anvil spring arms 1796 have biased
the lock member downwardly to an unlocked position.
[0445] FIGS. 38 and 39 illustrate the position of the firing member
1760 and the lock member 1792 after the firing member 1760 has been
initially retracted in the proximal direction. In the illustrated
arrangement, each of the central lock lugs 1780 includes a
chamfered proximal end portion 1782. See FIGS. 30 and 31. As the
firing member 1760 is retracted to the position shown in FIGS. 38
and 39, the chamfered proximal ends 1782 of the central lock lugs
1780 contact the corresponding forward arms 1798 of the lock member
1792 and bias the spring arms laterally outwardly (arrow L in FIG.
39). FIGS. 40 and 41 illustrate the position of the firing member
1760 and the lock member 1792 after the firing member 1760 has been
fully retracted back into its starting position. When in that
position, each of the central lock lugs 1780 is lockingly received
within the lock notches 1850 in the corresponding spring arm 1793.
When in that position, the firing member 1760 cannot be distally
advanced.
[0446] FIG. 42 illustrates an alternative lock member 1792'. In
this embodiment, the mount tab 1794 biases the lock member 1792'
downwardly without the use of anvil spring arms. Thus, the central
lock lugs 1780 remain in locking engagement with the spring arms
1793 during opening of the anvil 1130 and elongate jaw 1102 and
loading of the surgical staple cartridge 1110 therein.
[0447] As discussed above, the cartridge body 1111 has a plurality
of anvil pockets 1116 that are serially arranged in lines on both
sides of the central slot 1114. Housed within these pockets 1116
are staple drivers that operably support one or more surgical
staples or fasteners thereon. When the target tissue is clamped
between the anvil 1130 and the staple cartridge deck surface 1115,
the target tissue must be so positioned so that the tissue that is
severed is stapled on each side of the cut line. To avoid the
target tissue from being positioned proximal of the proximal most
staples or fasteners, the anvil typically contains downwardly
extending walls commonly referred to as "tissue stops" which serve
to block the target tissue from getting too far proximal between
the anvil and cartridge. As the anvil is closed toward the
cartridge, the tissue stops extend downward past the cartridge deck
surface to prevent the tissue from being positioned too far
proximal between the anvil and cartridge. In at least one of the
end effector embodiments described herein, the anvil 1130 and the
elongate channel 1102 both can move about the pivot jaw axis JA.
Such arrangement may permit the anvil 1130 and the elongate channel
1102 to be opened further than other end effector arrangements
wherein only one of the anvil or elongate channel can move or
pivot. Stated another way, the distance between the undersurface of
the anvil body 1132 and the cartridge deck surface 1115 of a staple
cartridge 1110 that is seated in the elongate channel 1102 of the
end effector 1110 described herein when both the anvil 1130 and
elongate channel 1102 are in their respective fully open positions
is generally larger than the distance between the underside of the
anvil and the deck surface of a cartridge that is seated in an
elongate channel of an end effector wherein only one of the anvil
and channel move relative to the other. Thus, at least one form of
the end effector 1100 is configured to employ a staple cartridge
arrangement with at least one "active" tissue stop or "expandable"
tissue stop. In the illustrated arrangement, two active tissue
stops generally designated as 1250 are employed.
[0448] Turning now to FIGS. 45, 47 and 48, as discussed above, the
staple cartridge body 1111 includes a plurality of staple pockets
1116 located on each side of the elongate slot 1114 that is
configured to accommodate the firing member 1760 as it is distally
advanced through the cartridge. Depending upon the configuration
number and arrangement of the staple pockets 1116, one or more
staple driver configurations may be operably supported therein that
each supports one or more surgical staples thereon. Some pockets
located at the proximal end of the cartridge body may not contain
drivers and staples. For example, in the illustrated arrangement,
the staple pockets 1116 contain drivers (not shown) and staples
(not shown). The proximal most pockets that support a driver and a
staple are labeled 1116P. Although additional "unused" pockets
(labeled 1117), none of those pockets contain drivers and staples.
In the illustrated arrangement, all of the staple pockets 1116 on
both sides of the elongate slot 1114 that are to the proximal most
pockets 1116P contain drivers and surgical staples. The active
tissue stops 1250 are therefore configured to prevent tissue from
being clamped between the anvil 1130 and the cartridge 1110 in a
position that is proximal to the proximal staple pockets 1116P to
prevent the tissue from being cut without first being stapled.
[0449] In one arrangement, the surgical staple cartridge 1110 alone
and/or in combination with the elongate channel 1102 may be
referred to herein as the "first jaw" and the anvil 1130 may be
referred to as the "second jaw". The proximal end 1112 of the
staple cartridge 1110 may be referred to as the "first proximal
end" or the proximal end of the first jaw. The deck surface 1115
may be referred to as the `first jaw surface". In the illustrated
arrangement, the anvil body 1132 includes a staple forming
undersurface 1135 that faces the cartridge deck and serves to form
the staples as they are driven into contact therewith. The staple
forming undersurface 1135 (FIG. 3) may also be referred to herein
as the "second jaw surface".
In the illustrated arrangement, the active tissue stops 1250 are
operably attached to the cartridge body 1111. However, other
arrangements are contemplated wherein the active tissue stops are
attached to portions of the elongate channel 1102.
[0450] Turning to FIG. 45, in at least one arrangement, two active
or expandable tissue stops 1250 are employed--one tissue stop on
each side of the elongate slot 1114. As can be seen in FIG. 47, an
active tissue stop 1250 comprises a bifurcated lower tissue stop
portion 1260 that comprises two cam walls 1262 that are separated
by a space 1264 and are interconnected by a connector 1265. Movably
supported within the space 1264 is an upper tissue stop portion
1270. As can be seen in FIG. 45, a stop bridge 1266 is provided
between the walls 1260 at the upper portion of their distal ends.
The stop bridge 1266 cooperates with a stop tab 1272 formed on the
upper tissue stop portion 1270 to prevent the upper tissue stop
portion 1270 from extending completely out of the space 1264.
Mounting holes 1267 are provided through the walls 1260 to enable
the lower tissue stop portion 1260 to be pivotally journaled on a
corresponding stop pin 1118 that protrudes laterally out of the
sides 1113 of the cartridge body 1111. As can also be seen in FIG.
45, each of the upper stops 1270 includes a spring mounting hole
1274 that is configured to receive a leg portion 1282 of a biasing
member or stop spring 1280 therein. See FIG. 46.
[0451] The upper tissue stop portion 1270 is slidably received
within the space 1264 of the corresponding lower tissue stop
portion 1260 to create the active or expandable tissue stop 1250.
The upper and lower tissue stop portions 1260, 1270, along with the
corresponding biasing member or stop spring 1280, are pivotally
journaled on the corresponding stop pin 1118. Each active tissue
stop assembly 1250 is free to pivot about a tissue stop axis TSA
that is defined by the stop pins 1118. As can be seen in FIG. 45,
the tissue stop axis TSA is transverse to the elongate slot 1114 in
the cartridge body 1111. A second leg 1284 of the stop spring 1280
bears upon a corresponding ledge or portion 1119 of the cartridge
body 1111 such that when journaled on the stop pin 1118, the stop
spring 1280 serve to bias the upper tissue stop portion 1270 upward
within the space 1264 until the stop tab 1272 contains the stop
bridge 1266. At that point, the biasing member or stop spring 1280
serves to bias the entire active tissue stop assembly 1250 upward
about the tissue stop axis TSA until the upper tissue stop portion
1270 contacts a corresponding stop ledge 1121 formed on the
cartridge body 1111.
[0452] Thus, in the illustrated arrangement, each of the active
tissue stop assemblies 1250 are attached to a corresponding lateral
side 1113 of the cartridge body 1110. As can be seen in FIG. 45,
each side wall 1126 of the elongate channel 1102 has a tissue stop
notch 1128 formed therein to receive an active tissue stop assembly
1250 therein when the jaws 1130, 1110 are in their fully closed
positions. FIG. 49 illustrates the anvil 1130 and elongate channel
1102 and cartridge 1110 in their "fully closed" positions. The
orientations of the active tissue stop assemblies 1250 when the
anvil 1130 and elongate channel 1102 or surgical cartridge 1110 are
in their fully closed positions may be referred to as their "fully
compressed" orientations. In certain embodiments the anvil assembly
1130 may also have fixed tissue stops 1144 formed thereon which are
proximal to the active tissue stop assemblies 1250. See FIGS. 43
and 44. FIGS. 47 and 50 illustrate the orientation of an active
tissue stop assembly 1250 when the anvil 1130 and the elongate
channel 1102 are in their respective fully opened positions. The
orientations of the active tissue stop assemblies 1250 when the
anvil 1130 and elongate channel 1102 or surgical cartridge 1110 are
in their fully open positions may be referred to as their "fully
deployed" or "fully expanded" orientations. When in their fully
deployed position, the active tissue stops 1250 serve to prevent
tissue from significantly advancing proximally past the proximal
most staple pockets 1116P. FIG. 49 illustrates the anvil 1130 and
elongate channel 1102 clamping tissue therebetween in their
respective fully closed positions. Prior to being installed within
the elongate channel 1102, the tissue stop assemblies may be
retained in the collapsed orientation shown in FIG. 49 by a
removably staple cover that is removably attached to the cartridge
deck. Once the cartridge is installed in the elongate channel, the
staple cover maybe removed from the cartridge deck.
[0453] FIGS. 51-53 illustrate another tissue stop arrangement that
comprises cooperating tissue stops on the anvil as well as the
cartridge. For example, in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 51-53, a
pair of upstanding cartridge tissue stops 1290 that extend upward
from the cartridge deck surface 1115. When the anvil 1130 and the
elongate channel 1102 are in their fully closed positions, the
upper ends 1292 of the cartridge tissue stops 1290 extend into
holes or cavities 1293 provided in the anvil body 1132. The upper
ends 1292 of the cartridge tissue stops 1290 are angled so that
when the anvil 1130 and elongate channel 1102 are fully closed, the
upper ends 1292 do not protrude beyond the outer surface of the
anvil body 1132. See FIG. 53. In addition, the anvil 1130 includes
downwardly extending distal tissue stops 1296 that do not extend
below the cartridge deck surface 1115 when the anvil 1130 and the
elongate channel 1102 are in their fully closed positions and a
pair of proximal tissue stops 1298 that extend downwardly below the
deck surface 1115 of the cartridge 1110 when the anvil 1130 and
elongate channel 1102 are in their fully closed position. See FIG.
53. In an alternative arrangement, an elastic band may be placed
around the exterior of the jaws such that the distal edge of the
band is at the desired location for the tissue stops. As the jaws
are opened, the band stretches but serves as a tissue stop. The
band can rest in recesses in the anvil and elongate channel that
circumscribe the anvil/channel so that the end effector can pass
through standard trocar arrangements.
[0454] In the illustrated example, the cartridge body 1111 operably
supports therein a plurality of staple drivers that are aligned in
rows on each side of a centrally disposed slot 1114. FIGS. 33A-33C
illustrate one example of a staple driver 1170 that may be employed
to support staples on one side of a surgical staple cartridge. The
drivers located on the opposite side of the centrally disposed slot
1114 may comprise mirror images of drivers 1170. Other staple
driver configurations may also be effectively employed as well. As
can be seen in FIGS. 33A-33C, one form of a staple driver 1700
comprises a staple driver body 1172. The driver body 1172 includes
a first or innermost staple support portion 1174 that is configured
to support a staple (not shown) thereon. A second or central staple
support portion 1176 is configured to support another staple (not
shown) thereon and a third support portion 1870 that is configured
to support a third staple (not shown) thereon. The first staple
support portion 1174, the second staple support portion 1176 and
the third staple support portion 1178 are all coupled together by a
connector portion 1180. In at least one arrangement, the connector
portion 1180 is formed with a centrally disposed opening or
aperture 1182 that is configured to slidably receive a
corresponding first driver guide (not shown) that is formed in the
cartridge body. The connector portion 1180 includes a first cam
portion 1184 that has a first camming surface or ramp 1186 formed
thereon. The connector portion 1180 also includes a second cam
portion 1188 that has a second a second camming surface 1190 formed
thereon. The camming surfaces 1186, 1190 have the same slope or
angle or they may have different slopes/angles. In at least one
embodiment, each staple driver 1170 is integrally formed from or
molded from, for example, Ultem.RTM., with no fill. However, other
materials such as, for example, Ultem.RTM. with a glass or mineral
fill or Nylon or Nylon with a glass file could be used. In other
arrangements, the various portions of the staple drivers 1170 may
be separately fabricated from other materials and be attached
together by adhesive, solder, etc. Further details concerning the
staple drivers 1170 as well as other driver embodiments that may be
effectively employed with the various embodiments disclosed herein
may be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/843,243, filed
Sep. 2, 2015, entitled SURGICAL STAPLE CONFIGURATIONS WITH CAMMING
SURFACES LOCATED BETWEEN PORTIONS SUPPORTING SURGICAL STAPLES, the
entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference
herein.
[0455] The staple cavities 1116 are angularly oriented relative to
the shaft axis SA. More specifically, the staple cavities 1116 are
oriented at oblique angles relative to the shaft axis SA and form a
herringbone pattern in the deck surface 1115. Various alternative
patterns for staple cavities in a staple cartridge body are
described herein.
[0456] Variations to the arrangement and/or geometry of staples in
a staple line can affect the flexibility and sealing properties of
the staple line. For example, a staple line comprised of linear
staples can provide a limited amount of flexibility or stretch
because the staple line can flex or stretch between the linear
staples. Consequently, a limited portion of the staple line (e.g.,
the portion between staples) is flexible. A staple line comprised
of angularly-oriented staples can also flex or stretch between the
staples. However, the angularly-oriented staples are also able to
rotate, which provides an additional degree of stretch within the
staple line. A staple line comprised of angularly-oriented staples
can stretch in excess of 60%, for example. In certain instances, a
staple line comprised of angularly-oriented staples can stretch at
least 25% or at least 50%, for example. The arrangement of staples
includes the relative orientation of the staples and the spacing
between the staples, for example. The geometry of the staples
includes the size and shape of the staples, for example. The
flexibility and sealing properties of a staple line can change at
longitudinal and/or lateral positions based on the arrangement
and/or geometry of the staples. In certain instances, it is
desirable to alter the flexibility and/or sealing properties of a
staple line at one or more locations along the staple line. For
example, it can be desirable to maximize the flexibility of the
staple line or a portion thereof. Additionally or alternatively, it
can be desirable to minimize the flexibility of the staple line or
a portion thereof. It can also be desirable to maximize the sealing
properties of the staple line or a portion thereof. Additionally or
alternatively, it can be desirable to minimize the sealing
properties of the staple line or a portion thereof.
[0457] The arrangement of staple cavities in a staple cartridge
corresponds to the arrangement of staples in a staple line
generated by the staple cartridge. For example, the spacing and
relative orientation of staple cavities in a staple cartridge
corresponds to the spacing and relative orientation of staples in a
staple line generated by the staple cartridge. In various
instances, a staple cartridge can include an arrangement of staples
cavities that is selected and/or designed to optimize the
flexibility and/or sealing properties of the resultant staple line.
A surgeon may select a staple cartridge having a particular
arrangement of staple cavities based on the surgical procedure to
be performed and/or the properties of the tissue to be treated
during the surgical procedure, for example.
[0458] In certain instances, it can be desirable to generate a
staple line with different staple patterns. A staple line can
include a first pattern of staples for a first portion thereof and
a second pattern of staples for a second portion thereof. The first
pattern and the second pattern can be longitudinally offset. For
example, the first pattern can be positioned at the proximal or
distal end of the staple line. In other instances, the first
pattern and the second pattern can be laterally offset and, in
still other instances, the first pattern and the second pattern can
be laterally offset and longitudinally offset. A staple line can
include at least two different patterns of staples.
[0459] In certain instances, the majority of staples in a staple
line can form a major pattern and other staples in the staple line
can form one or more minor patterns. The major pattern can span a
significant portion of the staple line and can include a
longitudinally-repetitive sub-pattern. In certain instances, the
minor pattern, or irregularity, can deviate from the major pattern.
The minor pattern can be an anomaly at one or more locations along
the length of the staple line, for example. The different patterns
in a staple line can be configured to produce different properties
at predefined locations. For example, the major pattern can be a
highly flexible or elastic pattern, which can permit extensive
stretching of the stapled tissue, and the minor pattern can be less
flexible or less elastic. It can be desirable for the majority of
the staple line to be highly flexible and for one or more limited
portions to be less flexible, for example. In other instances, the
minor pattern can be more flexible than the major pattern. In
certain instances, because the minor pattern extends along a
shorter portion of the staple line, the flexibility of the minor
pattern may not impact, or may not significantly impact, the
overall flexibility of the entire staple line.
[0460] Referring now to FIGS. 54-57, a staple cartridge body 3000
for use with a surgical end effector is depicted. The staple
cartridge body 3000 includes a deck 3002 and a slot 3004, which
extends through the deck 3002 from a proximal end 3006 toward a
distal end 3008 of the cartridge body 3000. The slot 3004 extends
along the longitudinal axis LA (FIG. 56) of the cartridge body
3000. Staple cavities 3010 are defined in the cartridge body 3000
and each staple cavity 3010 defines an opening 3012 in the deck
3002.
[0461] The majority of the staple cavities 3010 are arranged in a
first pattern, or major pattern, 3020. The first pattern 3020 is a
longitudinally-repetitive pattern of angularly-oriented staple
cavities 3010. Longitudinally-repetitive patterns are patterns in
which a sub-pattern or arrangement is longitudinally repeated. For
example, an arrangement of three staple cavities on each side of
the slot 3004 (an inner staple cavity, an intermediate staple
cavity, and an outer staple cavity) can be repeated along at least
a portion of the length of the staple cartridge body 3000. Various
longitudinally-repetitive patterns of angularly-oriented staples
cavities are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/498,145, filed Sep. 26, 2014, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2016/0089142, entitled METHOD FOR CREATING A
FLEXIBLE STAPLE LINE, which is incorporated by reference herein in
its entirety. The openings 3012 of the staple cavities 3010 in the
first pattern 3020 form a herringbone pattern having six rows of
angularly-oriented staple cavity openings 3012 in the cartridge
deck 3002. An inner row 3014a, an intermediate row 3014b, and an
outer row 3014c of staple cavities 3010 are positioned on each side
of the slot 3004.
[0462] Each staple cavity opening 3012 has a proximal end 3016 and
a distal end 3018. The proximal end 3016 and the distal end 3018 of
the staple cavities 3010 in the first pattern 3020 are laterally
offset. Stated differently, each staple cavity 3010 in the first
pattern 3020 is angularly oriented relative to the longitudinal
axis LA (FIG. 56). A cavity axis CA (FIG. 56) extends between the
proximal end 3016 and the distal end 3018 of each opening 3012. The
cavity axes CA are obliquely oriented relative to the slot 3004.
More specifically, the openings 3012 in the inner rows 3014a of
staple cavities 3010 and the outer rows 3014c of staple cavities
3010 are oriented at 45 degrees, or about 45 degrees, relative to
the longitudinal axis LA, and the openings 3012 in the intermediate
rows 3014b of staple cavities 3010 are oriented at 90 degrees, or
about 90 degrees, relative to the openings 3012 of the inner rows
3014a and the outer rows 3014a.
[0463] Certain staple cavities 3010 in the cartridge body 3000 are
oriented at an angle that is anomalous or irregular with respect to
the staple cavities 3010 in the first pattern 3020. More
specifically, the angular orientation of proximal staple cavities
3010a, 3010b, 3010c, and 3010d and distal staples cavities 3010e,
3010f, 3010g, and 3010h does not conform to the herringbone
arrangement of the staple cavities 3010 in the first pattern 3020.
Rather, the proximal staple cavities 3010a-3010d and the distal
staple cavities 3010e-3010h are angularly offset from the staple
cavities 3010 in the first pattern 3020. The proximal staple
cavities 3010a, 3010b, 3010c, and 3010d are obliquely oriented
relative to the staples cavities 3010 in the first pattern 3020,
and the distal staple cavities 3010e, 3010f, 3010g, and 3010h are
also obliquely oriented relative to the staples cavities 3010 in
the first pattern 3020. The proximal and distal staple cavities
3010a-3010h are oriented parallel to the slot 3004 and to the
longitudinal axis LA.
[0464] The proximal staple cavities 3010a-3010d form a proximal
pattern 3022 that is distinct from the first pattern 3020, and the
distal staple cavities 3010e-3010h form a distal pattern 3024 that
is also distinct from the first pattern 3020. In the depicted
arrangement, the proximal pattern 3022 includes a first pair of
parallel, longitudinally-aligned staple cavities 3010a, 3010b on a
first side of the slot 3004 and a second pair of parallel,
longitudinally-aligned staple cavities 3010c, 3010d on a second
side of the longitudinal slot 3004. The distal pattern 3024 also
includes a first pair of parallel, longitudinally-aligned staple
cavities 3010e, 3010f on the first side of the longitudinal slot
3004 and a second pair of parallel, longitudinally-aligned staple
cavities 3010g, 3010h on the second side of the longitudinal slot
3004. In other instances, the distal pattern 3024 can be different
from the proximal pattern 3022.
[0465] The proximal pattern 3022 and the distal pattern 3024 are
symmetric relative to the longitudinal axis LA. In other instances,
the proximal pattern 3022 and/or the distal pattern 3024 can be
asymmetric relative to the longitudinal axis LA. For example, the
staple cavities 3010e and 3010f can be longitudinally offset from
the staple cavities 3010g and 3010h and/or the staple cavities
3010a and 3010b can be longitudinally offset from the staple
cavities 3010c and 3010d. Additionally or alternatively, in certain
instances, the staple cartridge body 3000 can include either the
proximal pattern 3022 or the distal pattern 3024. In other
instances, the staple cavities 3010 defined in the staple cartridge
body 3000 can include additional and/or different patterns of
staple cavities 3010.
[0466] Referring primarily to FIG. 54, atraumatic extenders 3030
extend or protrude from the deck 3002 around a portion of the
staple cavities 3010 in the first pattern 3020. The atraumatic
extenders 3030 surround the proximal and distal ends 3016 and 3018,
respectively, of the openings 3012 of the staple cavities 3010 in
the first pattern 3020. The atraumatic extenders 3030 may be
configured to grip tissue that is clamped by the end effector.
Additionally or alternatively, in certain instances, the tips of
the staple legs can protrude from the cartridge body 3000. In such
instances, the atraumatic extenders 3030 may be configured to
extend flush with and/or beyond the tips of the staple legs to
prevent the tips from prematurely penetrating tissue. Consequently,
larger staples, e.g., staples having longer legs, can be positioned
in the staple cavities 3010 having atraumatic extenders 3030
positioned therearound. For example, referring again to FIG. 54,
larger staples can be positioned in the staple cavities 3010 in the
first pattern 3020 than the staples in the staple cavities in the
proximal pattern 3022 and the distal pattern 3024 without risking
premature piercing of tissue by the longer staple legs. In certain
instances, atraumatic extenders 3030 can be positioned around
staples cavities 3010 in the proximal pattern 3022 and/or the
distal pattern 3024, and larger staples can be positioned in one of
more of those staple cavities 3010a-3010h, as well.
[0467] The staple cartridge body 3000 can be configured to generate
a staple line having different properties along the length thereof.
A staple line 3040 generated by the staple cartridge body 3000 and
embedded in tissue T is depicted in FIG. 58. The staple line 3040
is comprised of staples 3042, and an exemplary staple 3042 for use
with various staple cartridges described herein is depicted in FIG.
59. The staple 3042 can be comprised of a bent wire, for example.
The wire can have a diameter of 0.0079 inches, or approximately
0.0079 inches. In other instances, the wire can have a diameter of
0.0089 inches, or approximately 0.0089 inches. In still other
instances, the wire can have a diameter of 0.0094, or approximately
0.0094 inches. In certain instances, the wire can have a diameter
of less than 0.0079 inches or more than 0.0094 inches. The reader
will appreciate that the diameter of the wire can dictate the
diameter of the staple. The staple 3042 is a substantially U-shaped
staple having a base 3050, a first leg 3052 extending from a first
end of the base 3050, and a second leg 3054 extending from a second
end of the base 3050. The first leg 3052 is substantially parallel
to the second leg 3054 and substantially perpendicular to the base
3050. When implanted in tissue T, the angular orientation of the
base 3050 corresponds to the angular orientation of the staple
cavity opening 3012 from which the staple 3042 was fired.
[0468] Another exemplary staple 3142 for use with various staple
cartridges described herein is depicted in FIG. 60. The staple 3142
is a substantially V-shaped staple having a base 3150, a first leg
3152 extending from a first end of the base 3050, and a second leg
3154 extending from a second end of the base 3150. The first leg
3152 is obliquely oriented relative to the second leg 3154 and the
base 3150. When implanted in tissue T, the orientation of the base
3150 corresponds to the orientation of the staple cavity opening
3012 from which the staple 3142 was fired. The reader will
appreciate that staples having different geometries can also be
fired from the staple cartridges described herein.
[0469] Referring again to FIG. 58, the staple line 3040 includes a
first portion 3044, a proximal portion 3046, and a distal portion
3048. The first portion 3044 is generated from the first pattern,
or major pattern, 3020 and extends along a substantial portion of
the staple line 3040. Owing to the angular orientation of the
staples 3042 in the first portion 3044, the first portion 3044 is
substantially flexible or compliant. For example, because the
angularly-oriented staples 3042 can rotate within the stapled
tissue T while minimizing trauma to the tissue T, the first portion
3044 is configured to stretch or extend longitudinally and/or
laterally as the stapled tissue stretches.
[0470] The proximal portion 3046 is generated from the proximal
pattern 3022 and forms the proximal end of the staple line 3040.
The distal portion 3048 is generated from the distal pattern 3024
and forms the distal end of the staple 3040. Owing to the parallel
orientation of the staples 3042 in the proximal portion 3046 and
the distal portion 3048 of the staple line 3040, the proximal
portion 3046 and the distal portion 3046 of the staple line 3040
can be less flexible than the first portion 3044. However, the
reduced flexibility of the proximal portion 3046 and the distal
portion 3048 may not impact, or not substantially impact, the
overall flexibility of the staple line 3040. Moreover, as described
herein, the proximal portion 3046 and the distal portion 3048 may
not extend adjacent to the cutline and, in certain instances, the
proximal portion 3046 may be absent or missing from the staple line
3040.
[0471] A firing element, such as the firing member 1760 (FIG. 4),
is configured to move along at least a portion of the slot 3004 to
fire the staples 3042 from the staple cavities 3010. The firing
element can include and/or engage one of more wedge sleds and/or
camming surfaces, such as the sled assembly 1120 having
wedge-shaped cams 1122 (FIG. 4). The cams of the sled are
configured to drive the staples upward toward a staple-forming
surface, such as into forming pockets in the anvil 1130 (FIGS. 1, 3
and 4), for example. Referring to FIG. 55, the staple cartridge
body 3000 includes a plurality of channels 3036 along a bottom
surface 3034 through which the wedge-shaped cams can move during a
firing stroke.
[0472] In use, target tissue is clamped between the staple
cartridge body 3000 and an anvil, such as the anvil 1130 (FIGS. 1,
3 and 4). The tissue overlapping the staple cavities 3010 is
stapled. If tissue is not positioned over certain staple cavities
3010, staples fired from those staple cavities 3010 may not engage
the tissue. An anvil typically contains downwardly extending
sidewalls commonly referred to as "tissue stops". The tissue stops
are configured to block the target tissue from getting too far
proximal between the anvil and cartridge. For example, referring to
the end effector 1100 in FIG. 4, the anvil 1130 includes tissue
stops 1131, which extend toward the staple cartridge 1110. When the
anvil 1130 is closed toward the cartridge 1110, the tissue stops
1131 on either side of the anvil 1130 extend downward past the
cartridge deck surface 1115 and form a wall or barrier, which
prevents tissue from being positioned too far proximal between the
anvil 1130 and cartridge 1110. The distal ends of the tissue stops
1131 define a proximal starting point for the cutline. A proximal
axis PA corresponding to the distal ends of the tissue stops 1131
is depicted in FIG. 56. Because target tissue is not positioned
proximal to the proximal axis PA, the staples that are fired from
the staple cavities located proximal to the proximal axis PA, i.e.,
the proximal staple cavities 3010a-3010d, are not fired into the
target tissue. In such instances, staples fired from the proximal
pattern 3022 do not form a part of the staple line.
[0473] A cutting element 3028 (FIG. 56) is also configured to move
along the longitudinal slot 3004. In various instances, the cutting
element 3028 can be an integral part of the firing element, such as
the tissue cutting feature 1766 on the firing member 1760 (FIG. 4),
for example. The cutting element 3028 has a distal cutting edge
3029 that is configured to incise tissue clamped by the end
effector and stapled by the staples 3042. Referring primarily to
FIG. 56, the cutting edge 3029 of the cutting element 3028 is
configured to move between a proximal position near the proximal
end portion 3006 of the cartridge body 3000 and a distal position
near the distal end portion 3008 of the cartridge body 3000. The
distal-most position of the cutting edge 3029 is defined by a
distal termination point for the cutline. A distal axis DA
corresponding to the distal termination point of the cutting edge
3029 is depicted in FIG. 56. Tissue positioned distal to the distal
axis DA is not incised by the cutting element 3028 during the
firing stroke.
[0474] The first pattern 3020 of staple cavities 3010 extends
between the proximal axis PA and the distal axis DA. Moreover, at
least one staple cavity 3010 in the first pattern 3020 overlaps the
proximal axis PA and the distal axis DA. In other instances, more
than one longitudinally-repetitive pattern of staple cavities 3010
can be positioned between the proximal axis PA and the distal axis
DA. The proximal pattern 3022 is positioned proximal to the
proximal axis PA, and the distal pattern 3024 is positioned distal
to the distal axis DA. In such instances, staples fired from the
distal staple cavities 3010e-3010h are not configured to staple
incised tissue. Moreover, staples fired from the proximal staple
cavities 3010a-3010d are not configured to staple the target
tissue. Accordingly, such staples may not impact the flexibility
and/or sealing quality of the resultant staple line.
[0475] In certain instances, it can be desirable to generate a
staple line having a first flexibility adjacent to the cutline and
a different flexibility proximal to and/or distal to the cutline.
For example, a staple line that includes at least two parallel
staples on each side of the cutline and positioned distal to the
distal end of the cutline, may provide certain advantages. In
certain instances, a staple arrangement that provides less
flexibility may prevent and/or limit the propagation of the cutline
and/or tearing of the tissue. Additionally, the tissue adjacent to
an uncut portion may experience less stress and/or strain than the
tissue adjacent to the cutline and, thus, may require less
flexibility to prevent and/or limit tissue trauma. More
specifically, tissue adjacent to the cutline may experience more
forces during the cutting stroke and, thus, increased flexibility
may prevent trauma to the tissue. Additionally, the tissue adjacent
to the cutline may stretch as it heals and thus, increased
flexibility may facilitate the healing process. For tissue that
experiences fewer forces, such as the tissue distal to the cutline,
for example, the reduced flexibility may reinforce or strengthen
the staple line and prevent distal propagation of the cutline.
[0476] In the depicted arrangement, the proximal pattern 3022
includes two irregular staple cavities on each side of the knife
slot 3004 adjacent to the proximal end of the first pattern 3020
and the distal pattern 3024 includes two irregular staple cavities
on each side of the knife slot 3004 adjacent to the distal end of
the first pattern 3020. In other instances, the proximal pattern
3022 and/or the distal pattern 3024 can consist of a single
irregular staple cavity on one or both sides of the knife slot
3004. In still other instances, the proximal pattern 3022 and/or
the distal pattern 3024 can include three or more irregular staple
cavities on one or both sides of the knife slot 3004. The proximal
pattern 3022 and/or the distal pattern 3024 can include
longitudinally repetitive sub-patterns. For example, the proximal
pattern 3022 and/or the distal pattern 3024 can include multiple
columns of parallel staple cavity openings 3012. In certain
instances, the staple cartridge body 3000 can have a single
irregular pattern, which can be positioned at either the proximal
end or distal end of the first pattern 3020.
[0477] In certain instances, one or more staple cavities in the
proximal pattern 3022 and/or the distal pattern 3024 can be
non-parallel to the knife slot 3004. For example, such staple
cavities can be oriented perpendicular to the knife slot 3004 or at
an oblique angle relative to the knife slot 3004. Additionally or
alternatively, certain staple cavities in the proximal pattern 3022
and/or the distal pattern 3024 can be non-parallel to each
other
[0478] Referring primarily to FIG. 57, staple drivers 3060 are
positioned in the staple cavities 3010 of the cartridge body 3000.
The staple drivers 3060 are positioned to support the staples 3042
(FIGS. 58 and 59) therein and to drive the staples 3042 from the
staple cavities 3010 during a firing stroke. Owing to the different
patterns of staple cavities 3010 in the cartridge body 3000, e.g.,
the patterns 3020, 3022 and 3024, the staple drivers 3060 can have
different geometries and/or orientations. For example, the staple
drivers 3060 positioned in the staple cavities 3010 of the first
pattern 3020 may include connected drivers as described in U.S.
patent application Ser. No. 14/498,145, filed Sep. 26, 2014, now
U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0089142, entitled
METHOD FOR CREATING A FLEXIBLE STAPLE LINE, which is incorporated
by reference herein in its entirety. Each connected driver can
include an inner driver positioned in a staple cavity 3010 in the
inner row 3014a, an intermediate driver positioned in a staple
cavity 3010 in the intermediate row 3014b, and an outer driver
positioned in a staple cavity 3010 in the outer row 3014c. A
connecting flange can connect the intermediate driver to at least
one inner driver and at least one outer driver. In other instances,
the staple drivers positioned in the staple cavities in the first
pattern 3020 may include individual drivers, wherein each driver
drives a single staple. In still other instances, the staples can
be direct-drive staples, which can be driven by direct contact with
a wedge sled and/or camming surfaces, as described in U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 14/138,475, filed on Dec. 23, 2013, now U.S.
Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0173749, entitled SURGICAL
STAPLES AND STAPLE CARTRIDGES and U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/498,145, which are incorporated by reference herein in their
respective entireties.
[0479] The drivers 3060 positioned in the staple cavities 3010 are
dimensioned and positioned for driving engagement by the sled and
camming surfaces thereof. For example, the drivers 3060 are
positioned in the staple cavities 3010 of the first pattern 3020.
Proximal drivers 3060a, 3060b, 3060c, and 3060d are positioned in
the staple cavities 3010a, 3010b, 3010c, and 3010d, respectively,
of the proximal pattern 3022, and distal drivers 3060e, 3060f,
3060g, and 3060h are positioned in the staple cavities 3010e,
3010f, 3010g, and 3010h, respectively, of the distal pattern 3024.
Referring again to FIG. 4, the sled assembly 1120 and the
wedge-shaped cams 1122 thereof can be configured to lift the
drivers 3060 in the staple cavities 3010. In such instances, the
cams 1122 are configured to drivingly engage the drivers 3060 along
the length of the cartridge body 3000. More specifically, the cams
1122 initially engage and drive the proximal drivers 3060a, 3060b,
3060c, and 3060d to fire the staples in the proximal pattern 3022,
then engage and drive the drivers 3060 to fire the staples in the
first pattern 3022, and finally engage and drive the distal drivers
3060e, 3060f, 3060g, and 3060h to fire the staples in the distal
pattern 3024. Although the proximal drivers 3060a, 3060b, 3060c,
and 3060d and/or the distal drivers 3060e, 3060f, 3060g, and 3060h
have a different geometry than the drivers 3060 in the first
pattern 3020 of staple cavities 3010, the sled and camming surfaces
thereof are compatible with the different drivers in the cartridge
body 3000.
[0480] Referring again to FIG. 4, the sled assembly 1120 includes
four camming surfaces 1122. A first pair of camming surfaces 1122
are positioned for driving engagement with the staple drivers on
the first side of the longitudinal axis LA, and a second pair of
camming surfaces 1122 are positioned for driving engagement with
the staple drivers on the second side of the longitudinal axis LA.
The camming surfaces 1122 in each pair are longitudinally offset.
In other instances, the camming surfaces 1122 can be longitudinally
aligned. Each pair of camming surfaces 1122 is configured to lift a
triple driver (see, e.g., the driver 1170 in FIGS. 33A-33C), i.e.,
a connected driver supporting a staple in the inner row 3014a of
staple cavities 3010, a staple in the intermediate row 3014b of
staple cavities 3010, and a staple in the outer row 3014c of staple
cavities 3010. The camming surfaces 1122 are also configured to
lift the proximal drivers 3060a, 3060b, 3060c, and 3060d and the
distal drivers 3060e, 3060f, 3060g, and 3060h. In other instances,
the sled assembly 1120 can include more than or less than four
camming surfaces.
[0481] The proximal drivers 3060a-3060d and the distal drivers
3060e-3060h are connected drivers 3058. An exemplary connected
driver 3058 is depicted in FIGS. 62-65. The connected driver 3058
includes the first driver 3060a and the second driver 3060b. A
connecting flange 3068 extends between the two drivers 3060a and
3060b. Because the first and second drivers 3060a and 3060b are
connected, the staples supported by the first and second drivers
3060a, 3060b are fired simultaneously by the sled assembly. Each
driver 3060a and 3060b also includes a cradle 3070 for supporting
the base of the staple. A guide 3062a and 3062b extends laterally
from each driver 3060a and 3060b, respectively. The first guide
3062a extends in a first direction and forms an outside portion of
the connected driver 3058 and the second guide 3062b extends in a
second, opposite direction and forms an inside portion of the
connected driver 3058. Ramped surfaces 3064a and 3064b on the
guides 3062a and 3062b, respectively, are positioned for driving
contact with the camming surfaces of the sled assembly. The guides
3062a and 3062b are driven upward in the channels 3036 (FIG. 55) of
the cartridge body 3000 when moved to a fired position by the sled
assembly. The channels 3036 form a vertical support structure
through which the guides 3062a, 3062b are driven by the camming
surfaces. As described herein, the camming surfaces can be
longitudinally offset. In such instances, the ramped surfaces
3064a, 3064b are correspondingly offset, as depicted in FIGS. 63
and 65. In other instances, the ramped surfaces 3064a and 3064b can
be aligned.
[0482] In other instances, the proximal drivers and/or the distal
drivers in a staple cartridge may not be connected. For example,
referring to FIG. 61, a staple cartridge 4800 is depicted. The
staple cartridge body 4800 is similar in many aspects to the staple
cartridge body 3000. For example, the staple cartridge body 4800
includes a first pattern 4820 of angularly-oriented staple
cavities, which are arranged in a herringbone pattern. A slot 4804
extends along the longitudinal axis LA of the cartridge body 4800.
The staple cartridge body 4800 also includes proximal staple
cavities arranged in a proximal pattern 4822 and distal staple
cavities arranged in a distal pattern 4824. The proximal pattern
4822 includes a first pair of parallel, longitudinally-aligned
staple cavities on a first side of the slot 4804 and a second pair
of parallel, longitudinally-aligned staple cavities on a second
side of the longitudinal slot 4804. The distal pattern 4824 also
includes a first pair of parallel, longitudinally-aligned staple
cavities on the first side of the slot 4804 and a second pair of
parallel, longitudinally-offset staple cavities on the second side
of the longitudinal slot 4804. The proximal pattern 4822 and the
distal pattern 4824 are symmetric relative to the longitudinal axis
LA. In other instances, the proximal pattern 4822 and/or the distal
pattern 4824 can be asymmetric relative to the longitudinal axis
LA.
[0483] Drivers 4860 are positioned in the staple cavities 4810 of
the first pattern 4820. The drivers 4860 in the staple cavities
4810 of the first pattern 4820 are triple drivers, as described
herein. Proximal drivers 4860a, 4860b, 4860c, and 4860d are
positioned in the staple cavities of the proximal pattern 4822, and
distal drivers 4860e, 4860f, 4860g, and 4860h are positioned in the
staple cavities of the distal pattern 4824. The proximal drivers
4860a-4860d and the distal drivers 4860e-4860h are single drivers.
Exemplary single drivers 4860a and 4860b are depicted in FIGS. 66
and 67.
[0484] Each driver 4860a and 4860b includes a cradle 4870 for
supporting the base of the staple. A guide 4862a and 4862b extends
laterally from each driver 4860a and 4860b, respectively. The first
guide 4862a extends in a first direction and forms an outside
portion of the first driver 4860a and the second guide 4862b
extends in a second, opposite direction and forms an outside
portion of the second driver 4860b. Ramped surfaces 4864a and 4864b
on the guides 4862a and 4862b, respectively, are positioned for
driving contact with the camming surfaces of a sled assembly. The
guides 4862a and 4862b are driven upward in channels in the
cartridge body 4800, such as the channels 3036 in the cartridge
3000 (FIG. 55), when the drivers 4860a and 4860b are moved to a
fired position by the sled assembly. The channels form a vertical
support structure through which the guides 4862a and 4862b are
driven by the camming surfaces. Such channels can stabilize the
guides 4862a and 4862b and, thus, stabilize the individual drivers
4860a and 4860b, respectively, during deployment. As described
herein, the camming surfaces can be longitudinally offset. In such
instances, the ramped surfaces 4864a, 4864b are correspondingly
offset, as depicted in FIG. 67. In other instances, the ramped
surfaces 4864a and 4864b can be aligned.
[0485] Because the first and second drivers 4860a, 4860b are
separate, the staples supported by the first and second drivers
4860a, 4860b can be fired independently. In certain instances, the
first driver 4860a and the second driver 4860b can be fired
sequentially. It can be advantageous to fire an inner staple before
an outer staple, for example, which can be accomplished with the
separate drivers 4860a and 4860b. In other instances, an outer
staple can be fired before an inner staple with the separate
drivers 4860a and 4860b. The firing order can be modified by
adjusting the relationship between the camming surfaces and the
ramped surfaces 3864a and 4864b, for example.
[0486] In various instances, the staple cavities in a distal
pattern and/or a proximal pattern may not be longitudinally-aligned
and/or may not be parallel. For example, referring now to FIGS. 68
and 69, a staple cartridge body 4600 is depicted. The staple
cartridge body 4600 is similar in many aspects to the staple
cartridge body 3000. For example, the staple cartridge body 4600
includes a first pattern 4620 of angularly-oriented staple cavities
4610, which are arranged in a herringbone pattern. A slot 4604
extends through a deck 4602 of the staple cartridge body 4600 along
the longitudinal axis LA of the cartridge body 4600. The staple
cartridge body 4600 also includes proximal staple cavities
4610a-4610d arranged in a proximal pattern 4622 and distal staple
cavities 4610e-4610h arranged in a distal pattern 4624. The
proximal pattern 4622 includes a first pair of parallel,
longitudinally-offset staple cavities 4610a, 4610b on a first side
of the slot 4604 and a second pair of parallel,
longitudinally-offset staple cavities 4610c, 4610d on a second side
of the longitudinal slot 4604. The distal pattern 4624 also
includes a first pair of parallel, longitudinally-offset staple
cavities 4610e, 4610f on the first side of the slot 4604 and a
second pair of parallel, longitudinally-offset staple cavities
4610g, 4610h on the second side of the longitudinal slot 4604. The
proximal pattern 4622 and the distal pattern 4624 are symmetric
relative to the longitudinal axis LA. In other instances, the
proximal pattern 4622 and the distal pattern 4624 can be asymmetric
relative to the longitudinal axis LA.
[0487] Connected drivers 4658 are positioned in the proximal and
distal staple cavities 4610a-4610h. An exemplary connected driver
4658 is depicted in FIGS. 70-73. The connected driver 4658 includes
the first driver 4660a and the second driver 4660b. A connecting
flange 4668 extends between the two offset drivers 4660a and 4660b.
Because the drivers 4660a and 4660b are connected, the staples
supported by the drivers 4660a, 4660b are fired simultaneously by
the sled assembly. Each driver 4660a and 4660b includes a cradle
4670 for supporting the base of the staple. A guide 4662a and 4662b
extends laterally from each driver 4660a and 4660b, respectively.
The first guide 4662a extends in a first direction and forms an
outside portion of the connected driver 4658 and the second guide
4662b extends in a second, opposite direction and forms an inside
portion of the connected driver 4658. Ramped surfaces 4664a and
4664b on the guides 4662a and 4662b, respectively, are positioned
for driving contact with the camming surfaces of a sled assembly.
The guides 4662a and 4662b are driven upward in channels in the
cartridge body 4800, such as the channels 3036 in the staple
cartridge 3000 (FIG. 55), for example, when the drivers 4660a,
4660b are moved to a fired position by the sled assembly. The
channels form a vertical support structure through which the guides
4662a, 4662b are supported as they are driven by the camming
surfaces. As described herein, the camming surfaces can be
longitudinally offset. In such instances, the ramped surfaces
4664a, 4664b are correspondingly offset, as depicted in FIGS. 71
and 73. In other instances, the ramped surfaces 4664a and 4664b can
be aligned.
[0488] Referring now to FIGS. 74 and 75, a staple cartridge body
4700 is depicted. The staple cartridge body 4700 is similar in many
aspects to the staple cartridge body 3000. For example, the staple
cartridge body 4700 includes a first pattern 4720 of
angularly-oriented staple cavities 4710, which are arranged in a
herringbone pattern. A slot 4704 extends through a deck 4702 of the
staple cartridge body 4700 along the longitudinal axis LA of the
cartridge body 4700. The staple cartridge body 4700 also includes
proximal staple cavities 4710a-4710f arranged in a proximal pattern
4722. The proximal pattern 4722 includes inner staple cavities
4710c and 4710d, which are oriented parallel to the longitudinal
axis LA. The proximal pattern 4722 also includes angularly-oriented
outer staple cavities 4710a and 4710f, and angularly-oriented
intermediate cavities 4710b and 4710e. The outer staple cavities
4710a and 4710f and the intermediate staple cavities 4710b and
4710e are oriented at oblique angles relative to the longitudinal
axis LA. The angularly-oriented outer staple cavities 4710a and
4710f are also oriented at oblique angles relative to the cavity
axes of the staple cavities 4710 in the first pattern 4720. The
outer staple cavities 4710a and 4710f are less angled than the
staple cavities 4710 in the first pattern 4720. In other words, the
outer staple cavities 4710a and 4710f are oriented at an angle that
is closer to parallel with the longitudinal axis LA than the staple
cavities 4710 in the first pattern 4720. In such instances, the
proximal pattern 4722 can be less flexible than the first pattern
4720.
[0489] The intermediate staple cavities 4710b and 4710e are
oriented parallel to certain staple cavities 4710 in the first
pattern 4020. For example, the intermediate staple cavities 4710b
and 4710e are oriented parallel to the staple cavities 4710 in an
inner row in the first pattern 4720. Though certain staple cavities
in the proximal pattern 4722 are not angularly offset from the
staple cavities in the first pattern 4020, the proximal pattern
4722, when considered as a whole, is different than the first
pattern 4020 and is different than the longitudinally-repetitive
sub-patterns within the first pattern 4020.
[0490] The proximal pattern 4722 includes three staple cavities
positioned on each side of the slot 4704. In other instances, less
than three staple cavities or more than three staple cavities can
be arranged in the proximal pattern 4722 on one or both sides of
the slot 4704. The proximal pattern 4722 does not include a
longitudinally-repetitive sub-pattern. In other instances, the
proximal pattern 4722 can be longitudinally repetitive.
Additionally, the proximal pattern 4722 is symmetric relative to
the longitudinal axis LA. In other instances, the proximal pattern
4722 can be asymmetric relative to the longitudinal axis LA.
[0491] Drivers 4760 are positioned in the staple cavities 4710 in
the cartridge body 4700. The drivers 4760 in the staple cavities
4710 of the first pattern 4720 are triple drivers, as described
herein. Proximal drivers 4760a, 4760b, 4760c, 4760d, 4710e, and
4710f are positioned in the proximal staple cavities 4710a, 4710b,
4710c, 4710d, 4710e, and 4710f respectively, of the proximal
pattern 4722. The proximal drivers 4760a-4760f are single drivers.
In certain instances, the proximal drivers 4760c and 4760d in the
inner cavities 4710c and 4710d, respectively, can be single
drivers, the proximal drivers 4760a and 4760b can be connected
drivers, and the proximal drivers 4760e and 4760f can be connected
drivers. In still other instances, the proximal drivers 4760a,
4760b, and 4760c can comprise a first connected driver, and the
distal drivers 4760d, 4760e, and 4760f can comprise a second
connected driver.
[0492] The reader will appreciate that the various patterns of
staple cavities described herein can be combined and/or
interchanged. In certain instances, one or more irregular patterns
of staple cavities can be defined at the proximal and/or distal end
of a staple cartridge body. Additionally or alternatively, one or
more irregular patterns, or minor patterns, can be sandwiched or
inserted within a major pattern.
[0493] The angular orientation of staples in a staple line can
influence the flexibility or compliance of the stapled tissue along
the staple line. For example, the flexibility of a staple line can
increase when staples are oriented at an oblique angle relative to
the longitudinal axis and/or cutline. Such an angular orientation
can provide flexibility or extendibility, within certain limits, in
response to forces, such as tension and/or torsion, along and/or
adjacent to the cutline. More specifically, the flexibility in the
staple line can permit stretching, buckling, folding, and/or
twisting of the stapled tissue. Generally, as the angular
orientation of a staple approaches 45 degrees or 135 degrees
relative to the longitudinal axis of the staple line and/or the
cutline, the flexibility of the stapled tissue increases. A staple
line comprised of angularly-oriented staples can be considered a
compliant or elastic staple line, for example.
[0494] In certain instances, the flexibility of a staple line can
vary laterally relative to the cutline. For example, one or more
staples in a first portion of the staple line can be oriented at a
first angle relative to the cutline and one or more staples in a
second portion of the staple line can be oriented at a different
angle relative to the cutline. The first portion of the staple line
can have a first flexibility and the second portion of the staple
line can have a different flexibility. In certain instances, the
first portion can be laterally offset from the second portion. For
example, the first portion of the staple line can include a first
row of staples or portion of the first row, and the second portion
of the staple line can include a second row of staples or portion
of the second row. In such instances, the flexibility of the staple
line along the first row of staples can be different than the
flexibility of the staple line along the second row of staples.
[0495] Referring now to FIG. 76, a portion of a staple cartridge
body 3200 is depicted. The staple cartridge body 3200 includes a
deck 3202 and a longitudinal slot 3204. The longitudinal slot 3204
extends along the longitudinal axis LA. Staple cavities 3210 are
defined in the staple cartridge body 3200, and each staple cavity
3210 defines an opening 3212 in the deck 3202. A staple 3242 is
positioned in each staple cavity 3210. The staple 3242 can be
similar in many aspects to the staple 3042 (FIG. 59) or the staple
3142 (FIG. 60). In certain instances, the legs of each staple 3242
can be biased against the inside wall of the staple cavity 3210.
The reader will appreciate that the arrangement of staples 3242 in
the staple cavities 3210 corresponds to the arrangement of staples
3242 in a staple line when the staples 3242 are fired from the
staple cartridge body 3200 and into tissue. More specifically, the
bases of each staple 3242 in a resultant staple line are collinear,
or substantially collinear, with the cavities axes CA.
[0496] The staple cavity openings 3212 are arranged in three rows
3214a, 3214b, and 3214c on a first side of the longitudinal slot
3204. Inner openings 3212a define the perimeter of inner cavities
3210a in the inner row 3214a, intermediate openings 3212b define
the perimeter of intermediate cavities 3210b in the intermediate
row 3214b, and outer openings 3212c define the perimeter of outer
cavities 3210c in the outer row 3214c. Inner staples 3242a are
positioned in the inner cavities 3210a, intermediate staples 3242b
are positioned in the intermediate cavities 3210b, and outer
staples 3242c are positioned in the outer cavities 3210c. Although
not shown in FIG. 76, in at least one instance, the staple cavities
3210 on the opposing side of the slot 3204 form a mirror image
reflection of the staple cavities 3210 on the first side of the
longitudinal slot 3204. Consequently, the arrangement of staples
3242 in a resultant staple line is symmetric relative to the
cutline. In other instances, the staple line can be asymmetric
relative to the cutline.
[0497] Each staple cavity opening 3212 has a first end, or proximal
end, 3216 and a second end, or distal end, 3218. A cavity axis CA
extends between the proximal end 3216 and the distal end 3218 of
each opening 3212. The staple cavity openings 3212 in each
respective row are parallel. For example, the inner cavities 3210a
are oriented at an angle A relative to the longitudinal axis LA.
Stated differently, the cavity axes (e.g., CA.sub.A1 and CA.sub.A2)
of the inner openings 3212a are oriented at the angle A relative to
the longitudinal axis LA. The intermediate cavities 3210b are
oriented at an angle B relative to the longitudinal axis LA. Stated
differently, the cavity axes (e.g., CA.sub.B1 and CA.sub.B2) of the
intermediate openings 3212b are oriented at the angle B relative to
the longitudinal axis LA. The outer cavities 3210c are oriented at
an angle C relative to the longitudinal axis LA. Stated
differently, the cavity axes (e.g., CA.sub.C1 and CA.sub.C2)
defined by the outer openings 3212 are oriented at the angle C
relative to the longitudinal axis LA.
[0498] The angles A, B, and C are different. Consequently, the
inner openings 3212a are obliquely oriented relative to the outer
openings 3212c. Because the cavity axes CA of the outer openings
3212c (e.g., axes CA.sub.C1 and CA.sub.C2) are not parallel to the
cavity axes of the inner openings 3212a (e.g., axes CA.sub.A1 and
CA.sub.A2), the openings 3212 in the staple cartridge body 3200
form a modified or skewed herringbone pattern. The cavity axes
CA.sub.B1 and CA.sub.B2 of the intermediate openings 3212b can be
oriented perpendicular, or substantially perpendicular, to either
the inner openings 3212a or the outer openings 3212c. For example,
the angle B can be a supplementary angle to either angle A or angle
C. In other instances, the angle B may not be a supplementary angle
to either angle A or angle C.
[0499] Owing to the different angles A, B, and C, the widths
W.sub.A, W.sub.B, W.sub.C of the staple rows in the staple line can
be different. For example, the inner staples 3242a form a row of
staples having a width W.sub.A, the intermediate staples 3242b form
a row of staples having a width W.sub.B, and the outer staples
3242c form a row of staples having a width W.sub.C. The widths
W.sub.A and W.sub.C are different because the angle A is different
than the angle C. In certain instances, the width W.sub.B is
different than the widths W.sub.A and W.sub.C. In other instances,
the width W.sub.B can match one of the widths W.sub.A or W.sub.C.
For example, if the angle B is a supplementary angle to angle A,
the width W.sub.B matches the width W.sub.A. Similarly, if the
angle B is a supplementary angle to angle C, the width W.sub.B
matches the width W.sub.C.
[0500] Furthermore, owing to the different angles A, B, and C, the
longitudinal lengths L.sub.A, L.sub.B, and L.sub.C of the staples
3242a, 3242b, and 3242c, respectively, are different. For example,
the inner staples 3242a have a longitudinal length L.sub.A, the
intermediate staples 3242b have a longitudinal length L.sub.B, and
the outer staples 3242c have a longitudinal length L.sub.C. The
longitudinal lengths L.sub.A and L.sub.C are different because the
angle A is different than the angle C. Because the longitudinal
lengths L.sub.A and L.sub.C are different, the inner staples 3242a
are at least partially longitudinally staggered or offset relative
to the outer staples 3242c. Stated differently, at least one end of
each inner staple 3242a is not aligned with a corresponding end of
an outer staple 3242b. Because the ends are not aligned, the
longitudinal overlap and/or gap with respect to the intermediate
staples 3242b differs between the inner staples 3242a and the outer
staples 3242c. In certain instances, the longitudinal length
L.sub.B is different than the lengths L.sub.A and L.sub.C. In other
instances, the longitudinal length L.sub.B can match one of the
longitudinal lengths L.sub.A or L.sub.C. For example, if the angle
B is a supplementary angle to angle A, the longitudinal length
L.sub.B matches the longitudinal length L.sub.A. Similarly, if the
angle B is a supplementary angle to angle C, the longitudinal
length L.sub.B matches the longitudinal length L.sub.C.
[0501] The length of the staple bases may also impact the widths
W.sub.A, W.sub.B, and W.sub.C and the longitudinal lengths L.sub.A,
L.sub.B, and L.sub.C. In the staple cartridge body 3200, the inner
staples 3242a, the intermediate staples 3242b, and the outer
staples 3242c have the same length base. For example, identical
staples can be positioned in each staple cavity 3210. In other
instances, as further described herein, staples having different
geometries and/or sizes, such as bases of different lengths, for
example, can be positioned in certain staple cavities in a
cartridge body.
[0502] Referring still to FIG. 76, the angular orientation of the
staple cavities 3210a, 3210b, and 3210c, and the corresponding
widths W.sub.A, W.sub.B, and W.sub.C and longitudinal lengths
L.sub.A, L.sub.B, and L.sub.C, respectively, can impact the amount
of lateral and longitudinal overlap in the staple line. The
longitudinal and lateral overlap between the staples 3242 also
depends on the spacing of the staple cavities 3210. Generally, a
greater overlap between adjacent staples corresponds to less direct
fluid pathways, which can correspond to greater tissue sealing
properties. A greater overlap can also decrease the flexibility of
the staple line because the tissue may be more constrained in the
overlapped region. Moreover, a greater overlap can correspond to
less spacing between the staples. In certain instances, it can be
desirable to modify the degree of lateral and/or longitudinal
overlap in a staple line. As the overlap varies, the flexibility
and sealing properties of the staple line can also vary.
[0503] The overlap or degree of overlap described herein can refer
to a positive overlap or a negative overlap, for example. When
staples and/or rows of staples define a negative overlap, the
staples and/or rows of staples may be spaced apart such that they
do not overlap and a gap is defined therebetween. In still other
instances, the staples or rows of staples can be aligned such that
the overlap is equal to the diameter of the staples.
[0504] The reader will further appreciate that the degree of
overlap with respect to the staples or rows of staples in a staple
cartridge corresponds to the degree of overlap with respect to the
staple cavities or rows of staple cavities in the staple cartridge.
For example, relative differences in the lateral and/or
longitudinal overlaps between staples or rows of staples correspond
to the relative differences in the lateral and/or longitudinal
overlaps in the staple cavities or rows of staple cavities in the
staple cartridge. In certain instances, at least a portion of the
staple legs can be positioned against and/or biased into the inside
walls of the staple cavities at the proximal and distal ends of the
staple cavity. In such instances, a distance measured with respect
to the outside edges of the staples equal the distance measured
with respect to the inside edges of the corresponding staple
cavities. In other instances, the difference between such distances
can be minimal or insignificant.
[0505] In certain instances, the degree of overlap can be
minimized, such as when ends of the staples are aligned. When the
ends of the staples are aligned, the overlap is equal, or
substantially equal, to the diameter of the staples. For example,
if the staples are comprised of a wire having a diameter of about
0.0079 inches, the overlap can be about 0.0079 inches. In other
instances, the overlap can be less than the diameter of staples.
For example, the overlap can be less than about 0.0079 inches. In
still other instances, the degree of overlap can be a non-overlap
or negative overlap, i.e., a space or gap between the ends of the
staples. In still other instances, a minimized overlap can be equal
to or less than one-third of the staple length. For example, the
overlap can be less 33% of the staple length. In other instances,
the overlap can be less than 25% or less than 10% of the staple
length. In still other instances, the overlap can be more than 33%
of the staple length, for example.
[0506] In certain instances, a staple line can include a first
degree of overlap between the inner and intermediate rows of
staples and a second degree of overlap between the intermediate and
outer rows of staples. The second degree of overlap can be
different from the first degree of overlap in a lateral and/or
longitudinal direction. Consequently, an inner portion of the
staple line can comprise a different flexibility than an outer
portion of the staple line. Moreover, the tissue sealing properties
of the inner portion can be different than the tissue sealing
properties of the outer portion.
[0507] Referring again to FIG. 76, the angle A is less than the
angle C. Consequently, the width W.sub.A is less than the width
W.sub.C and the length L.sub.A is greater than the length L.sub.C.
The angle A can be 35 degrees to 40 degrees, for example, and the
angle C can be 43 degrees to 47 degrees, for example. In other
instances, the angle A can be less than 35 degrees or more than 40
degrees and/or the angle C can be less than 43 degrees or more than
47 degrees. The difference between the angle A and the angle C can
be between three degrees and twelve degrees. For example, the
difference can be about eight degrees. In still other instances,
the difference between the angle A and the angle C can be less than
three degrees or more than twelve degrees.
[0508] Referring still to FIG. 76, the staples 3242 in each
respective row are aligned. More specifically, the proximal ends of
the inner staples 3242a are longitudinally aligned, the distal ends
of the inner staples 3242a are longitudinally aligned, the proximal
ends of the intermediate staples 3242b are longitudinally aligned,
the distal ends of the intermediate staples 3242b are
longitudinally aligned, the proximal ends of the outer staples
3242c are longitudinally aligned, and the distal ends of the outer
staples 3242c are longitudinally aligned. The aligned staples 3242
in each row 3214a, 3214b, and 3214c of staple cavities 3310 are
configured to form rows of aligned staples 3242 in a staple line.
Owing to the angular orientation of the staples 3242 and the
spacing therebetween, the rows of staples 3242 laterally overlap.
The inner staples 3242a laterally overlap the intermediate staples
3242b by a lateral overlap Y.sub.A/B and the outer staples 3242c
laterally overlap the intermediate staples 3242b by a lateral
overlap Y.sub.B/C. The lateral overlap Y.sub.A/B between the inner
staples 3242a and the intermediate staples 3242b is greater than
the lateral overlap Y.sub.B/C between the outer staples 3242c and
the intermediate staples 3242b. In such instances, the outer
staples are positioned closer to the intermediate staples than the
inner staples are positioned to the intermediate staples. In other
instances, the lateral overlap Y.sub.A/B can be less than or equal
to the lateral overlap Y.sub.B/C.
[0509] The intermediate staples 3242b are longitudinally staggered
with respect to the inner staples 3242a and the outer staples
3242c. In particular, each intermediate staple 3242b is positioned
longitudinally equidistant between adjacent inner staples 3242a and
longitudinally equidistant between adjacent outer staples 3242c.
Owing to the angular orientation of the staples 3242 and the
spacing therebetween, the staples 3242 do not longitudinally
overlap. The inner staples 3242a are spaced apart from the
intermediate staples 3242b by a longitudinal gap X.sub.A/B and the
outer staples 3242c are spaced apart from the intermediate staples
3242b by a longitudinal gap X.sub.B/C. The longitudinal gap
X.sub.A/B between the inner staples 3242a and the intermediate
staples 3242b is less than the longitudinal gap X.sub.B/C between
the outer staples 3242c and the intermediate staples 3242b. In
other instances, the longitudinal gap X.sub.A/B can be greater than
or equal to the longitudinal gap X.sub.B/C. In certain instances,
the intermediate staples 3242b can longitudinally overlap the inner
staples 3242a and/or the outer staples 3242c.
[0510] The lateral overlaps and longitudinal gaps generated by the
arrangement of staple cavities in FIG. 76 can be sufficient to
sufficiently obstruct the fluid pathways across the staple line to
seal the tissue. In various instances, the lateral and/or
longitudinal overlaps and/or gaps can be configured to selectively
optimize the sealing properties of the staple line. Additionally or
alternatively, the lateral and/or longitudinal overlaps and/or gaps
can be configured to selectively optimize the flexibility of the
staple line. Moreover, the overlaps can be minimized. In certain
instances, the lateral overlaps can be less than one-third of the
staple length and, in at least one instance, can equal
approximately the diameter of the staple.
[0511] Referring now to FIG. 77, a portion of a staple cartridge
body 3300 is depicted. The staple cartridge body 3300 includes a
deck 3302 and a longitudinal slot 3304. The longitudinal slot 3304
extends along the longitudinal axis LA. Staple cavities 3310 are
defined in the staple cartridge body 3300, and each staple cavity
3310 includes an opening 3312 in the deck 3302. A staple 3342 is
positioned in each staple cavity 3310. The staple 3342 can be
similar in many aspects to the staple 3042 (FIG. 59) or the staple
3142 (FIG. 60). In certain instances, the legs of each staple 3342
can be biased against the inside wall of the staple cavity 3310.
The reader will appreciate that the arrangement of staples 3342 in
the staple cavities 3310 corresponds to the arrangement of staples
3342 in a staple line when the staples 3342 are fired from the
staple cartridge body 3300 and into tissue. More specifically, the
bases of each staple 3342 in a resultant staple line are collinear,
or substantially collinear, with the cavities axes CA.
[0512] The staple cavity openings 3312 are arranged in three rows
3314a, 3314b, and 3314c on a first side of the longitudinal slot
3304. Inner openings 3312a define the perimeter of inner cavities
3310a in the inner row 3314a, intermediate openings 3312b define
the perimeter of intermediate cavities 3310b in the intermediate
row 3314b, and outer openings 3312c define the perimeter of outer
cavities 3310c in the outer row 3314c. Inner staples 3342a are
positioned in the inner cavities 3310a, intermediate staples 3342b
are positioned in the intermediate cavities 3310b, and outer
staples 3342c are positioned in the outer cavities 3310c. Although
not shown in FIG. 77, in at least one instance, the staple cavities
3310 on the opposing side of the slot 3304 form a mirror image
reflection of the staple cavities 3310 on the first side of the
longitudinal slot 3304. Consequently, the arrangement of staples
3342 in a resultant staple line is symmetric relative to the
cutline. In other instances, the staple line can be asymmetric
relative to the cutline.
[0513] Each staple cavity opening 3312 has a first end, or proximal
end, 3316 and a second end, or distal end, 3318. A cavity axis CA
extends between the proximal end 3316 and the distal end 3318 of
each opening 3312. The staple cavity openings 3312 in each
respective row are parallel. For example, the inner cavities 3310a
are oriented at an angle A relative to the longitudinal axis LA.
Stated differently, the cavity axes (e.g., CA.sub.A) of the inner
openings 3312a are oriented at the angle A relative to the
longitudinal axis LA. The intermediate cavities 3310b are oriented
at an angle B relative to the longitudinal axis LA. Stated
differently, the cavity axes (e.g., CAB) of the intermediate
openings 3312b are oriented at the angle B relative to the
longitudinal axis LA. The outer cavities 3310c are oriented at an
angle C relative to the longitudinal axis LA. Stated differently,
the cavity axes (e.g., CA.sub.C) defined by the outer openings
3312c are oriented at the angle C relative to the longitudinal axis
LA.
[0514] In the staple cartridge body 3300, the angle A is equal to
the angle C, and the angle B is a supplementary angle to the angles
A and C. Consequently, the inner openings 3312a are parallel to
outer openings 3312c and the intermediate openings 3312b are
perpendicular to the inner and outer openings 3312a and 3312c,
respectively. The staple cavity openings 3312 in the staple
cartridge body 3300 form a herringbone pattern. Moreover, referring
still to FIG. 77, the staples 3342 in each row 3314a, 3314b, 3314c
have the same length base B.sub.L. The widths of the staple rows
are equal, and the longitudinal lengths of the staples 3342 are
also equal.
[0515] Referring still to FIG. 77, the longitudinal overlap
X.sub.A/B between the inner staples 3342a and the intermediate
staples 3342b is equal to the longitudinal overlap X.sub.B/C
between the outer staples 3342c and the intermediate staples 3342b.
Moreover, the lateral overlap Y.sub.A/B between the inner staples
3342a and the intermediate staples 3342b is equal to the lateral
overlap Y.sub.B/C between the outer staples 3342c and the
intermediate staples 3342b. In such instances, the intermediate
staples 3342b are positioned equidistantly close to the inner
staples 3342a and the outer staples 3342c.
[0516] Referring still to FIG. 77, the spacing between the staple
cavities 3310 in the cartridge body 3300 is minimized. For example,
the proximal and distal ends 3316, 3318 of the staple cavity
openings 3312 are positioned adjacent to other staple cavities
3312. In certain instances, adjacent staple cavities can be in
abutting contact. By minimizing the spacing between the staple
cavities 3310, the density of the staple cavities 3310 and the
degree of overlap between the staple cavities 3310 in the
arrangement of FIG. 77 is maximized. Although the degree of overlap
is maximized, because of the close proximity of the staple
cavities, the lateral overlap is still less than one-third of the
staple length.
[0517] In other instances, the angular orientation of the staple
cavities in at least one row of staple cavities can differ from the
angular orientation of the staple cavities in other rows.
Additionally or alternatively, the length of the staple bases in at
least one row of staple cavities can differ from the length of the
staple bases in at least one other row. Additionally or
alternatively, the staple cavities may not be equidistantly
staggered or offset from adjacent staple cavities in each adjacent
row. Such variations to the staple cartridge and staples therein
can generate staple lines with varying properties laterally with
respect to the cutline.
[0518] In certain instances, the staples in an inner portion of the
staple line, such as the staples fired from the inner rows of
staple cavities, for example, can have a different base length than
the staples in an outer portion of the staple line. For example,
the staples in the inner row of staple cavities on each side of a
knife slot can have a longer base than the staples in the other
rows of staple cavities. The longer bases can provide greater
sealing capabilities because more tissue can be captured by the
staples, for example. Additionally or alternatively, the longer
bases can reinforce the staple line and reduce the flexibility
thereof.
[0519] Referring now to FIG. 78, a portion of a staple cartridge
body 3400 is depicted. The staple cartridge body 3400 includes a
deck 3402 and a longitudinal slot 3404. The longitudinal slot 3404
extends along the longitudinal axis LA. Staple cavities 3410 are
defined in the staple cartridge body 3400, and each staple cavity
3410 defines an opening 3412 in the deck 3402. A staple 3442 is
positioned in each staple cavity 3410. The staple 3442 can be
similar in many aspects to the staple 3042 (FIG. 59) or the staple
3142 (FIG. 60). In certain instances, the legs of each staple 3442
can be biased against the inside wall of the staple cavity 3410.
The reader will appreciate that the arrangement of staples 3442 in
the staple cavities 3410 corresponds to the arrangement of staples
3442 in a staple line when the staples 3442 are fired from the
cartridge body 3400 and into tissue. More specifically, the bases
of each staple 3442 in a resultant staple line are collinear, or
substantially collinear, with the cavities axes CA.
[0520] The staple cavity openings 3412 are arranged in three rows
3414a, 3414b, and 3414c on a first side of the longitudinal slot
3404. Inner openings 3412a define the perimeter of inner cavities
3410a in the inner row 3414a, intermediate openings 3412b define
the perimeter of intermediate cavities 3410b in the intermediate
row 3414b, and outer openings 3412c define the perimeter of outer
cavities 3410c in the outer row 3414c. Inner staples 3442a are
positioned in the inner cavities 3410a, intermediate staples 3442b
are positioned in the intermediate cavities 3410b, and outer
staples 3442c are positioned in the outer cavities 3410c. Although
not shown in FIG. 78, in at least one instance, the staple cavities
3410 on the opposing side of the slot 3404 form a mirror image
reflection of the staple cavities 3410 on the first side of the
longitudinal slot 3404. Consequently, the arrangement of staples
3442 in a resultant staple line is symmetric relative to the
cutline. In other instances, the staple line can be asymmetric
relative to the cutline.
[0521] Each staple cavity opening 3412 has a first end, or proximal
end, 3416 and a second end, or distal end, 3418. A cavity axis CA
extends between the proximal end 3416 and the distal end 3418 of
each opening 3412. The staple cavity openings 3412 in each row are
parallel. For example, the inner cavities 3410a are oriented at an
angle A relative to the longitudinal axis L.sub.A. Stated
differently, the cavity axes (e.g., CA.sub.A) of the inner openings
3412a are oriented at the angle A relative to the longitudinal axis
LA. The intermediate cavities 3410b are oriented at an angle B
relative to the longitudinal axis LA. Stated differently, the
cavity axes (e.g., CAB) of the intermediate openings 3412b are
oriented at the angle B relative to the longitudinal axis LA. The
outer cavities 3410c are oriented at an angle C relative to the
longitudinal axis LA. Stated differently, the cavity axes (e.g.,
CA.sub.C) defined by the outer openings 3412c are oriented at the
angle C relative to the longitudinal axis LA.
[0522] The angles A, B, and C are different. The inner openings
3412a are obliquely oriented relative to the outer openings 3412c.
The angle A is less than the angle C. Because the axes of outer
openings 3412c (e.g., axis CA.sub.C) are not parallel to the axes
of inner openings 3412a (e.g., axis CA.sub.A), the staple cavity
openings 3412 in the staple cartridge body 3400 form a modified or
skewed herringbone pattern. The cavity axes CAB of the intermediate
openings 3412b can be oriented perpendicular, or substantially
perpendicular, to either the inner openings 3412a or the outer
openings 3412c. For example, the angle B can be a supplementary
angle to either angle A or C. In other instances, the angle B may
not be a supplementary angle to either angle A or C.
[0523] Referring still to FIG. 78, the inner staples 3442a have a
base length BL.sub.A, the intermediate staples 3442b have a base
length BL.sub.B, and the outer staples 3442c have a base length
BL.sub.C. The base length BL.sub.A is greater than the base length
BL.sub.B and the base length BL.sub.C. In other words, the inner
staples 3442a are longer than the intermediate staples 3442b and
the outer staples 3442c. Moreover, the staple cavities 3410 housing
the inner staples 3442a are correspondingly larger to accommodate
the longer length base BL.sub.A.
[0524] The arrangement of staple cavities 3410 in the cartridge
body 3400 provides a longitudinal overlap X.sub.A/B between inner
staples 3442a and the intermediate staples 3442b at both the
proximal and distal ends of the intermediate staples 3442b. The
intermediate staples 3442b are equidistantly spaced and
longitudinally staggered between two adjacent inner staples 3442a.
The intermediate staples 3442b are also equidistantly spaced and
longitudinally staggered between two adjacent outer staples 3442c.
The proximal end of each outer staple 3442c is longitudinally
aligned with the distal end of an intermediate staple 3442b and the
distal end of each outer staple 3442c is longitudinally aligned
with the proximal end of another intermediate staple 3442b. In
other words, such staples are longitudinally aligned and the
longitudinal overlap is equal to the diameter of the staples 3442.
The arrangement of staples cavities 3410 in the cartridge body 3400
also provides a lateral gap Y.sub.A/B between the inner row 3414a
and the intermediate row 3414b and a lateral overlap Y.sub.B/C
between the outer row 3414c and the intermediate row 3414b. In such
instances, the intermediate staples 3442b are positioned closer to
the outer staples 3442c than to the inner staples 3442a.
[0525] Referring still to FIG. 78, a staple line generated by the
staple cartridge body 3400 can have different properties laterally
with respect to the cutline. In particular, the staple line may
have a greater sealing effectiveness along the cutline than
laterally outward from the cutline. Furthermore, the staple line
may have a greater flexibility laterally away from the cutline than
inward toward the cutline. For example, because the bases BL.sub.A
of the inner staples 3442a are longer than the bases BL.sub.B and
BL.sub.C of the intermediate staples 3442b and the outer staples
3442c, respectively, an inner portion of the staple line may have
greater sealing effectiveness and/or less flexibility than an outer
portion of the staple line. Additionally or alternatively, because
the inner staples 3442a are oriented at an angle that is less than
the outer staples 3442c and is closer to a parallel orientation
than the outer staples 3442c, an inner portion of the staple line
may have greater sealing effectiveness and/or less flexibility than
an outer portion of the staple line. Additionally or alternatively,
because the intermediate staples 3442b longitudinally overlap the
inner staples 3442a but do not longitudinally overlap the outer
staples 3442c, an inner portion of the staple line may have greater
sealing effectiveness and/or less flexibility than an outer portion
of the staple line. The amount of overlap can be minimized. For
example, the overlap can be less than one-third of the staple
length and, in at least one instance, can equal approximately the
diameter of the staple.
[0526] In certain instances, the staples in an outer portion of the
staple line, such as the staples fired from the outer rows of
staple cavities, for example, can have a different base length than
the staples in an inner portion of the staple line. For example,
the staples in the outer row of staple cavities on each side of a
knife slot can have a shorter base than the staples in the other
rows of staple cavities. The shorter bases can provide increased
flexibility of the staple line, for example.
[0527] Referring now to FIG. 79, a portion of a staple cartridge
body 3500 is depicted. The staple cartridge body 3500 includes a
deck 3502 and a longitudinal slot 3504. The longitudinal slot 3504
extends along the longitudinal axis LA. Staple cavities 3510 are
defined in the staple cartridge body 3500, and each staple cavity
3510 defines an opening 3512 in the deck 3502. A staple 3542 is
positioned in each staple cavity 3510. The staple 3542 can be
similar in many aspects to the staple 3042 (FIG. 59) or the staple
3142 (FIG. 60). In certain instances, the legs of each staple 3542
can be biased against the inside wall of the staple cavity 3510.
The reader will appreciate that the arrangement of staples 3542 in
the staple cavities 3510 corresponds to the arrangement of staples
3542 in a staple line when the staples 3542 are fired from the
cartridge body 3500 and into tissue. More specifically, the bases
of each staple 3542 in a resultant staple line are collinear, or
substantially collinear, with the cavities axes CA.
[0528] The staple cavity openings 3512 are arranged in three rows
3514a, 3514b, and 3514c on a first side of the longitudinal slot
3504. Inner openings 3512a define the perimeter of inner cavities
3510a in the inner row 3514a, intermediate openings 3512b define
the perimeter of intermediate cavities 3510b in the intermediate
row 3514b, and outer openings 3512c define the perimeter of outer
cavities 3510c in the outer row 3514c. Inner staples 3542a are
positioned in the inner cavities 3510a, intermediate staples 3542b
are positioned in the intermediate cavities 3510b, and outer
staples 3542c are positioned in the outer cavities 3510c. Although
not shown in FIG. 79, in at least one instance, the staple cavities
3510 on the opposing side of the slot 3504 form a mirror image
reflection of the staple cavities 3510 on the first side of the
longitudinal slot 3504. Consequently, the arrangement of staples
3542 in a resultant staple line is symmetric relative to the
cutline. In other instances, the staple line can be asymmetric
relative to the cutline.
[0529] Each staple cavity opening 3512 has a first end, or proximal
end, 3516 and a second end, or distal end, 3518. A cavity axis CA
extends between the proximal end 3516 and the distal end 3518 of
each opening 3512. The staple cavity openings 3512 in each row are
parallel. For example, the inner cavities 3510a are oriented at an
angle A relative to the longitudinal axis L.sub.A. Stated
differently, the cavity axes (e.g., CA.sub.A) of the inner openings
3512a are oriented at the angle A relative to the longitudinal axis
LA. The intermediate cavities 3510b are oriented at an angle B
relative to the longitudinal axis LA. Stated differently, the
cavity axes (e.g., CAB) of the intermediate openings 3512b are
oriented at the angle B relative to the longitudinal axis LA. The
outer cavities 3510c are oriented at an angle C relative to the
longitudinal axis LA. Stated differently, the cavity axes (e.g.,
CA.sub.C) defined by the outer openings 3512c are oriented at the
angle C relative to the longitudinal axis LA.
[0530] The angles A, B, and C may be different. The inner openings
3512a are obliquely oriented relative to the outer openings 3512c.
The angle A is less than the angle C. Because the axes of the outer
openings 3512c (e.g., axis CA.sub.C) are not parallel to the axes
of the inner openings 3512a (e.g., axis CA.sub.A), the staple
cavity openings 3512 in the staple cartridge body 3500 form a
modified or skewed herringbone pattern. The cavity axes CA.sub.B of
the intermediate openings 3512b can be oriented perpendicular, or
substantially perpendicular, to either the inner openings 3512a or
the outer openings 3512c. For example, the angle B can be a
supplementary angle to either angle A or C. In other instances, the
angle B may not be a supplementary angle to either angle A or
C.
[0531] The inner staples 3542a have a base length BL.sub.A, the
intermediate staples 3542b have a base length BL.sub.B, and the
outer staples 3542c have a base length BL.sub.C. The base length
BL.sub.C is less than the base length BL.sub.B and the base length
BL.sub.A. In other words, the outer staples 3542c are shorter than
the intermediate staples 3542b and the inner staples 3542a.
Moreover, the staple cavities 3510 housing the outer staples 3542c
are correspondingly shorter to accommodate the shorter length base
BL.sub.C.
[0532] The arrangement of staple cavities 3510 in the cartridge
body 3500 provides a longitudinal overlap X.sub.A/B between the
inner staples 3542a and the intermediate staples 3542b at both the
proximal and distal ends of the intermediate staples 3542b. The
intermediate staples 3542b are equidistantly spaced and
longitudinally staggered between two adjacent inner staples 3542a.
The arrangement of staple cavities 3510 in the cartridge body 3500
also provides a longitudinal overlap X.sub.B/C between the
intermediate staples 3542b and the outer staples 3542c at both the
proximal and distal ends of the intermediate staples 3542b. The
intermediate staples 3542b are also equidistantly spaced and
longitudinally staggered between two adjacent outer staples 3542c.
Owing to the angular orientation and spacing of the staples 3542,
the longitudinal overlap X.sub.A/B is greater than the longitudinal
overlap X.sub.B/C. The arrangement of staples cavities 3510 in the
cartridge body 3500 also provides a lateral gap Y.sub.A/B between
the inner staples 3542a and the intermediate staples 3542b and a
lateral overlap Y.sub.B/C between the outer staples 3542c and the
intermediate staples 3542b. In such instances, the intermediate
staples 3542b are positioned closer to the outer staples 3542c than
to the inner staples 3542a.
[0533] Referring still to FIG. 79, a staple line generated by the
staple cartridge body 3500 can have different properties laterally
with respect to the cutline. In particular, the staple line may
have a greater sealing effectiveness along the cutline than
laterally outward from the cutline. Furthermore, the staple line
may have a greater flexibility laterally away from the cutline than
inward toward the cutline. For example, because the bases BL.sub.C
of the outer staples 3542c are shorter than the bases BL.sub.A and
BL.sub.B of the intermediate staples 3542b and the outer staples
3542c, respectively, an inner portion of the staple line may have
greater sealing effectiveness and/or less flexibility than an outer
portion of the staple line. Additionally or alternatively, because
the inner staples 3542a are oriented at an angle that is less than
the outer staples 3542c and is closer to a parallel orientation
than the outer staples 3542c, an inner portion of the staple line
may have greater sealing effectiveness and/or less flexibility than
an outer portion of the staple line. Additionally or alternatively,
because the intermediate staples 3542b longitudinally overlap the
inner staples 3542a more than the intermediate staples 3542b
longitudinally overlap the outer staples 3542c, an inner portion of
the staple line may have greater sealing effectiveness and/or less
flexibility than an outer portion of the staple line.
[0534] In various instances, the properties of the staple line can
be customized in each row of staples. The staples in each row of
staple cavities on one side of a knife slot can have different base
lengths. Additionally, the staples in each row of staple cavities
on one side of a knife slot can be oriented at different angles
relative to the knife slot. Moreover, the spacing between the
cavities can be varied row-to-row. For example, the size and
orientation of the staples in each row can be selected to optimize
the flexibility of the staple line and sealing properties in each
row based on the row's position laterally from the cutline toward
the outer boundary of the staple line. In certain instances, the
sealing effectiveness can be maximized or emphasized along the
cutline, for example, and the flexibility of the staple line can be
maximized or emphasized along the outer boundary of the staple
line, for example. Alternatively, in certain instances, the sealing
effectiveness can be maximized or emphasized along the outer
boundary of the staple line and/or the flexibility of the staple
line can be maximized or emphasized along the cutline.
[0535] Referring now to FIG. 80, a portion of a staple cartridge
body 3600 is depicted. The staple cartridge body 3600 includes a
deck 3602 and a longitudinal slot 3604. The longitudinal slot 3604
extends along the longitudinal axis LA. Staple cavities 3610 are
defined in the staple cartridge body 3600, and each staple cavity
3610 defines an opening 3612 in the deck 3602. A staple 3642 is
positioned in each staple cavity 3610. The staple 3642 can be
similar in many aspects to the staple 3042 (FIG. 59) or the staple
3142 (FIG. 60). In certain instances, the legs of each staple 3642
can be biased against the inside wall of the staple cavity 3610.
The reader will appreciate that the arrangement of staples 3642 in
the staple cavities 3610 corresponds to the arrangement of staples
3642 in a staple line when the staples 3642 are fired from the
cartridge body 3600 and into tissue. More specifically, the bases
of each staple 3642 in a resultant staple line are collinear, or
substantially collinear, with the cavities axes CA.
[0536] The staple cavity openings 3612 are arranged in three rows
3614a, 3614b, 3614c on a first side of the longitudinal slot 3604.
Inner openings 3612a define the perimeter of inner cavities 3610a
in the inner row 3614a, intermediate openings 3612b define the
perimeter of intermediate cavities 3610b in the intermediate row
3614b, and outer openings 3612c define the perimeter of outer
cavities 3610c in the outer row 3614c. Inner staples 3642a are
positioned in the inner cavities 3610a, intermediate staples 3642b
are positioned in the intermediate cavities 3610b, and outer
staples 3642c are positioned in the outer cavities 3610c. Although
not shown in FIG. 80, in at least one instance, the staple cavities
3610 on the opposing side of the slot 3604 form a mirror image
reflection of the staple cavities 3610 on the first side of the
longitudinal slot 3604. Consequently, the arrangement of staples
3642 in a resultant staple line is symmetric relative to the
cutline. In other instances, the staple line can be asymmetric
relative to the cutline.
[0537] Each staple cavity opening 3612 has a first end, or proximal
end, 3616 and a second end, or distal end, 3618. A cavity axis CA
extends between the proximal end 3616 and the distal end 3618 of
each opening 3612. The staple cavity openings 3612 in each row are
parallel. For example, the inner cavities 3610a are oriented at an
angle A relative to the longitudinal axis L.sub.A. Stated
differently, the cavity axes (e.g., CA.sub.A) of the inner openings
3612a are oriented at the angle A relative to the longitudinal axis
L.sub.A. The intermediate cavities 3610b are oriented at an angle B
relative to the longitudinal axis L.sub.A. Stated differently, the
cavity axes (e.g., CA.sub.B) of the intermediate openings 3612b are
oriented at the angle B relative to the longitudinal axis L.sub.A.
The outer cavities 3610c are oriented at an angle C relative to the
longitudinal axis L.sub.A. Stated differently, the cavity axes
(e.g., CA.sub.C) defined by the outer openings 3612c are oriented
at the angle C relative to the longitudinal axis L.sub.A.
[0538] The angles A, B, and C may be different. The inner openings
3612a are obliquely oriented relative to the outer openings 3612c.
The angle A is less than the angle C. Because the axes of the outer
openings 3612c (e.g., axis CA.sub.C) are not parallel to the axes
of the inner openings 3612a (e.g., axis CA.sub.A), the staple
cavity openings 3612 in the staple cartridge body 3600 form a
modified or skewed herringbone pattern. The cavity axes CA.sub.B of
the intermediate openings 3612b can be oriented perpendicular, or
substantially perpendicular, to either the inner openings 3612a or
the outer openings 3612c. For example, the angle B can be a
supplementary angle to either angle A or C. In other instances, the
angle B may not be a supplementary angle to either angle A or
C.
[0539] The inner staples 3642a have a base length BL.sub.A, the
intermediate staples 3642b have a base length BL.sub.B, and the
outer staples 3642c have a base length BL.sub.C. The base length
BL.sub.C is less than the base length BL.sub.B, and the base length
BL.sub.B is less than the base length BL.sub.A. In other words, the
length of the staples 3642 increases laterally toward the
longitudinal slot 3604. Moreover, the staple cavities 3610
correspondingly increase in length laterally toward the
longitudinal slot 3604 to accommodate the larger staples.
[0540] The arrangement of staple cavities 3610 in the cartridge
body 3600 provides a longitudinal overlap X.sub.A/B between the
inner staples 3642a and the intermediate staples 3642b at both the
proximal and distal ends of the intermediate staples 3642b. The
intermediate staples 3642b are equidistantly spaced and
longitudinally staggered between two adjacent inner staples 3642a.
The arrangement of staple cavities 3610 in the cartridge body 3600
also provides a longitudinal gap X.sub.B/C between the intermediate
staples 3642b and the outer staples 3642c at both the proximal and
distal ends of the intermediate staples 3642b. The intermediate
staples 3642b are also equidistantly spaced and longitudinally
staggered between two adjacent outer staples 3642c. Owing to the
variations in the angular orientation of the staples, the spacing
of the staples, and the length of the staples, the longitudinal
overlap X.sub.A/B is greater than the longitudinal gap X.sub.B/C.
In other instances, the longitudinal overlap X.sub.A/B can be equal
to or less than the longitudinal overlap X.sub.B/C. The arrangement
of staples cavities 3610 in the cartridge body 3600 also provides a
lateral gap Y.sub.A/B between the inner row 3614a and the
intermediate row 3614b and a lateral overlap Y.sub.B/C between the
outer row 3614c and the intermediate row 3614b.
[0541] Referring still to FIG. 80, a staple line generated by the
staple cartridge body 3600 can have different properties laterally
with respect to the cutline. In particular, the staple line may
have a greater sealing effectiveness adjacent to the cutline than
laterally outward from the cutline. Furthermore, the staple line
may have a greater flexibility laterally away from the cutline than
inward toward the cutline. For example, because the length of the
bases BL.sub.A, BL.sub.B, and BL.sub.C of the staples 3642a, 3642b,
and 3642c, respectively, increases laterally inward toward the
cutline, an inner portion of the staple line may have greater
sealing effectiveness than an outer portion of the staple line.
Additionally or alternatively, because the angular orientation of
the staples 3642a, 3642b, and 3642c increases laterally outward
away from the cutline, an outer portion of the staple line may have
greater flexibility than an inner portion of the staple line.
[0542] As described herein, staples are removably positioned in a
staple cartridge and fired from the staple cartridge during use. In
various instances, the staples can be driven out of staple cavities
in the staple cartridge and into forming contact with an anvil. For
example, a firing element can translate through the staple
cartridge during a firing stroke to drive the staples from the
staple cartridge toward an anvil. In certain instances, the staples
can be supported by staple drivers and the firing element can lift
the staple drivers to eject or remove the staples from the staple
cartridge.
[0543] An anvil can include a staple-forming surface having
staple-forming pockets defined therein. In certain instances, the
staple-forming pockets can be stamped in the anvil. For example,
the staple-forming pockets can be coined in a flat surface of the
anvil. The reader will appreciate that certain features of the
staple-forming pockets can be a deliberate consequence of a coining
process. For example, a certain degree of rounding at corners
and/or edges of the staple-forming produce can be an intentional
result of the coining process. Such features can also be designed
to better form the staples to their formed configurations,
including staples that become skewed and/or otherwise misaligned
during deployment.
[0544] Each staple in the staple cartridge can be aligned with a
staple-forming pocket of the anvil. In other words, the arrangement
of staple cavities and staples in a staple cartridge for an end
effector can correspond or match the arrangement of staple-forming
pockets in an anvil of the end effector. More specifically, the
angular orientation of each staple cavity can match the angular
orientation of the respective staple-forming pocket. For example,
when the staple cavities are arranged in a herringbone pattern, the
staple-forming pockets can also be arranged in a herringbone
pattern.
[0545] When staples are driven from the staple cartridge and into
forming contact with the anvil, the staples can be formed into a
fired configuration. In various instances, the fired configuration
can be a B-form configuration, in which the tips of the staple legs
are bent toward the staple base or crown to form a capital letter B
having symmetrical upper and lower loops. In other instances, the
fired configuration can be a modified B-form, such as a skewed
B-form configuration, in which at least a portion of a staple leg
torques out of plane with the staple base, or an asymmetrical
B-form configuration, in which the upper and lower loops of the
capital letter B are asymmetric. Tissue can be captured or clamped
within the formed staple.
[0546] The arrangement of staples and/or staple cavities in a
staple cartridge can be configured to optimize the corresponding
arrangement of staple-forming pockets in the forming surface of a
complementary anvil. For example, the angular orientation and
spacing of staples in a staple cartridge can be designed to
optimize the forming surface of an anvil. In certain instances, the
footprint of the staple-forming pockets in an anvil can be limited
by the geometry of the anvil. In instances in which the
staple-forming pockets are obliquely-oriented relative to a
longitudinal axis, the width of the anvil can limit the size and
spacing of the obliquely-oriented staple-forming pockets. For
example, the width of an intermediate row of staple-forming pockets
can define a minimum distance between a first row (e.g. an outer
row) on one side of the intermediate row and a second row (e.g. an
inner row) on the other side of the intermediate row. Moreover, the
rows of staple-forming pockets are confined between an inside edge
on the anvil, such as a knife slot, and an outside edge of the
anvil.
[0547] In various instances, the pockets can be adjacently nested
along a staple-forming surface of the anvil. For example, an
intermediate pocket can be nested between an inner pocket and an
outer pocket. The angular orientation of the pockets can vary
row-to-row to facilitate the nesting thereof. For example, the
staple-forming pockets in an inner row can be oriented at a first
angle, the staple-forming pockets in an intermediate row can be
oriented at a second angle, and the staple-forming pockets in an
outer row can be oriented at a third angle. The first angle, the
second angle, and the third angle can be different, which can
facilitate the close arrangement of the staple-forming pockets.
[0548] Referring again to the staple cartridges depicted in FIGS.
76-80, the varying angles of the staples and the staple cavities in
each row can be selected to optimize the nesting of the
staple-forming pockets in a complementary anvil. For each staple
cartridge depicted in FIGS. 76-80, a complementary anvil can be
configured to have a corresponding arrangement of staple-forming
pockets. Moreover, the staple-forming pockets in the complementary
anvils can be larger than the staple cavities depicted in FIGS.
76-80 to ensure that the staple legs land or fall within the
staple-forming pockets. For example, the staple legs may be biased
outward, such as in the case of V-shaped staples (see FIG. 60) and
the larger footprint of the staple-forming pockets can catch the
outwardly-biased staple legs during firing. In various instances,
the staple-forming pockets can be 0.005 inches to 0.015 inches
longer than the corresponding staple cavities and/or staples.
Additionally or alternatively, the staple-receiving cups of each
staple-forming pocket can be 0.005 inches to 0.015 inches wider
than the corresponding staple cavities. In other instances, the
difference in length and/or width can be less than 0.005 inches or
more than 0.015 inches.
[0549] In instances in which the size of the staples varies within
a staple cartridge (see, e.g., FIGS. 78-80), the size of the
staple-forming pockets can corresponding vary within a
complementary anvil. Varying the size of the staple-forming pockets
can further facilitate the nesting thereof. For example, in
instances in which staple-forming pockets in an intermediate row
are shorter than the staple-forming pockets in an inner row or an
outer row, the width of the intermediate row of staple-forming
pockets can be reduced, which can minimize the requisite spacing
between the inner row and the outer row.
[0550] The spacing of the staple-forming pockets can also be
configured to optimize the nesting thereof. For example, the
pockets arranged in an inner row can be longitudinally staggered
relative to the pockets arranged in an outer row. Moreover, the
pockets in the inner row can partially longitudinally overlap the
pockets in the outer row. The pockets in an intermediate row can be
longitudinally staggered relative to the pockets in the inner row
and the pockets in the outer row. For example, the pockets in the
intermediate row can be equidistantly longitudinally offset from
the pockets in the outer row and the pockets in the inner row.
[0551] Referring now to FIG. 129, an anvil 3700 is depicted. The
anvil 3700 can be complementary to the staple cartridge 3500 (FIG.
79). For example, the arrangement of staple-forming pockets 3706 in
the anvil 3700 can correspond to the arrangement of staples 3542
and staple cavities 3510 (FIG. 79) in the staple cartridge 3500.
The anvil 3700 includes a staple-forming surface 3702 and a
longitudinal slot 3704. The longitudinal slot 3704 extends along
the longitudinal axis LA of the anvil 3700. In certain instances, a
firing element and/or cutting element can translate through the
longitudinal slot 3704 during at least a portion of a firing
stroke. Staple-forming pockets 3706 are defined in the
staple-forming surface 3702. The staple-forming surface 3702 also
includes a non-forming portion 3708 that extends around the pockets
3706. The non-forming portion 3708 extends entirely around each
pocket 3706 in FIG. 129. In other words, the non-forming portion
3708 surrounds the staple-forming pockets 3706. In other instances,
at least a portion of two or more adjacent pockets 3706 can be in
abutting contact such that a non-forming portion 3708 is not
positioned therebetween.
[0552] The forming ratio of the staple-forming surface 3702 can be
optimized. By optimizing the forming ratio, more staples can be
formed and/or formed to their desired configurations. In certain
instances, the surface area of the non-forming portion 3708 of the
anvil 3700 can be minimized with respect to the staple-forming
pockets 3706. Additionally or alternatively, the footprint of the
staple-forming pockets 3706 can be extended or enlarged to maximize
the portion of the staple-forming surface 3702 that is designed to
catch and form the staples.
[0553] The pockets 3706 depicted in FIG. 129 are arranged in three
rows 3714a, 3714b, 3714c on a first side of the longitudinal slot
3704. The first row 3714a is an inner row, the second row 3714b is
an intermediate row, and the third row 3714c is an outer row. Inner
pockets 3706a are positioned in the inner row 3714a, intermediate
pockets 3706b are positioned in the intermediate row 3714b, and
outer pockets 3706c are positioned in the outer row 3714c. The
pockets 3706 are arranged in a herringbone arrangement along the
staple-forming surface 3702 of the anvil 3700. Although not shown
in FIG. 129, in at least one instance, the pockets 3706 on the
opposing side of the slot 3704 can form a mirror image reflection
of the pockets 3706 on the first side of the longitudinal slot
3704. In other instances, the arrangement of pockets 3706 in the
staple-forming surface 3702 can be asymmetrical relative to the
slot 3704 and, in certain instances, the anvil 3700 may not include
the longitudinal slot 3704. In various instances, the pockets 3706
can be arranged in less than or more than three rows on each side
of the slot 3704.
[0554] Each pocket 3706 includes a perimeter 3716, which defines
the boundary of the pocket 3706b. Each pocket 3706 also includes a
proximal cup 3720, a distal cup 3722, and a neck portion 3724
connecting the proximal cup 3720 and the distal cup 3722. When a
staple is driven into forming contact with the staple-forming
surface 3702, the proximal cup 3720 is aligned with a proximal
staple leg, and the distal cup 3722 is aligned with a distal staple
leg. The tips of the staple legs are positioned and configured to
land in the respective cups 3720, 3722. Stated differently, the
proximal cup 3720 is configured to receive a proximal staple leg
and the distal cup 3722 is configured to receive a distal staple
leg. The cups 3720 and 3722 are also configured to direct or funnel
the staple legs toward the pocket axis PA and a central portion of
the pocket 3806, such as the neck portion 3724, and to deform the
staple legs into the formed configuration.
[0555] The geometry, spacing, and/or orientation of the pockets
3706 can vary row-to-row. A pocket axis PA extends from the
proximal cup 3720, through the neck portion 3724, and to the distal
cup 3722 of each pocket 3706. The pockets 3706 in each row are
parallel. For example, the inner pockets 3706a are oriented at an
angle A relative to the longitudinal axis LA. Stated differently,
the pocket axes (e.g., PA.sub.A) of the inner pockets 3706a are
oriented at the angle A relative to the longitudinal axis LA. The
intermediate pockets 3706b are oriented at an angle B relative to
the longitudinal axis LA. Stated differently, the pocket axes
(e.g., PA.sub.B) of the inner pockets 3706b are oriented at the
angle B relative to the longitudinal axis LA. The outer pockets
3706c are oriented at an angle C relative to the longitudinal axis
LA. Stated differently, the pocket axes (e.g., PA.sub.C) of the
inner pockets 3706a are oriented at the angle C relative to the
longitudinal axis LA.
[0556] The angles A, B, and C may be different. The inner pockets
3706a are obliquely oriented relative to the outer pockets 3706c.
The angle A is less than the angle C. Because the axes of the outer
pockets 3706c (e.g., axis PA.sub.C) are not parallel to the axes of
the inner pockets 3706a (e.g., axis PA.sub.A), the staple-forming
pockets 3706 in the anvil 3700 form a modified or skewed
herringbone pattern. The pocket axes PA.sub.B of the intermediate
pockets 3706b are obliquely oriented relative to the inner pockets
3706a and outer pockets 3706c. In other instances, the pocket axes
PA.sub.B of the intermediate pockets 3706b can be oriented
perpendicular, or substantially perpendicular, to either the inner
pocket 3706a or the outer pocket 3706c. For example, the angle B
can be a supplementary angle to either angle A or C.
[0557] The inner pockets 3706a have a length L.sub.A, the
intermediate pockets 3706b have a length L.sub.B, and the outer
pockets 3706c have a length L.sub.C. The length L.sub.C is less
than the length L.sub.B and the length L.sub.A. In other words, the
outer pockets 3706c are shorter than the intermediate pockets 3706b
and the inner pockets 3706a. In certain instances, the lengths
L.sub.A, L.sub.B, and L.sub.C can be different. In other instances,
the lengths L.sub.A, L.sub.B, and L.sub.C can be the same. In still
other instances, the length L.sub.B can be less than the length
L.sub.A and/or L.sub.B, and/or the length L.sub.A can be less than
the length L.sub.A and/or L.sub.C. The lengths L.sub.A, L.sub.B,
and L.sub.C can be selected to optimize the nesting of the pockets
3706.
[0558] The spacing of the staple-forming pockets 3706 can also be
configured to optimize the nesting thereof. For example, the inner
pockets 3706a can be longitudinally staggered relative to the outer
pockets 3706c. Moreover, the inner pockets 3706a can partially
longitudinally overlap the outer pockets 3706c. Referring to FIG.
129, a first end of the inner pocket 3706a is longitudinally offset
from the corresponding end of the outer pocket 3706c by a distance
X1.sub.A/C. Moreover, a second end of the inner pocket 3706a is
longitudinally offset from the corresponding end of the outer
pocket 3706c by a distance X2.sub.A/C. The distance X2.sub.A/C is
less than the distance X1.sub.A/C. In other instances, the distance
X2.sub.A/C can be equal to or greater than the distance X1.sub.A/C.
The intermediate pockets 3706b are longitudinally staggered
relative to the inner pockets 3706a and the outer pockets 3706c.
More specifically, the intermediate pockets 3706b are equidistantly
longitudinally offset between adjacent inner pockets 3706a and
between adjacent outer pockets 3706c. In other instances, the
intermediate pockets 3706b may be non-equidistantly offset between
adjacent inner pockets 3706a and between adjacent outer pockets
3706c.
[0559] The arrangement of pockets 3706 is configured to nest the
pockets 3706 such that the pockets 3706 fit within a predefined
space. For example, in certain instances, the width of the anvil
can be minimized or otherwise restrained to fit within a surgical
trocar and/or within a narrow surgical field, and the arrangement
of staple-forming pockets 3706 (and the corresponding arrangement
of staples and/or staple cavities) can fit within a narrow
anvil.
[0560] Referring now to FIGS. 81-84C, staple-forming pockets 3806
in a portion of an anvil 3800 are shown. The anvil 3800 includes a
staple-forming surface 3802 and a longitudinal slot 3804. The
longitudinal slot 3804 extends along the longitudinal axis LA of
the anvil 3800. In certain instances, a firing element and/or
cutting element can translate through the longitudinal slot 3804
during at least a portion of a firing stroke. The staple-forming
pockets 3806 are defined in the staple-forming surface 3802, which
also includes a non-forming portion 3808 that extends around the
pockets 3806. The non-forming portion 3808 extends entirely around
each pocket 3806. In other words, the non-forming portion 3808
surrounds the staple-forming pockets 3806. In other instances, at
least a portion of two or more adjacent pockets can be in abutting
contact such that a non-forming portion is not positioned
therebetween. In certain instances, the non-forming portion 3808
can extend across one or more of the pockets 3806.
[0561] The "forming ratio" of the staple-forming surface 3802 (the
ratio of the non-forming portion 3808 to the forming portion, i.e.,
the pockets 3806) can be optimized. By optimizing the forming
ratio, more staples can be formed and/or formed to their desired
configurations. In certain instances, the surface area of the
non-forming portion 3808 of the anvil 3800 can be minimized with
respect to the staple-forming pockets 3806. Additionally or
alternatively, the footprint of the staple-forming pockets 3806 can
be extended or enlarged to maximize the portion of the
staple-forming surface 3802 that is designed to catch and form the
staples. Such arrangement, for example, may prevent inadvertent
malformed staples that, for whatever reason, miss or fall outside
of their corresponding forming pocket during the firing
process.
[0562] The pockets 3806 depicted in FIG. 81 are arranged in three
rows 3814a, 3814b, and 3814c on a first side of the longitudinal
slot 3804. The first row 3814a is an inner row, the second row
3814b is an intermediate row, and the third row 3814c is an outer
row. Inner pockets 3806a are positioned in the inner row 3814a,
intermediate pockets 3806b are positioned in the intermediate row
3814b, and outer pockets 3806c are positioned in the outer row
3814c. Although not shown in FIG. 81, in at least one instance, the
pockets 3806 on the opposing side of the slot 3804 can form a
mirror image reflection of the pockets 3806 on the first side of
the longitudinal slot 3804. In other instances, the arrangement of
pockets 3806 in the staple-forming surface 3802 can be asymmetrical
relative to the slot 3804 and, in certain instances, the anvil 3800
may not include the longitudinal slot 3804. In various instances,
the pockets 3806 can be arranged in less than or more than three
rows on each side of the slot 3804.
[0563] The pockets 3806 depicted in FIG. 81 are identical. Each
pocket 3806 defined in the staple-forming surface 3802 has the same
geometry. In other instances, the geometry of the pockets 3806 can
vary row-to-row and/or longitudinally along the length of the anvil
3800. For example, in certain instances, the depth of the pockets
3806 or portions thereof can vary along the length of the anvil
3800 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between the
anvil and the staple cartridge along the length of an end effector
and/or tissue flow, as described herein.
[0564] An exemplary pocket 3806b is shown in FIGS. 82-84C. The
pocket 3806b has a first end, or proximal end, 3810 and a second
end, or distal end, 3812. A pocket axis PA extends between the
proximal end 3810 and the distal end 3814 of the pocket 3806b.
Referring again to FIG. 81, the pockets 3806 in each respective row
are parallel. For example, the pocket axes (e.g., PA.sub.A) of the
inner pockets 3806a are parallel to each other, the pocket axes
(e.g., PA.sub.B) of the intermediate pockets 3806b are parallel to
each other, and the pocket axes (e.g., PA.sub.C) of the outer
pockets 3806c are parallel to each other. The pocket axes PA are
obliquely oriented relative to the slot 3804. Moreover, the axes
PA.sub.B of the intermediate pockets 3806b are oriented
perpendicular to the axes PA.sub.A and PA.sub.C of the inner
pockets 3806a and the outer pockets 3806c, respectively. As such,
the pockets 3806 are arranged in a herringbone arrangement along
the staple-forming surface 3802.
[0565] The pocket 3806b includes a perimeter 3816, which defines
the boundary of the pocket 3806b. The pocket 3806b also includes a
proximal cup 3820, a distal cup 3822, and a neck portion 3824
connecting the proximal cup 3820 and the distal cup 3822. When a
staple is driven into forming contact with the staple-forming
surface 3802, the proximal cup 3820 is aligned with a proximal
staple leg, and the distal cup 3822 is aligned with a distal staple
leg. The tips of the staple legs are positioned and configured to
land in the respective cups 3820, 3822. Stated differently, the
proximal cup 3820 is configured to receive a proximal staple leg
and the distal cup 3822 is configured to receive a distal staple
leg. The cups 3820 and 3822 are also configured to direct or funnel
the staple legs toward the pocket axis PA and a central portion of
the pocket 3806, such as the neck portion 3824, and to deform the
staple legs into the formed configuration.
[0566] The pockets 3806 include extended landing zones for the
staple legs. Referring to the pocket 3806b depicted in FIG. 82, the
pocket 3806b includes a proximal extended landing zone 3830 and a
distal extended landing zone 3832. The proximal extended landing
zone 3830 is positioned in a proximal portion of the proximal cup
3820, and the distal extended landing zone 3832 is positioned in a
distal portion of the distal cup 3822. The extended landing zones
3830 and 3832 define a substantially triangular perimeter.
Moreover, the extended landing zones 3830 and 3832 terminate along
the pocket axis PA at a point to form corners of the pocket
3806b.
[0567] In other instances, the extended landing zones 3830 and 3832
can define straight and/or contoured perimeters, for example, and
may extend laterally and/or longitudinally relative to the pocket
axis PA. In instances where a staple or portion thereof is skewed
during firing, the extended landing zones 3830, 3832 can salvage,
or at least attempt to salvage, the formation of the skewed
staple.
[0568] Referring primarily to FIG. 83, each cup 3820, 3822 of the
pocket 3806b defines an entrance ramp 3840 and an exit ramp 3842.
The exit ramp 3842 is steeper than the entrance ramp 3840. When
forming a staple, the tip of a staple leg can enter the respective
cup 3820, 3822 along the entrance ramp 3840 and exit the respective
cup 3820, 3822 along the exit ramp 3842. At an apex 3846 between
the entrance ramp 3840 and the exit ramp 3842, the tips of the
staple legs are deformed toward the staple base to assume the
formed configuration, such as a B-form or modified B-form, for
example. The proximal cup 3820 defines a proximal depth D.sub.1 at
the apex 3846 thereof measured relative to the non-forming portion
3808 of the staple-forming surface 3802, and the distal cup 3822
defines a distal depth D.sub.2 at the apex 3846 thereof measured
relative to the non-forming portion 3808 of the staple-forming
surface 3802. In the pocket 3806b, the proximal depth D.sub.1 and
the distal depth D.sub.2 are equal. In other instances, the
proximal depth D.sub.1 and the distal depth D.sub.2 can be
different.
[0569] The pocket 3806b also defines a bridge 3844 in the neck
portion 3824 between the proximal cup 3820 and the distal cup 3822.
The bridge 3844 is offset from the non-forming portion 3808 of the
staple-forming surface 3802. More specifically, the bridge 3844 is
positioned below or recessed relative to the non-forming portion
3808. In other instances, the bridge 3844 can be aligned with the
non-forming portion 3808 and/or can protrude away from the
non-forming portion 3808 toward the opposing jaw of the end
effector.
[0570] Referring primarily to FIGS. 84A-84C, the pocket 3806b
includes sidewalls 3850. The sidewalls 3850 are oriented
perpendicular to the non-forming portion 3808 of the staple-forming
surface 3802. The sidewalls 3850 widen toward a central region 3821
of each cup 3820, 3822, and narrow from the central region 3821 of
each cup 3820, 3822 toward the neck portion 3824. The widened
central region 3821 provides an enlarged footprint for receiving
the tip of a staple leg. The extended landing zones 3830, 3832 also
enlarge the footprint of the respective cups 3820, 3822 for
receiving the staple tips. As the cups 3820, 3822 narrow toward the
neck portion 3824, the cups 3820, 3822 are configured to funnel
and/or guide the tips of the staple legs toward and/or along the
pocket axis PA and into a formed configuration. As the cups 3820
and 3822 widen and then narrow toward the neck portion 3824, the
perimeter 3816 of the pocket 3806b defines a contour or arced
profile. In other instances, the perimeter 3816 of the pocket 3806b
can extend along linear, non-contoured profiles having non-rounded
corners, for example.
[0571] The pocket 3806b defines fillets 3852 (FIGS. 84A-84C)
between the sidewalls 3850 and the bottom surface of the pocket
3806b. The fillets 3852 are configured to guide the staple legs
along the desired path in the pocket 3806b. For example, if a
staple leg lands along the fillet 3852 or is diverted to the fillet
3852, the fillet 3852 can smoothly guide the staple leg toward the
pocket axis PA.
[0572] Referring again to FIG. 82, the pocket 3806b is symmetric
about the pocket axis PA. For example, the perimeter 3816 of the
pocket 3806b is symmetric about the pocket axis PA. Moreover, the
pocket 3806b is symmetric about a central axis CA through the neck
portion 3824 and perpendicular to the pocket axis PA. For example,
the perimeter 3816 of each pocket 3806 is symmetric about the
central axis CA, and the proximal cup 3820 has the same geometry as
the distal cup 3822.
[0573] In other instances, the proximal cup 3820 can be different
than the distal cup 3822. For example, referring again to FIG. 83,
the distal depth D.sub.2 can be less than the proximal depth
D.sub.1. In various instances, the variation in the depth of a
staple-forming pocket can accommodate for variations in gap
distance between the anvil and the staple cartridge along the
length of an end effector when tissue is clamped therebetween. For
example, an anvil may bow or bend away from the staple cartridge as
the anvil approaches the distal end of the end effector. Variations
to the depth of the staple-forming pockets 3806 can be configured
to ensure that an appropriate forming height is maintained in view
of the anticipated or expected bowing or bending of the anvil
3800.
[0574] Additionally or alternatively, the variation in the depth of
a staple-forming pocket can accommodate for tissue movement or flow
relative to the end effector. More specifically, when tissue is
clamped between the jaws of the end effector, fluid in the clamped
tissue can flow or move toward adjacent, unclamped tissue. The
tissue can flow laterally toward the longitudinal sides of the
anvil 3800, distally toward the distal end of the anvil 3800,
and/or proximally toward the proximal end of the anvil 3800. In
certain instances, tissue can flow relative to the anvil 3800 when
the cutting edge is advanced distally through the tissue. In such
instances, tissue may flow laterally, distally, and/or proximally,
but it primarily flows distally due to the distal movement of the
cutting edge. In instances where the cutting edge moves proximally
to incise tissue, the movement or flow of the tissue would be
generally proximal during the cutting stroke. Different depths
D.sub.1 and D.sub.1 in the pocket 3806 can accommodate for the
distal flow of the tissue, which can shift or skew the staple legs
embedded therein distally.
[0575] In various instances, tissue movement or flow at the distal
end of an end effector can be larger than the tissue movement or
flow at the proximal end of the end effector. Such instances can
arise as a result of the distal movement of the firing member
within the end effector. Although the firing member is configured
to progressively staple and incise the tissue as it is moved
distally, the firing member can also plow or push the tissue
distally. This pushing or plowing effect may begin at the proximal
end of the end effector and may compound as the firing member is
moved distally such that the largest pushing or plowing effect is
realized at the distal end of the end effector. Consequently, the
tissue flow can be increased toward the distal end of the end
effector. To accommodate for such an increase in tissue flow, the
geometries of the staple pockets can vary longitudinally along the
length of a row. In instances where the proximal and distal cups of
the staple pockets are different to accommodate for tissue flow, a
gradient in pocket asymmetries may be utilized within a row of
pockets to compensate for the gradient in tissue movement and
staple shifting.
[0576] In certain instances, different staple geometries can be
utilized with the different pocket geometries. The use of different
staples to accommodate for tissue flow along the length of an end
effector is described in U.S. patent application Ser. No.
14/318,996, entitled FASTENER CARTRIDGES INCLUDING EXTENSIONS
HAVING DIFFERENT CONFIGURATIONS, filed Jun. 30, 2014, which is
hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. In other
instances, identical staples can be utilized with different pocket
geometries along the length of an anvil.
[0577] Referring again to FIG. 82, the neck portion 3824 defines a
width W.sub.N and the proximal and distal cups 3820 and 3822 define
a width W.sub.C. The width W.sub.N is less than the width W.sub.C.
Consequently, the central portion of the pocket 3806b is narrower
than the proximal and distal cups 3820 and 3822. The narrowed
perimeter 3816 of the pocket 3806b at the neck portion 3824 defines
a receiving peninsula 3826 between a portion of the proximal cup
3820 and a portion of the distal cup 3822. Owing to the symmetry of
the pocket 3806b, symmetrical receiving peninsulas 3826 are
positioned on each side of the pocket 3806b. The receiving
peninsulas 3826 are bounded by the perimeter 3816 of the pocket
3806b and a tangent axis (e.g., T.sub.A, T.sub.B1, T.sub.B2, and
T.sub.C), which is tangential to the widest portion of the proximal
and distal cups 3820 and 3822 on a side of the pocket 3806. A first
tangent axis T.sub.B1 is positioned on a first side of the pocket
3806b and a second tangent axis T.sub.B2 is positioned on the
opposite side of the pocket 3806b. The first and second tangent
axes T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2 depicted in FIG. 82 are parallel to the
pocket axis PA.sub.B.
[0578] Referring again to FIG. 81, the perimeters 3816 of the
pockets 3806 are nested or interlocked along the staple-forming
surface 3802. In particular, each pocket 3806 extends into the
receiving peninsula 3826 of an adjacent pocket 3806. For example,
the intermediate pockets 3806b are nested between the inner pockets
3806a and the outer pockets 3806c. Stated differently, the
intermediate pockets 3806b extend into the receiving peninsula 3826
of an adjacent inner pocket 3806a and into the receiving peninsula
3826 of an adjacent outer pocket 3806c. Moreover, the inner pockets
3806a and the outer pockets 3806b are nested with the intermediate
pockets 3806b. More specifically, the inner pockets 3806a extend
into the receiving peninsula 3826 of an adjacent intermediate
pocket 3806b, and the outer pockets 3806c extend into the receiving
peninsula 3826 of an adjacent intermediate pocket 3806b.
[0579] The distal cup 3822 of the intermediate pocket 3806b extend
across the tangent axis T.sub.A and into the receiving peninsula
3826 of the adjacent inner pocket 3806a. Moreover, the proximal cup
3820 of the intermediate pocket 3806b extends across the tangent
axis T.sub.C and into the receiving peninsula 3826 of the adjacent
outer pocket 3806c. Additionally, the distal cup 3822 of the inner
pockets 3806a extends across the tangent axis T.sub.B1 and into the
receiving peninsula 3826 of the adjacent intermediate pocket 3806b.
Furthermore, the proximal cup 3820 of the outer pockets 3806c
extends across the tangent axis T.sub.B2 and into the receiving
peninsula 3826 of the adjacent intermediate pocket 3806b. In
various instances, the distal extended landing zone 3832 of the
intermediate pocket 3806b is positioned in the receiving peninsula
3826 of an inner pocket 3806a, the proximal extended landing zone
3830 of the intermediate pocket 3806b is positioned in the
receiving peninsula 3826 of an outer pocket 3806c, the distal
extended landing zone 3832 of an inner pocket 3806a is positioned
in the receiving peninsula 3826 of an intermediate pocket 3806b,
and the proximal extended landing zone 3830 of the outer pocket
3806c is positioned in the receiving peninsula 3826 of an
intermediate pocket 3806b.
[0580] The geometry of the pockets 3806 facilitates the nesting of
the pockets 3806 in the staple-forming surface 3802. For example,
because the pockets 3806 include a narrowed neck portion 3824
between two enlarged cups 3820 and 3822, one of the enlarged cups
3820, 3822 of another pocket 3806 can be positioned adjacent to the
narrowed neck portion 3824. For example, one of the enlarged cups
3820, 3822 can be aligned with and/or received by a portion of an
adjacent pocket 3806. In such instances, the surface area of the
staple-forming surface 3802 that is covered by the pockets 3806 can
be optimized. For example, the surface area of the staple-forming
surface 3802 that is covered by the pockets 3806 is maximized. The
"forming ratio" of the staple-forming surface 3802 is the ratio of
the non-forming portion 3808 to the forming portion, i.e., the
pockets 3806. The forming ratio is about 1.7:1. In other instances,
the forming ratio can be less than 1.7:1 or more than 1.7:1. For
example, in at least one instance, more than 50% of the
staple-forming surface 3802 can be covered with staple-forming
pockets 3806.
[0581] The nesting of staple-forming pockets discussed herein can
refer to the nesting of adjacent pocket perimeters. For example,
where a first pocket defines an inward contour, i.e., a contour
extending inward toward the pocket axis, an adjacent second pocket
can protrude toward and/or into the region adjacent to the inward
contour. Additionally or alternatively, a portion of the second
pocket, such as an end of the second pocket, can be aligned with
the narrowed region of the first pocket. Consequently, the second
pocket can be positioned nearer to the pocket axis of the first
pocket than if the end of the second pocket was aligned with a
wider region of the first pocket.
[0582] Referring now to FIGS. 85-88C, staple-forming pockets 3906
in a portion of an anvil 3900 are depicted. The anvil 3900 includes
a staple-forming surface 3902 and a longitudinal slot 3904. The
longitudinal slot 3904 extends along the longitudinal axis LA of
the anvil 3900. In certain instances, a firing element and/or
cutting element can translate through the longitudinal slot 3904
during at least a portion of a firing stroke. The staple-forming
pockets 3906 are defined in the staple-forming surface 3902. The
staple-forming surface 3902 also includes a non-forming portion
3908 that extends around the pockets 3906. The non-forming portion
3908 extends entirely around each pocket 3906 in FIG. 85. In other
words, the non-forming portion 3908 surrounds the staple-forming
pockets 3906. In other instances, at least a portion of two or more
adjacent pockets 3906 can be in abutting contact such that a
non-forming portion 3908 is not positioned therebetween.
[0583] The forming ratio of the staple-forming surface 3902 can be
optimized. By optimizing the forming ratio, more staples can be
formed and/or formed to their desired configurations. In certain
instances, the surface area of the non-forming portion 3908 of the
anvil 3900 can be minimized with respect to the staple-forming
pockets 3906. Additionally or alternatively, the footprint of the
staple-forming pockets 3906 can be extended or enlarged to maximize
the portion of the staple-forming surface 3902 that is designed to
catch and form the staples.
[0584] The pockets 3906 depicted in FIG. 85 are arranged in three
rows 3914a, 3914b, 3914c on a first side of the longitudinal slot
3904. The first row 3914a is an inner row, the second row 3914b is
an intermediate row, and the third row 3914c is an outer row. Inner
pockets 3906a are positioned in the inner row 3914a, intermediate
pockets 3906b are positioned in the intermediate row 3914b, and
outer pockets 3906c are positioned in the outer row 3914c. Similar
to the anvil 3800, the pockets 3906 are arranged in a herringbone
arrangement along the staple-forming surface 3902 of the anvil
3900. Although not shown in FIG. 85, in at least one instance, the
pockets 3906 on the opposing side of the slot 3904 can form a
mirror image reflection of the pockets 3906 on the first side of
the longitudinal slot 3904. In other instances, the arrangement of
pockets 3906 in the staple-forming surface 3902 can be asymmetrical
relative to the slot 3904 and, in certain instances, the anvil 3900
may not include the longitudinal slot 3904. In various instances,
the pockets 3906 can be arranged in less than or more than three
rows on each side of the slot 3904.
[0585] The pockets 3906 depicted in FIG. 85 are identical. Each
pocket 3906 defined in the staple-forming surface 3802 has the same
geometry. In other instances, the geometry of the pockets 3906 can
vary row-to-row and/or longitudinally along the length of the anvil
3900. For example, in certain instances, the depth of the pockets
3906 or portions thereof can vary along the length of the anvil
3900 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between the
anvil and the staple cartridge along the length of an end effector
and/or tissue flow, as described herein.
[0586] An exemplary pocket 3906b is shown in FIGS. 86-88C. The
pocket 3906b has a first end, or proximal end, 3910 and a second
end, or distal end, 3912. A pocket axis PA (FIG. 86) extends
between the proximal end 3910 and the distal end 3912 of the pocket
3906b. The pocket 3906b includes a perimeter 3916, which defines
the boundary of the pocket 3906. The pocket 3906b also includes a
proximal cup 3920, a distal cup 3922, and a neck portion 3924
connecting the proximal cup 3920 and the distal cup 3922. When a
staple is driven into forming contact with the staple-forming
surface 3902, the proximal cup 3920 is aligned with a proximal
staple leg, and the distal cup 3922 is aligned with a distal staple
leg. The cups 3920 and 3922 are configured to direct or funnel the
staple legs toward the pocket axis PA and a central portion of the
pocket 3906, such as the neck portion 3924, and to deform the
staple legs into the formed configuration.
[0587] Referring primarily to FIG. 87, each cup 3920, 3922 of the
pocket 3906b defines an entrance ramp 3940 and an exit ramp 3942.
The exit ramp 3942 is steeper than the entrance ramp 3940. When
forming a staple, the tip of a staple leg can enter the respective
cup 3920, 3922 along the entrance ramp 3940 and exit the respective
cup 3920, 3922 along the exit ramp 3942. At an apex 3946 between
the entrance ramp 3940 and the exit ramp 3942, the tips of the
staple legs are deformed toward the staple base to assume the
formed configuration, such as a B-form or modified B-form, for
example. The proximal cup 3920 defines a proximal depth D.sub.1 at
the apex 3946 thereof measured relative to the non-forming portion
3908 of the staple-forming surface 3902, and the distal cup 3922
defines a distal depth D.sub.2 at the apex 3946 thereof measured
relative to the non-forming portion 3908 of the staple-forming
surface 3902. In the pocket 3906, the proximal depth D.sub.1 and
the distal depth D.sub.2 are equal. In other instances, the
proximal depth D.sub.1 and the distal depth D.sub.2 can be
different. The pocket 3906b also defines a bridge 3944 in the neck
portion 3924 between the proximal cup 3920 and the distal cup 3922.
The bridge 3944 is offset from the non-forming portion 3908 of the
staple-forming surface 3902. More specifically, the bridge 3944 is
positioned below or recessed relative to the non-forming portion
3908.
[0588] Referring primarily to FIGS. 88A-88C, the pocket 3906b
includes sidewalls 3950. The sidewalls 3950 are oriented
perpendicular to the non-forming portion 3908 of the staple-forming
surface 3902. The sidewalls 3950 narrow linearly from the outer
ends of each cup 3920, 3922 toward the neck portion 3924.
Consequently, the widest portion of the cups 3920, 3922 is at the
proximal and distal ends 3910, 3912 of the pocket 3906b,
respectively. The profile 3916 of the pocket 3906b defines a
bow-tie shape perimeter. The widened region at the proximal and
distal ends 3910, 3912 provides an enlarged footprint for receiving
the tip of a staple leg. In various instances, the widened portions
of the cups 3920 and 3922 define extended landing zones for
receiving the staple tips. As the cups 3920, 3922 narrow toward the
neck portion 3924, the cups 3920, 3922 are configured to funnel
and/or guide the tips of the staple legs toward and/or along the
pocket axis PA into a formed configuration. The pocket 3906b
defines a chamfered edge 3954 along the sides of the pocket 3906b.
The chamfered edge 3954 serves to enlarge the footprint of the
pocket 3906b and guide the tips of the staple legs toward the
pocket axis PA.
[0589] Referring again to FIG. 86, the pocket 3906b is symmetric
about the pocket axis PA. For example, the perimeter 3916 of the
pocket 3906b is symmetric about the pocket axis PA. Moreover, the
pocket 3906b is symmetric about a central axis CA through the neck
portion 3924 and perpendicular to the pocket axis PA. For example,
the perimeter 3916 of the pocket 3906b is symmetric about the
central axis CA, and the proximal cup 3920 has the same geometry as
the distal cup 3922. In other instances, the proximal cup 3920 can
be different than the distal cup 3922. For example, referring again
to FIG. 87, the distal depth D.sub.2 can be less than the proximal
depth D.sub.1 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between
the anvil and the staple cartridge and/or tissue flow, as described
herein.
[0590] Referring again to FIG. 86, the width of the neck portion
3924 is less than the width of the cups 3920 and 3922.
Consequently, the central portion of the pocket 3906b is narrower
than the proximal and distal cups 3920 and 3922. The narrowed
perimeter 3916 of the pocket 3906b at the neck portion 3924 defines
a receiving peninsula 3926 between a portion of the proximal cup
3920 and a portion of the distal cup 3922. Owing to the symmetry of
the pocket 3906b, symmetrical receiving peninsulas 3926 are
positioned on each side of the pocket 3906b. The receiving
peninsulas 3926 are bounded by the perimeter 3916 of the pocket
3906b and a tangent axis (e.g., T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2), which is
tangential to the widest portion of the proximal and distal cups
3920 and 3922 on a side of the pocket 3906b. A first tangent axis
T.sub.B1 is positioned on a first side of the pocket 3906b and a
second tangent axis T.sub.B2 is positioned on the opposite side of
the pocket 3906b. The first and second tangent axes T.sub.B1 and
T.sub.B2 are parallel to the pocket axis PA.
[0591] Referring again to FIG. 85, each pocket 3906 extends toward
the receiving peninsula 3926 of an adjacent pocket 3906. For
example, the intermediate pockets 3906b are aligned with the neck
portions 3924 of the inner pockets 3906a and the outer pockets
3906c. Moreover, the inner pockets 3906a and the outer pockets
3906b extend toward the receiving peninsula 3926 of one of the
intermediate pockets 3906b. More specifically, the pocket axes PA
of the intermediate pockets 3906b are aligned with the neck
portions 3924 of adjacent inner and outer pockets 3906a and 3906c,
respectively, the pocket axes PA of the inner pockets 3906a are
aligned with the neck portion 3924 of an adjacent intermediate
pocket 3906b, and the pocket axes PA of the outer pockets 3906c are
aligned with the neck portion 3924 of an adjacent intermediate
pocket 3906b. In certain instances, a portion of one or more of the
pockets 3906 can extend into the receiving peninsula of an adjacent
pocket 3906.
[0592] The geometry of the pockets 3906 facilitates the close
arrangement of the pockets 3906 in the staple-forming surface 3902.
For example, because the pockets 3906 include a narrowed neck
portion 3924 between two enlarged cups 3920 and 3922, the enlarged
cup 3920, 3922 of another pocket 3906 can be positioned adjacent to
the narrowed neck portion 3924. For example, an enlarged cup 3920,
3922 can be aligned with and/or received by a portion of the
adjacent pocket 3906. Consequently, the surface area of the
staple-forming surface 3902 that is covered by the pockets 3906 can
be optimized. For example, the surface area of the staple-forming
surface 3902 that is covered by pockets 3906 is maximized. The
"forming ratio" is the ratio of the non-forming portion 3908 to the
forming portion, i.e., the pockets 3906. In various instances, the
forming ratio can be at least 1:1, for example.
[0593] In certain instances, though the pockets 3906 are positioned
in close proximity to each other, because the neck portion 3924
narrows, there is space for the non-forming portion 3908 between
adjacent pockets 3906. For example, the non-forming portion 3908
can extend between the neck portion 3924 of an inner pocket 3906a
and the distal cup 3922 of an adjacent intermediate pocket 3906b.
The non-forming portion 3908 between adjacent pockets 3906 can
provide sufficient spacing between pockets 3906 to strengthen
and/or reinforce the anvil 3900.
[0594] Referring now to FIGS. 89-92C, staple-forming pockets 4006
in a portion of an anvil 4000 are depicted. The pockets 4006 and
arrangement thereof in the anvil 4000 are similar in many aspects
to the pockets 3906 and arrangement thereof in the anvil 3900. For
example, the anvil 4000 includes a staple-forming surface 4002 and
a longitudinal slot 4004. The longitudinal slot 4004 extends along
the longitudinal axis LA of the anvil 4000. In certain instances, a
firing element and/or cutting element can translate through the
longitudinal slot 4004 during at least a portion of a firing
stroke. The staple-forming pockets 4006 are defined in the
staple-forming surface 4002. The staple-forming surface 4002 also
includes a non-forming portion 4008 that extends around the pockets
4006. The non-forming portion 4008 extends entirely around each
pocket 4006 in FIG. 89. In other words, the non-forming portion
4008 surrounds the staple-forming pockets 4006. In other instances,
at least a portion of two or more adjacent pockets 4006 can be in
abutting contact such that a non-forming portion 4008 is not
positioned therebetween.
[0595] The forming ratio of the staple-forming surface 4002 can be
optimized. By optimizing the forming ratio, more staples can be
formed and/or formed to their desired configurations. In certain
instances, the surface area of the non-forming portion 4008 of the
anvil 4000 can be minimized with respect to the staple-forming
pockets 4006. Additionally or alternatively, the footprint of the
staple-forming pockets 4006 can be extended or enlarged to maximize
the portion of the staple-forming surface 4002 that is designed to
catch and form the staples.
[0596] The pockets 4006 are arranged in an inner row 4014a, an
intermediate row 4014b, and an outer row 4014c on a first side of
the longitudinal slot 4004. Inner pockets 4006a are positioned in
the inner row 4014a, intermediate pockets 4006b are positioned in
the intermediate row 4014b, and outer pockets 4006c are positioned
in the outer row 4014c. Similar to the anvil 3800, the pockets 4006
are arranged in a herringbone arrangement along the staple-forming
surface 4002 of the anvil 4000. Although not shown in FIG. 89, in
at least one instance, the pockets 4006 on the opposing side of the
slot 4004 can form a mirror image reflection of the pockets 4006 on
the first side of the longitudinal slot 4004. In other instances,
the arrangement of pockets 4006 in the staple-forming surface 4002
can be asymmetrical relative to the slot 4004 and, in certain
instances, the anvil 4000 may not include the longitudinal slot
4004. In various instances, the pockets 4006 can be arranged in
less than or more than three rows on each side of the slot
4004.
[0597] The pockets 4006 depicted in FIG. 89 are identical. Each
pocket 4006 defined in the staple-forming surface 4002 has the same
geometry. In other instances, the geometry of the pockets 4006 can
vary row-to-row and/or longitudinally along the length of the anvil
4000. For example, in certain instances, the depth of the pockets
4006 or portions thereof can vary along the length of the anvil
4000 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between the
anvil and the staple cartridge along the length of an end effector
and/or tissue flow, as described herein.
[0598] An exemplary pocket 4006b is shown in FIGS. 90-92C. The
pocket 4006b has a first end, or proximal end, 4010 and a second
end, or distal end, 4012. A pocket axis PA (FIG. 90) extends
between the proximal end 4010 and the distal end 4012 of the pocket
4006b. The pocket 4006b includes a perimeter 4016, which defines
the boundary of the pocket 4006b. The pocket 4006b also includes a
proximal cup 4020, a distal cup 4022, and a neck portion 4024
connecting the proximal cup 4020 and the distal cup 4022. When a
staple is driven into forming contact with the staple-forming
surface 4002, the proximal cup 4020 is aligned with a proximal
staple leg, and the distal cup 4022 is aligned with a distal staple
leg. The cups 4020 and 4022 are configured to direct or funnel the
staple legs toward the pocket axis PA and a central portion of the
pocket 4006, such as the neck portion 4024, and to deform the
staple legs into the formed configuration.
[0599] Referring primarily to FIG. 91, each cup 4020, 4022 of the
pocket 4006b defines an entrance ramp 4040 and an exit ramp 4042.
When forming a staple, the tip of a staple leg can enter the
respective cup 4020, 4022 along the entrance ramp 4040 and exit the
respective cup 4020, 4022 along the exit ramp 4042. At an apex 4046
between the entrance ramp 4040 and the exit ramp 4042, the tips of
the staple legs are deformed toward the staple base to assume the
formed configuration, such as a B-form or modified B-form, for
example. The pocket 4006b also defines a bridge 4044 between the
proximal cup 4020 and the distal cup 4022. The bridge 4044 is
offset from the non-forming portion 4008. More specifically, the
bridge 4044 is positioned below or recessed relative to the
non-forming portion 4008.
[0600] Referring primarily to FIGS. 92A-92C, the pocket 4006b
includes sidewalls 4050, which are oriented perpendicular to the
non-forming portion 4008 of the staple-forming surface 4002. The
sidewalls 4050 narrow from the outer ends of each cup 4020, 4022
toward the neck portion 4024. Consequently, the widest portion of
the cups 4020, 4022 is at the proximal and distal ends 4010, 4012
of the pocket 4006b, respectively. The profile 4016 of the pocket
4006b defines a bow-tie shape perimeter. The widened region at the
proximal and distal ends 4010, 4012 provides an enlarged footprint
for receiving the tip of a staple leg. In various instances, the
widened portions of the cups 4020, 4022 define extended landing
zones for receiving the staple tips. As the cups 4020, 4022 narrow
toward the neck portion 4024, the cups 4020, 4022 are configured to
funnel and/or guide the tips of the staple legs toward and/or along
the pocket axis PA and into a formed configuration.
[0601] The pocket 4006b defines a chamfered edge 4054 along the
sides of the pocket 4006b. Additionally, the pocket 4006b includes
a groove 4056 in the bottom surface 4058 thereof. The groove 4056
extends from the proximal cup 4020 over the bridge 4024 and into
the distal cup 4022. The groove 4056 is configured to constrain and
guide the staple legs as they move to the deformed
configuration.
[0602] In various instances, the diameter of the groove 4056 can be
less than the diameter of the staple engaged with the groove 4056.
For example, a staple can have a diameter of at least 0.0079
inches, and the diameter of the groove 4056 can be less than 0.0079
inches. The diameter of the groove 4056 can be about 0.007 inches,
about 0.005 inches, or less than 0.005 inches. In certain
instances, the staple can have a diameter of more than 0.0079
inches, such as about 0.0089 inches or about 0.0094 inches, for
example. In various instances, the diameter of the staple can be
less than 0.0079 inches or more than 0.0094 inches. In end
effectors in which different staple geometries are utilized with
the same staple-forming pocket geometry, the width of the groove in
the pocket can be less than the smallest diameter staple. In still
other instances, the width of the groove 4056 can vary
staple-to-staple within a row and/or row-to-row.
[0603] Referring again to FIG. 90, the pocket 4006b is symmetric
about the pocket axis PA. For example, the perimeter 4016 of the
pocket 4006b is symmetric about the pocket axis PA. Moreover, the
pocket 4006b is symmetric about a central axis CA through the neck
portion 4024 and perpendicular to the pocket axis PA. For example,
the perimeter 4016 of the pocket 4006b is symmetric about the
central axis CA, and the proximal cup 4020 has the same geometry as
the distal cup 4022. In other instances, the proximal cup 4020 can
be different than the distal cup 4022. For example, referring again
to FIG. 91, the distal depth D.sub.2 can be less than the proximal
depth D.sub.1 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between
the anvil and the staple cartridge and/or tissue flow, as described
herein.
[0604] Referring again to FIG. 90, the neck portion 4024 of the
pocket 4006b is narrower than the proximal and distal cups 4020 and
4022. The narrowed perimeter 4016 of the pocket 4006b defines a
receiving peninsula 4026 between a portion of the proximal cup 4020
and a portion of the distal cup 4022. Owing to the symmetry of the
pocket 4006b, symmetrical receiving peninsulas 4026 are positioned
on each side of the pocket 4006b. The receiving peninsulas 4026 are
bounded by the perimeter 4016 of the pocket 4006b and a tangent
axis (e.g., T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2), which is tangential to the
widest portion of the proximal and distal cups 4020 and 4022 on a
side of the pocket 4006b. A first tangent axis T.sub.B1 is
positioned on a first side of the pocket 4006b and a second tangent
axis T.sub.B2 is positioned on the opposite side of the pocket
4006b. The first and second tangent axes T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2
depicted in FIG. 90 are parallel to the pocket axis PA.
[0605] Referring again to FIG. 89, each pocket 4006 extends toward
the receiving peninsula 4026 of an adjacent pocket 4006. For
example, the intermediate pockets 4006b are aligned with the neck
portions 4024 of the inner pockets 4006a and the outer pockets
4006c. Moreover, the inner pockets 4006a and the outer pockets
4006b extend toward the receiving peninsula 4026 of one of the
intermediate pockets 4006b. More specifically, the inner pockets
4006a are aligned with the neck portion 4024 of an adjacent
intermediate pocket 4006b, and the outer pockets 4006c are aligned
with the neck portion 4024 of an adjacent intermediate pocket
4006b. In certain instances, a portion of the pockets 4006 can
extend into the receiving peninsula 4026 of an adjacent pocket
4006. Similar to the pockets 3906 in the anvil 3900, the geometry
of the pockets 4006 facilitates the close arrangement of the
pockets 4006 in the staple-forming surface 4002. The "forming
ratio" is the ratio of the non-forming portion 4008 to the forming
portion, i.e., the pockets 4006. In various instances, the forming
ratio can be at least 1:1, for example
[0606] Referring now to FIGS. 93-96C, staple-forming pockets 4106
in a portion of an anvil 4100 are depicted. The pockets 4106 and
arrangement thereof in the anvil 4100 are similar in many aspects
to the pockets 4006 and arrangement thereof in the anvil 4000. For
example, the anvil 4100 includes a staple-forming surface 4102 and
a longitudinal slot 4104. The longitudinal slot 4104 extends along
the longitudinal axis LA of the anvil 4100. In certain instances, a
firing element and/or cutting element can translate through the
longitudinal slot 4104 during at least a portion of a firing
stroke. Staple-forming pockets 4106 are defined in the
staple-forming surface 4102. The staple-forming surface 4102 also
includes a non-forming portion 4108 that extends around the pockets
4106. The non-forming portion 4108 extends entirely around each
pocket 4106 in FIG. 90. In other words, the non-forming portion
4108 surrounds the staple-forming pockets 4106. In other instances,
at least a portion of two or more adjacent pockets 4106 can be in
abutting contact such that a non-forming portion 4108 is not
positioned therebetween.
[0607] The forming ratio of the staple-forming surface 4102 can be
optimized. By optimizing the forming ratio, more staples can be
formed and/or formed to their desired configurations. In certain
instances, the surface area of the non-forming portion 4108 of the
anvil 4100 can be minimized with respect to the staple-forming
pockets 4106. Additionally or alternatively, the footprint of the
staple-forming pockets 4106 can be extended or enlarged to maximize
the portion of the staple-forming surface 4102 that is designed to
catch and form the staples.
[0608] The pockets 4106 depicted in FIG. 93 are arranged in an
inner row 4114a, an intermediate row 4114b, and an outer row 4114c
on a first side of the longitudinal slot 4104. Inner pockets 4106a
are positioned in the inner row 4114a, intermediate pockets 4106b
are positioned in the intermediate row 4114b, and outer pockets
4106c are positioned in the outer row 4114c. Similar to the anvil
3800, the pockets 4106 are arranged in a herringbone arrangement
along the staple-forming surface 4102 of the anvil 4100. Although
not shown in FIG. 93, in at least one instance, the pockets 4106 on
the opposing side of the slot 4104 can form a mirror image
reflection of the pockets 4106 on the first side of the
longitudinal slot 4104. In other instances, the arrangement of
pockets 4106 in the staple-forming surface 4102 can be asymmetrical
relative to the slot 4104 and, in certain instances, the anvil 4100
may not include the longitudinal slot 4104. In various instances,
the pockets 4106 can be arranged in less than or more than three
rows on each side of the slot 4104.
[0609] The pockets 4106 depicted in FIG. 93 are identical. Each
pocket 4106 defined in the staple-forming surface 4102 has the same
geometry. In other instances, the geometry of the pockets 4106 can
vary row-to-row and/or longitudinally along the length of the anvil
4100. For example, in certain instances, the depth of the pockets
4106 or portions thereof can vary along the length of the anvil
4100 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between the
anvil and the staple cartridge along the length of an end effector
and/or tissue flow, as described herein.
[0610] An exemplary pocket 4106b is shown in FIGS. 94-96C. The
pocket 4106b has a first end, or proximal end, 4110 and a second
end, or distal end, 4112. A pocket axis PA (FIG. 94) extends
between the proximal end 4110 and the distal end 4112 of the pocket
4106b. The pocket 4106b includes a perimeter 4116, which defines
the boundary of the pocket 4106b. The pocket 4106 also includes a
proximal cup 4120, a distal cup 4122, and a neck portion 4124
connecting the proximal cup 4120 and the distal cup 4122. When a
staple is driven into forming contact with the staple-forming
surface 4102, the proximal cup 4120 is aligned with a proximal
staple leg, and the distal cup 4122 is aligned with a distal staple
leg. The cups 4120, 4122 are configured to direct or funnel the
staple legs toward the pocket axis PA and a central portion of the
pocket 4106, such as the neck portion 4124, and to deform the
staple legs into the formed configuration.
[0611] Referring primarily to FIG. 95, each cup 4120, 4122 of the
pocket 4106b defines an entrance ramp 4140 and an exit ramp 4142.
The exit ramp 4142 is steeper than the entrance ramp 4140. When
forming a staple, the tip of a staple leg can enter the respective
cup 4120, 4122 along the entrance ramp 4140 and exit the respective
cup 4120, 4122 along the exit ramp 4142. At an apex 4146 between
the entrance ramp 4140 and the exit ramp 4142, the tips of the
staple legs are deformed toward the staple base to assume the
formed configuration, such as a B-form or modified B-form, for
example. The pocket 4106b also defines a bridge 4144 in the neck
portion 4124 between the proximal cup 4120 and the distal cup 4122.
The bridge 4144 is offset from the non-forming portion 4108. More
specifically, the bridge 4144 is positioned below or recessed
relative to the non-forming portion 4108.
[0612] Referring primarily to FIGS. 96-96C, the pocket 4106b
includes sidewalls 4150, which are oriented perpendicular to the
non-forming portion 4108 of the staple-forming surface 4102. The
sidewalls 4150 narrow from the outer ends of each cup 4120, 4122
toward the neck portion 4124. Consequently, the widest portion of
the cups 4120 and 4122 is at the proximal and distal ends 4110 and
4112, respectively, of the pocket 4106b. The profile 4116 of the
pocket 4106b defines a bow-tie shape perimeter. The widened region
at the proximal and distal ends 4110, 4112 provides an enlarged
footprint for receiving the tip of a staple leg. In various
instances, the widened portions of the cups 4120, 4122 define
extended landing zones for receiving the staple tips. As the cups
4120, 4122 narrow toward the neck portion 4124, the cups 4120, 4122
are configured to funnel and/or guide the tips of the staple legs
toward and/or along the pocket axis PA and into a formed
configuration.
[0613] Referring again to FIG. 96A-96C, the pocket 4106b defines a
chamfered edge 4154 along the sides of the pocket 4106b.
Additionally, the pocket 4106b includes a groove 4156 in the bottom
surface 4158 thereof. The groove 4156 is defined in the proximal
cup 4120 and the distal cup 4122. In the depicted embodiment, the
groove 4156 does not extend across the bridge 4144 of the pocket
4106b. The groove 4156 is configured to constrain and guide the
staple legs as they move to the deformed configuration. For
example, the staple legs can slide through the groove 4156 as the
staples move along at least a portion of the entrance ramp 4140 and
the exit ramp 4142. In various instances, the diameter of the
groove 4156 can be less than the diameter of the staple engaged
with the groove 4156. In end effectors in which different staple
geometries are utilized with the same staple-forming pocket
geometry, the width of the groove in the pocket can be less than
the smallest diameter staple. In various instances, the staple legs
are deformed toward the staple base before reaching the bridge 4144
and, thus, do not engage the bridge 4144 of the pocket 4106b.
[0614] Referring again to FIG. 94, the pocket 4106b is symmetric
about the pocket axis PA. For example, the perimeter 4116 of the
pocket 4106b is symmetric about the pocket axis PA. Moreover, the
pocket 4106b is symmetric about a central axis CA through the neck
portion 4124 and perpendicular to the pocket axis PA. For example,
the perimeter 4116 of the pocket 4106b is symmetric about the
central axis CA, and the proximal cup 4120 has the same geometry as
the distal cup 4122. In other instances, the proximal cup 4120 can
be different than the distal cup 4122. For example, referring again
to FIG. 91, the distal depth D.sub.2 can be less than the proximal
depth D.sub.1 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between
the anvil and the staple cartridge and/or tissue flow, as described
herein.
[0615] Referring again to FIG. 94, the neck portion 4124 of the
pocket 4106b is narrower than the proximal and distal cups 4120 and
4122. The narrowed perimeter 4116 of the pocket 4106b defines a
receiving peninsula 4126 between a portion of the proximal cup 4120
and a portion of the distal cup 4122. Owing to the symmetry of the
pocket 4106b, symmetrical receiving peninsulas 4126 are positioned
on each side of the pocket 4106b. The receiving peninsulas 4126 are
bounded by the perimeter 4116 of the pocket 4106b and a tangent
axis (e.g., T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2), which is tangential to the
widest portion of the proximal and distal cups 4120 and 4122 on a
side of the pocket 4106b. A first tangent axis T.sub.B1 is
positioned on a first side of the pocket 4106b and a second tangent
axis T.sub.B2 is positioned on the opposite side of the pocket
4106b. The first and second tangent axes T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2
depicted in FIG. 94 are parallel to the pocket axis PA.
[0616] Referring again to FIG. 93, each pocket 4106 extends toward
the receiving peninsula 4126 of an adjacent pocket 4106. For
example, the intermediate pockets 4106b are aligned with the neck
portion 4124 of the inner pockets 4106a and the outer pockets
4106c. Moreover, the inner pockets 4106a and the outer pockets
4106b extend toward the receiving peninsula 4126 of one of the
intermediate pockets 4106b. More specifically, the inner pockets
4106a are aligned with the neck portion 4124 of an adjacent
intermediate pocket 4106b, and the outer pockets 4106c are aligned
with the neck portion 4124 of an adjacent intermediate pocket
4106b. In certain instances, a portion of the pockets 4106 can
extend into the receiving peninsula 4126 of an adjacent pocket
4106. Similar to the pockets 3906 in the anvil 3900, the geometry
of the pockets 4106 facilitates the close arrangement of the
pockets 4106 in the staple-forming surface 4102. The "forming
ratio" is the ratio of the non-forming portion 4108 to the forming
portion, i.e., the pockets 4106. In various instances, the forming
ratio can be at least 1:1, for example.
[0617] Referring now to FIGS. 97-100C, staple-forming pockets 4206
in a portion of an anvil 4200 are depicted. The pockets 4206 and
arrangement thereof in the anvil 4200 are similar in many aspects
to the pockets 4106 and arrangement thereof in the anvil 4100. For
example, the anvil 4200 includes a staple-forming surface 4202 and
a longitudinal slot 4204. The longitudinal slot 4204 extends along
the longitudinal axis LA of the anvil 4200. In certain instances, a
firing element and/or cutting element can translate through the
longitudinal slot 4204 during at least a portion of a firing
stroke. The staple-forming pockets 4206 are defined in the
staple-forming surface 4202. The staple-forming surface 4202 also
includes a non-forming portion 4208 that extends around the pockets
4206. The non-forming portion 4208 extends entirely around each
pocket 4206 in FIG. 97. In other words, the non-forming portion
4208 surrounds the staple-forming pockets 4206. In other instances,
at least a portion of two or more adjacent pockets 4206 can be in
abutting contact such that a non-forming portion 4208 is not
positioned therebetween.
[0618] The forming ratio of the staple-forming surface 4202 can be
optimized. By optimizing the forming ratio, more staples can be
formed and/or formed to their desired configurations. In certain
instances, the surface area of the non-forming portion 4208 of the
anvil 4200 can be minimized with respect to the staple-forming
pockets 4206. Additionally or alternatively, the footprint of the
staple-forming pockets 4206 can be extended or enlarged to maximize
the portion of the staple-forming surface 4202 that is designed to
catch and form the staples.
[0619] The pockets 4206 depicted in FIG. 97 are arranged in an
inner row 4214a, an intermediate row 4214b, and an outer row 4214c
on a first side of the longitudinal slot 4204. Inner pockets 4206a
are positioned in the inner row 4214a, intermediate pockets 4206b
are positioned in the intermediate row 4214b, and outer pockets
4206c are positioned in the outer row 4214c. Similar to the anvil
3800, the pockets 4206 are arranged in a herringbone arrangement
along the staple-forming surface 4202 of the anvil 4200. Although
not shown in FIG. 97, in at least one instance, the pockets 4206 on
the opposing side of the slot 4204 can form a mirror image
reflection of the pockets 4206 on the first side of the
longitudinal slot 4204. In other instances, the arrangement of
pockets 4206 in the staple-forming surface 4202 can be asymmetrical
relative to the slot 4204 and, in certain instances, the anvil 4200
may not include the longitudinal slot 4204. In various instances,
the pockets 4206 can be arranged in less than or more than three
rows on each side of the slot 4204.
[0620] The pockets 4206 depicted in FIG. 97 are identical. Each
pocket 4206 defined in the staple-forming surface 4202 has the same
geometry. In other instances, the geometry of the pockets 4206 can
vary row-to-row and/or longitudinally along the length of the anvil
4200. For example, in certain instances, the depth of the pockets
4206 or portions thereof can vary along the length of the anvil
4200 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between the
anvil and the staple cartridge along the length of an end effector
and/or tissue flow, as described herein.
[0621] An exemplary pocket 4206b is shown in FIGS. 98-100C. The
pocket 4206b has a first end, or proximal end, 4210 and a second
end, or distal end, 4212. A pocket axis PA (FIG. 98) extends
between the proximal end 4210 and the distal end 4212 of each
pocket 4206. The pocket 4206b includes a perimeter 4216, which
defines the boundary of the pocket 4206b. The pocket 4206b also
includes a proximal cup 4220, a distal cup 4222, and a neck portion
4224 connecting the proximal cup 4220 and the distal cup 4222. When
a staple is driven into forming contact with the staple-forming
surface 4202, the proximal cup 4220 is aligned with a proximal
staple leg, and the distal cup 4222 is aligned with a distal staple
leg. The cups 4220, 4222 are configured to direct or funnel the
staple legs toward the pocket axis PA and a central portion of the
pocket 4206, such as the neck portion 4224, and to deform the
staple legs into the formed configuration.
[0622] Referring primarily to FIG. 99, each cup 4220, 4222 of the
pocket 4206b defines an entrance ramp 4240 and an exit ramp 4242.
The exit ramp 4242 is steeper than the entrance ramp 4240. When
forming a staple, the tip of a staple leg can enter the respective
cup 4220, 4222 along the entrance ramp 4240 and exit the respective
cup 4220, 4222 along the exit ramp 4242. At an apex 4246 between
the entrance ramp 4240 and the exit ramp 4242, the tips of the
staple legs are deformed toward the staple base to assume the
formed configuration, such as a B-form or modified B-form, for
example. The pocket 4206b also defines a bridge 4244 between the
proximal cup 4220 and the distal cup 4222. The bridge 4244 is
offset from the non-forming portion 4208. More specifically, the
bridge 4244 is positioned below or recessed relative to the
non-forming portion 4208.
[0623] Referring primarily to FIGS. 100A-100C, the pocket 4206b
includes sidewalls 4250, which are oriented perpendicular to the
non-forming portion 4208 of the staple-forming surface 4202. The
sidewalls 4250 narrow toward the neck portion 4224. Consequently,
the widest portion of the cups 4220, 4222 is at the proximal and
distal ends of the sidewalls 4250. The widened region provides an
enlarged footprint for receiving the tip of a staple leg. As the
cups 4220, 4222 narrow toward the neck portion 4224, the cups 4220,
4222 are configured to funnel and/or guide the tips of the staple
legs toward and/or along the pocket axis PA and into a formed
configuration.
[0624] The cups 4220, 4222 also include extended landing zones
4230, 4232, respectively, which further enlarge the footprint of
the cups 4220, 4222. The proximal extended landing zone 4230
extends proximally along the pocket axis PA, and the distal
extended landing zone 4232 extends distally along the pocket axis
PA. In the pocket 4206b, the extended landing zones 4230 and 4232
define a substantially triangular perimeter. Moreover, the extended
landing zones 4230 and 4232 terminate along the respective pocket
axis PA at a corner. In other instances, the extended landing zones
4230 and 4232 can define straight or contoured perimeters, for
example, and can extend laterally and/or longitudinally from the
cups 4220 and 4222, for example.
[0625] Additionally, the pocket 4206b includes a trough 4256 in the
bottom surface thereof. The trough 4256 is configured to constrain
and guide the staple legs as they move to the deformed
configuration. In the depicted embodiment, the trough 4256 spans
between the sidewalls 4250 and defines the entire bottom surface of
the pocket 4206b. The trough 4256 extends from the proximal cup
4220 over the bridge 4224 and into the distal cup 4222. In other
instances, the trough 4256 may not extend across the bridge 4244 of
the pocket 4206b. The trough 4256 includes two ramped surfaces
4256a and 4256b that extend downward away from the non-forming
portion 4208 and meet along the pocket axis PA (FIG. 98). As
depicted in FIGS. 100A-100C, the trough 4256 defines a steeper
gradient along the bridge 4244 than in the cups 4220, 4222. In
other instances, the gradient can be uniform along the length of
the trough 4256 and/or can be steeper in the cups 4220, 4222 than
along the bridge 4244, for example.
[0626] Still referring to FIGS. 100A-100C, the pocket 4206b also
defines a chamfered edge 4254 along the sides of the pocket 4206b.
In the pocket 4206b, the chamfered edge 4254 defines the overall
width of the pocket 4206b. The overall width of the pocket 4206b is
uniform. For example, the width W.sub.A (FIG. 100A) is equal to the
width W.sub.B (FIG. 100B) and the width W.sub.C (FIG. 100C). In
other instances, the widths W.sub.A, W.sub.B, and/or W.sub.C may
not be equal. Because the sidewalls 4250 narrow toward the neck
portion 4224, the width of the chamfered edge 4254 correspondingly
expands toward the neck portion 4224 to maintain the same overall
pocket width. The pocket 4206b also includes projections or knobs
4258 which extend toward the pocket axis PA at the neck portion
4224 of the pocket 4206b. The knobs 4258 further narrow the neck
portion 4224 to a width W.sub.N. The trough 4256 spans the bottom
surface of the neck portion 4224 across the width W.sub.N.
[0627] Referring again to FIG. 98, the pocket 4206b is symmetric
about the pocket axis PA. For example, the perimeter 4216 of the
pocket 4206b is symmetric about the pocket axis PA. Moreover, the
pocket 4206b is symmetric about a central axis CA through the neck
portion 4224 and perpendicular to the pocket axis PA. For example,
the perimeter 4216 of the pocket 4206b is symmetric about the
central axis CA, and the proximal cup 4220 has the same geometry as
the distal cup 4222. In other instances, the proximal cup 4220 can
be different than the distal cup 4222. For example, referring again
to FIG. 99, the distal depth D.sub.2 can be less than the proximal
depth D.sub.1 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between
the anvil and the staple cartridge and/or tissue flow, as described
herein.
[0628] Referring again to FIG. 97, each pocket 4206 extends toward
the neck portion 4224 of an adjacent pocket 4206. For example, the
intermediate pockets 4206b are aligned with the neck portions 4224
of the inner pockets 4206a and the outer pockets 4206c. More
specifically, the proximal landing zones 4230 of the intermediate
pockets 4206b are aligned with the neck portion 4224 of an adjacent
outer staple 4206c, and the distal landing zones 4232 of the
intermediate pockets 4206b are aligned with the neck portion 4224
of an adjacent inner staple 4206a. Moreover, the inner pockets
4206a and the outer pockets 4206b extend toward the neck portion
4224 of one of the intermediate pockets 4206b. More specifically,
the distal landing zones 4232 of the inner pockets 4206a are
aligned with the neck portion 4224 of an adjacent intermediate
pocket 4206b, and the proximal landing zones 4230 of the outer
pockets 4206c are aligned with the neck portion 4224 of an adjacent
intermediate pocket 4206b.
[0629] Referring now to FIGS. 101-104C, staple-forming pockets 4306
in a portion of an anvil 4300 are depicted. The pockets 4306 and
arrangement thereof in the anvil 4300 are similar in many aspects
to the pockets 3906 and arrangement thereof in the anvil 3900. For
example, the anvil 4300 includes a staple-forming surface 4302 and
a longitudinal slot 4304. The longitudinal slot 4304 extends along
the longitudinal axis LA of the anvil 4300. In certain instances, a
firing element and/or cutting element can translate through the
longitudinal slot 4304 during at least a portion of a firing
stroke. The staple-forming pockets 4306 are defined in the
staple-forming surface 4302. The staple-forming surface 4302 also
includes a non-forming portion 4308 that extends around the pockets
4306. The non-forming portion 4308 extends entirely around each
pocket 4306 in FIG. 101. In other words, the non-forming portion
4308 surrounds the staple-forming pockets 4306. In other instances,
at least a portion of two or more adjacent pockets 4306 can be in
abutting contact such that a non-forming portion 4308 is not
positioned therebetween.
[0630] The forming ratio of the staple-forming surface 4302 can be
optimized. By optimizing the forming ratio, more staples can be
formed and/or formed to their desired configurations. In certain
instances, the surface area of the non-forming portion 4308 of the
anvil 4300 can be minimized with respect to the staple-forming
pockets 4306. Additionally or alternatively, the footprint of the
staple-forming pockets 4306 can be extended or enlarged to maximize
the portion of the staple-forming surface 4302 that is designed to
catch and form the staples.
[0631] The pockets 4306 depicted in FIG. 101 are arranged in an
inner row 4314a, an intermediate row 4314b, and an outer row 4314c
on a first side of the longitudinal slot 4304. Inner pockets 4306a
are positioned in the inner row 4314a, intermediate pockets 4306b
are positioned in the intermediate row 4314b, and outer pockets
4306c are positioned in the outer row 4314c. Similar to the anvil
3800, the pockets 4306 are arranged in a herringbone arrangement
along the staple-forming surface 4302 of the anvil 4300. Although
not shown in FIG. 101, in at least one instance, the pockets 4306
on the opposing side of the slot 4304 can form a mirror image
reflection of the pockets 4306 on the first side of the
longitudinal slot 4304. In other instances, the arrangement of
pockets 4306 in the staple-forming surface 4302 can be asymmetrical
relative to the slot 4304 and, in certain instances, the anvil 4300
may not include the longitudinal slot 4304. In various instances,
the pockets 4306 can be arranged in less than or more than three
rows on each side of the slot 4304.
[0632] The pockets 4306 depicted in FIG. 101 are identical. Each
pocket 4306 defined in the staple-forming surface 4302 has the same
geometry. In other instances, the geometry of the pockets 4306 can
vary row-to-row and/or longitudinally along the length of the anvil
4300. For example, in certain instances, the depth of the pockets
4306 or portions thereof can vary along the length of the anvil
4300 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between the
anvil and the staple cartridge along the length of an end effector
and/or tissue flow, as described herein.
[0633] An exemplary pocket 4306b is shown in FIGS. 102-104C. The
pocket 4306b has a first end, or proximal end, 4310 and a second
end, or distal end, 4312. A pocket axis PA (FIG. 102) extends
between the proximal end 4310 and the distal end 4312 of the pocket
4306b. The pocket 4306b includes a perimeter 4316, which defines
the boundary of the pocket 4306b. The perimeter 4316 includes
rounded corners at the proximal and distal ends of the pockets
4306. The pocket 4306b also includes a proximal cup 4320, a distal
cup 4322, and a neck portion 4324 connecting the proximal cup 4320
and the distal cup 4322. When a staple is driven into forming
contact with the staple-forming surface 4302, the proximal cup 4320
is aligned with a proximal staple leg, and the distal cup 4322 is
aligned with a distal staple leg. The cups 4320, 4322 are
configured to direct or funnel the staple legs toward the pocket
axis PA and a central portion of the pocket 4306, such as the neck
portion 4324, and to deform the staple legs into the formed
configuration.
[0634] Referring primarily to FIG. 103, each cup 4320, 4322 of the
pocket 4306b defines an entrance ramp 4340 and an exit ramp 4342.
The exit ramp 4342 is steeper than the entrance ramp 4340. When
forming a staple, the tip of a staple leg can enter the respective
cup 4320, 4322 along the entrance ramp 4340 and exit the respective
cup 4320, 4322 along the exit ramp 4342. At an apex 4346 between
the entrance ramp 4340 and the exit ramp 4342, the tips of the
staple legs are deformed toward the staple base to assume the
formed configuration, such as a B-form or modified B-form, for
example. The pocket 4306b also defines a bridge 4344 between the
proximal cup 4320 and the distal cup 4322. The bridge 4344 is
offset from the non-forming portion 4308. More specifically, the
bridge 4344 is positioned below or recessed relative to the
non-forming portion 4308.
[0635] Referring primarily to FIGS. 104A-104C, the pocket 4306b
includes sidewalls 4350, which are oriented perpendicular to the
non-forming portion 4308 of the staple-forming surface 4302. The
sidewalls 4350 narrow between the outer ends of each cup 4320, 4322
and the neck portion 4324. More specifically, the sidewalls 4350
extend along an inward contour to define a contour in the perimeter
4316 of the pocket 4306b. The widest portion of the cups 4320, 4322
is at the proximal and distal ends of the sidewalls 4350. The
widened region provides an enlarged footprint for receiving the tip
of a staple leg. As the cups 4320, 4322 narrow toward the neck
portion 4324, the cups 4320, 4322 are configured to funnel and/or
guide the tips of the staple legs toward and/or along the pocket
axis PA and into a formed configuration.
[0636] The pocket 4306b defines a chamfered edge 4354 along the
sides of the pocket 4306b. In the pocket 4306b, the chamfered edge
4354 defines the overall width of the pocket 4306b, which narrows
toward the neck portion 4324. The pocket 4306b also defines a
fillet 4352 (FIGS. 104A-104C) between the sidewalls 4350 and the
bottom surface 4358 the pocket 4306b. The fillets 4352 are
configured to guide the staple legs along the desired path in the
pocket 4306b. For example, if a staple leg lands along the chamfer
4352, the fillet corner 4352 can smoothly guide the staple leg
toward the pocket axis PA.
[0637] Referring again to FIG. 102, the pocket 4306b is symmetric
about the pocket axis PA. For example, the perimeter 4316 of the
pocket 4306b is symmetric about the pocket axis PA. Moreover, the
pocket 4306b is symmetric about a central axis CA through the neck
portion 4324 and perpendicular to the pocket axis PA. For example,
the perimeter 4316 of the pocket 4306b is symmetric about the
central axis CA, and the proximal cup 4320 has the same geometry as
the distal cup 4322. In other instances, the proximal cup 4320 can
be different than the distal cup 4322. For example, referring again
to FIG. 103, the distal depth D.sub.2 can be less than the proximal
depth D.sub.1 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between
the anvil and the staple cartridge and/or tissue flow, as described
herein.
[0638] Referring again to FIG. 102, the neck portion 4324 of the
pocket 4306b is narrower than the proximal and distal cups 4320 and
4322. The narrowed perimeter 4316 of the pocket 4306b defines a
receiving peninsula 4326 between a portion of the proximal cup 4320
and a portion of the distal cup 4322. Owing to the symmetry of the
pocket 4306b, symmetrical receiving peninsulas 4326 are positioned
on each side of the pocket 4306b. The receiving peninsulas 4326 are
bounded by the perimeter 4316 of the pocket 4306b and a tangent
axis (e.g., T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2), which is tangential to the
widest portion of the proximal and distal cups 4320 and 4322 on a
side of the pocket 4306b. A first tangent axis T.sub.B1 is
positioned on a first side of the pocket 4306b and a second tangent
axis T.sub.B2 is positioned on the opposite side of the pocket
4306b. The first and second tangent axes T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2
depicted in FIG. 102 are parallel to the pocket axis PA.
[0639] Referring again to FIG. 101, each pocket 4306 extends toward
the receiving peninsula 4326 of an adjacent pocket 4306. For
example, the intermediate pockets 4306b are aligned with the neck
portions 4324 of the inner pockets 4306a and the outer pockets
4306c. Moreover, the inner pockets 4306a and the outer pockets
4306b extend toward the receiving peninsula 4326 of one of the
intermediate pockets 4306b. More specifically, the inner pockets
4306a are aligned with the neck portion 4324 of an adjacent
intermediate pocket 4306b, and the outer pockets 4306c are aligned
with the neck portion 4324 of an adjacent intermediate pocket
4306b. In certain instances, a portion of the pockets 4306 can
extend into the receiving peninsula 4326 of an adjacent pocket
4306. Similar to the pockets 3906 in the anvil 3900, the geometry
of the pockets 4306 facilitates the close arrangement of the
pockets 4306 in the staple-forming surface 4302. The "forming
ratio" is the ratio of the non-forming portion 4308 to the forming
portion, i.e., the pockets 4306. In at least one instance, the
forming ratio can be at least 1:1, for example.
[0640] Referring now to FIGS. 105-108C, staple-forming pockets 4406
in a portion of an anvil 4400 are depicted. The pockets 4406 and
arrangement thereof in the anvil 4400 are similar in many aspects
to the pockets 4306 and arrangement thereof in the anvil 4300. For
example, the anvil 4400 includes a staple-forming surface 4402 and
a longitudinal slot 4404. The longitudinal slot 4404 extends along
the longitudinal axis LA of the anvil 4400. In certain instances, a
firing element and/or cutting element can translate through the
longitudinal slot 4404 during at least a portion of a firing
stroke. The staple-forming pockets 4406 are defined in the
staple-forming surface 4402. The staple-forming surface 4402 also
includes a non-forming portion 4408 that extends around the pockets
4406. The non-forming portion 4408 extends entirely around each
pocket 4406 in FIG. 105. In other words, the non-forming portion
4408 surrounds the staple-forming pockets 4406. In other instances,
at least a portion of two or more adjacent pockets 4406 can be in
abutting contact such that a non-forming portion 4408 is not
positioned therebetween. Additionally, the non-forming portion 4406
extends through each pocket 4406, as described herein.
[0641] The forming ratio of the staple-forming surface 4402 can be
optimized. By optimizing the forming ratio, more staples can be
formed and/or formed to their desired configurations. In certain
instances, the surface area of the non-forming portion 4408 of the
anvil 4400 can be minimized with respect to the staple-forming
pockets 4406. Additionally or alternatively, the footprint of the
staple-forming pockets 4406 can be extended or enlarged to maximize
the portion of the staple-forming surface 4402 that is designed to
catch and form the staples.
[0642] The pockets 4406 depicted in FIG. 105 are arranged in an
inner row 4414a, an intermediate row 4414b, and an outer row 4414c
on a first side of the longitudinal slot 4404. Inner pockets 4406a
are positioned in the inner row 4414a, intermediate pockets 4406b
are positioned in the intermediate row 4414b, and outer pockets
4406c are positioned in the outer row 4414c. Similar to the anvil
3800, the pockets 4406 are arranged in a herringbone arrangement
along the staple-forming surface 4402 of the anvil 4400. Although
not shown in FIG. 105, in at least one instance, the pockets 4406
on the opposing side of the slot 4404 can form a mirror image
reflection of the pockets 4406 on the first side of the
longitudinal slot 4404. In other instances, the arrangement of
pockets 4406 in the staple-forming surface 4402 can be asymmetrical
relative to the slot 4404 and, in certain instances, the anvil 4400
may not include the longitudinal slot 4404. In various instances,
the pockets 4406 can be arranged in less than or more than three
rows on each side of the slot 4404.
[0643] The pockets 4406 depicted in FIG. 105 are identical. Each
pocket 4406 defined in the staple-forming surface 4402 has the same
geometry. In other instances, the geometry of the pockets 4406 can
vary row-to-row and/or longitudinally along the length of the anvil
4400. For example, in certain instances, the depth of the pockets
4406 or portions thereof can vary along the length of the anvil
4400 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between the
anvil and the staple cartridge along the length of an end effector
and/or tissue flow, as described herein.
[0644] An exemplary pocket 4406b is shown in FIGS. 106-108C. The
pocket 4406b has a first end, or proximal end, 4410 and a second
end, or distal end, 4412. A pocket axis PA (FIG. 106) extends
between the proximal end 4410 and the distal end 4412 of the pocket
4406b. The pocket 4406b includes a perimeter 4416, which defines
the boundary of the pocket 4406b. The perimeter 4416 includes
rounded corners at the proximal and distal ends 4410 and 4412 of
the pocket 4406b. The pocket 4406b also includes a proximal cup
4420 and a distal cup 4422. A portion of the non-forming portion
4408 extends between the proximal cup 4420 and the distal cup 4422.
In other words, the pocket 4406b includes two separate and discrete
cups 4420 and 4422 in the staple-forming surface 4402. When a
staple is driven into forming contact with the staple-forming
surface 4402, the proximal cup 4420 is aligned with a proximal
staple leg, and the distal cup 4422 is aligned with a distal staple
leg. The cups 4420, 4422 are configured to direct or funnel the
staple legs toward the pocket axis PA and a central portion of the
pocket 4406 and to deform the staple legs into the formed
configuration.
[0645] Referring primarily to FIG. 107, each cup 4420, 4422 of the
pocket 4406b defines an entrance ramp 4440 and an exit ramp 4442.
The exit ramp 4442 is steeper than the entrance ramp 4440. When
forming a staple, the tip of a staple leg can enter the respective
cup 4420, 4422 along the entrance ramp 4440 and exit the respective
cup 4420, 4422 along the exit ramp 4442. At an apex 4446 between
the entrance ramp 4440 and the exit ramp 4442, the tips of the
staple legs are deformed toward the staple base to assume the
formed configuration, such as a B-form or modified B-form, for
example. The pocket 4406b also defines a bridge 4444 between the
proximal cup 4420 and the distal cup 4422. The bridge 4444 is
aligned with the non-forming portion 4408. More specifically, the
bridge 4444 is a planar extension of the non-forming portion 4408,
which extends between the proximal and distal cups 4420, 4422.
[0646] Referring primarily to FIGS. 108A-108C, the pocket 4406b
includes sidewalls 4450, which are oriented at an angle relative to
the non-forming portion 4408 of the staple-forming surface 4402.
More specifically, the sidewalls 4450 are obliquely oriented
relative to the non-forming portion 4408. Moreover, the angular
orientation of the sidewalls 4450 is constant along the length of
the cups. For example, the angles A, B, and C depicted in FIGS.
108A, 108B, and 108C, respectively, are equal. In other instances,
one of more of the angles A, B, and C can be different. The
sidewalls 4450 narrow between the outer ends of each cup 4420, 4422
and inner ends of the cups 4420, 4422. More specifically, the
sidewalls 4450 extend along an inward contour to define a contour
in the perimeter 4416 of the pocket 4406b. The widest portion of
the cups 4420, 4422 is at the proximal and distal ends of the
pocket 4406b. The widened region provides an enlarged footprint for
receiving the tip of a staple leg. As the cups 4420, 4422 narrow
toward the bridge 4444, the cups 4420, 4422 are configured to
funnel and/or guide the tips of the staple legs toward and/or along
the pocket axis PA and into a formed configuration.
[0647] The pocket 4406b defines a fillet 4452 (FIGS. 108A-108C)
between the sidewalls 4450 and the bottom surface 4458 of the
pocket 4406b. The fillets 4452 are configured to guide the staple
legs along the desired path in the pocket 4406b. For example, if a
staple leg lands along the fillet 4452, the fillet 4452 can
smoothly guide the staple leg toward the pocket axis PA.
[0648] Referring again to FIG. 106, the pocket 4406b is symmetric
about the pocket axis PA. For example, the perimeter 4416 of the
pocket 4406b is symmetric about the pocket axis PA. Moreover, the
pocket 4406b is symmetric about a central axis CA between the
proximal and distal cups 4420 and 4422 and perpendicular to the
pocket axis PA. For example, the perimeter 4416 of the pocket 4406b
is symmetric about the central axis CA, and the proximal cup 4420
has the same geometry as the distal cup 4422. In other instances,
the proximal cup 4420 can be different than the distal cup 4422.
For example, referring again to FIG. 107, the distal depth D.sub.2
can be less than the proximal depth D.sub.1 to accommodate for
variations in gap distance between the anvil and the staple
cartridge and/or tissue flow, as described herein.
[0649] Referring again to FIG. 106, the central portion of the
pocket 4406b is narrower than the proximal and distal ends 4410 and
4412 of the cups 4420 and 4422, respectively. The narrowed
perimeter 4416 of the pocket 4406b defines a receiving peninsula
4426 between a portion of the proximal cup 4420 and a portion of
the distal cup 4422. Owing to the symmetry of the pocket 4406b,
symmetrical receiving peninsulas 4426 are positioned on each side
of the pocket 4406b. The receiving peninsulas 4426 are bounded by
the perimeter 4416 of the pocket 4406b and a tangent axis (e.g.,
T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2), which is tangential to the widest portion
of the proximal and distal cups 4420 and 4422 on a side of the
pocket 4406b. A first tangent axis T.sub.B1 is positioned on a
first side of the pocket 4406b and a second tangent axis T.sub.B2
is positioned on the opposite side of the pocket 4406b. The first
and second tangent axes T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2 depicted in FIG. 106
are parallel to the pocket axis PA.
[0650] Referring again to FIG. 105, each pocket 4406 extends toward
the receiving peninsula 4426 of an adjacent pocket 4406. For
example, the intermediate pockets 4406b are aligned with the
central portion of the inner pockets 4406a and the outer pockets
4406c. Moreover, the inner pockets 4406a and the outer pockets
4406b extend toward the receiving peninsula 4426 of one of the
intermediate pockets 4406b. More specifically, the inner pockets
4406a are aligned with the central portion of an adjacent
intermediate pocket 4406b, and the outer pockets 4406c are aligned
with the central portion of an adjacent intermediate pocket 4406b.
In certain instances, a portion of the pockets 4406 can extend into
the receiving peninsula 4426 of an adjacent pocket 4406. Similar to
the pockets 3906 in the anvil 3900, the geometry of the pockets
4406 facilitates the close arrangement of the pockets 4406 in the
staple-forming surface 4402. The "forming ratio" of the
staple-forming surface 4402 is the ratio of the non-forming portion
4408 to the forming portion, i.e., the pockets 4406. The forming
ratio of the staple-forming surface 4402 is about 2.56:1. In other
instances, the forming ratio can be less than 2.56:1 or more than
2.56:1. For example, in at least one instance, more than 50% of the
staple-forming surface 4402 can be covered with staple-forming
pockets 4406.
[0651] Referring now to FIGS. 109-112C, staple-forming pockets 4506
in a portion of an anvil 4500 are depicted. The pockets 4506 and
arrangement thereof in the anvil 4500 are similar in many aspects
to the pockets 3906 and arrangement thereof in the anvil 3900. For
example, the anvil 4500 includes a staple-forming surface 4502 and
a longitudinal slot 4504. The longitudinal slot 4504 extends along
the longitudinal axis LA of the anvil 4500. In certain instances, a
firing element and/or cutting element can translate through the
longitudinal slot 4504 during at least a portion of a firing
stroke. The staple-forming pockets 4506 are defined in the
staple-forming surface 4502. The staple-forming surface 4502 also
includes a non-forming portion 4508 that extends around the pockets
4506. The non-forming portion 4508 extends entirely around each
pocket 4506 in FIG. 109. In other words, the non-forming portion
4508 surrounds the staple-forming pockets 4506. In other instances,
at least a portion of two or more adjacent pockets 4506 can be in
abutting contact such that a non-forming portion 4508 is not
positioned therebetween.
[0652] The forming ratio of the staple-forming surface 4502 can be
optimized. By optimizing the forming ratio, more staples can be
formed and/or formed to their desired configurations. In certain
instances, the surface area of the non-forming portion 4508 of the
anvil 4500 can be minimized with respect to the staple-forming
pockets 4506. Additionally or alternatively, the footprint of the
staple-forming pockets 4506 can be extended or enlarged to maximize
the portion of the staple-forming surface 4502 that is designed to
catch and form the staples.
[0653] The pockets 4506 depicted in FIG. 109 are arranged in an
inner row 4514a, an intermediate row 4514b, and an outer row 4514c
on a first side of the longitudinal slot 4504. Inner pockets 4506a
are positioned in the inner row 4514a, intermediate pockets 4506b
are positioned in the intermediate row 4514b, and outer pockets
4506c are positioned in the outer row 4514c. Similar to the anvil
3800, the pockets 4506 are arranged in a herringbone arrangement
along the staple-forming surface 4502 of the anvil 4500. Although
not shown in FIG. 109, in at least one instance, the pockets 4506
on the opposing side of the slot 4504 can form a mirror image
reflection of the pockets 4506 on the first side of the
longitudinal slot 4504. In other instances, the arrangement of
pockets 4506 in the staple-forming surface 4502 can be asymmetrical
relative to the slot 4504 and, in certain instances, the anvil 4500
may not include the longitudinal slot 4504. In various instances,
the pockets 4506 can be arranged in less than or more than three
rows on each side of the slot 4504.
[0654] The pockets 4506 depicted in FIG. 109 are identical. Each
pocket 4506 defined in the staple-forming surface 4502 has the same
geometry. In other instances, the geometry of the pockets 4506 can
vary row-to-row and/or longitudinally along the length of the anvil
4500. For example, in certain instances, the depth of the pockets
4506 or portions thereof can vary along the length of the anvil
4500 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between the
anvil and the staple cartridge along the length of an end effector
and/or tissue flow, as described herein.
[0655] An exemplary pocket 4506b is shown in FIGS. 110-112C. The
pocket 4506b has a first end, or proximal end, 4510 and a second
end, or distal end, 4512. A pocket axis PA (FIG. 110) extends
between the proximal end 4510 and the distal end 4512 of the pocket
4506b. The pocket 4506b includes a perimeter 4516, which defines
the boundary of the pocket 4506b. Similar to the pockets 4306, the
perimeter 4516 includes rounded corners at the proximal and distal
ends 4510 and 4512 of the pocket 4506b. The pocket 4506b also
includes a proximal cup 4520, a distal cup 4522, and a neck 4524
extending between the proximal cup 4520 and the distal cup 4522.
When a staple is driven into forming contact with the
staple-forming surface 4502, the proximal cup 4520 is aligned with
a proximal staple leg, and the distal cup 4522 is aligned with a
distal staple leg. The cups 4520, 4522 are configured to direct or
funnel the staple legs toward the pocket axis PA and a central
portion of the pocket 4506, such as the neck 4524, and to deform
the staple legs into the formed configuration.
[0656] Referring primarily to FIG. 111, each cup 4520, 4522 of the
pocket 4506b defines an entrance ramp 4540 and an exit ramp 4542.
The entrance ramp 4540 is steeper than the exit ramp 4542. When
forming a staple, the tip of a staple leg can enter the respective
cup 4520, 4522 along the entrance ramp 4540 and exit the respective
cup 4520, 4522 along the exit ramp 4542. At an apex 4546 between
the entrance ramp 4540 and the exit ramp 4542, the tips of the
staple legs are deformed toward the staple base to assume the
formed configuration, such as a B-form or modified B-form, for
example. The pocket 4506b also defines a bridge 4544 between the
proximal cup 4520 and the distal cup 4522. The bridge 4544 is
offset from the non-forming portion 4508. More specifically, the
bridge 4544 is positioned below or recessed relative to the
non-forming portion 4508.
[0657] Referring primarily to FIGS. 112A-112C, the pocket 4506b
includes contoured or arced walls 4550. The walls 4550 form each
cup 4520, 5422 into a wide, rounded basin for receiving and forming
the staple legs. Additionally, the pocket 4506b includes a groove
4556 along the bottom surface. The walls 4550 arc downward into the
anvil 4500 between the non-forming surface 4508 and the groove
4556. For example, the sidewalls 4550 seamlessly transition to a
bottom surface of the pocket 4506b. The groove 4556 extends along
the bottom surface from the proximal cup 4520 over the bridge 4524
and into the distal cup 4522. The groove 4556 is configured to
constrain and guide the staple legs as they move to the deformed
configuration. In various instances, the diameter of the groove
4556 can be less than the diameter of the staple engaged with the
groove 4556. In end effectors in which different staple geometries
are utilized with the same staple-forming pocket geometry, the
width of the groove in the pocket can be less than the smallest
diameter staple.
[0658] The contoured walls 4550 narrow between the outer ends of
each cup 4520, 4522 and the neck 4524. More specifically, the walls
4550 extend along an inward contour to define a contour in the
perimeter 4516 of the pocket 4506b. The widened region provides an
enlarged footprint for receiving the tip of a staple leg. As the
cups 4520, 4522 narrow toward the bridge 4544, the cups 4520, 4522
are configured to funnel and/or guide the tips of the staple legs
toward and/or along the pocket axis PA and into a formed
configuration.
[0659] The pocket 4506b also defines a chamfered edge 4554 along a
portion of the sides of the pocket 4506b. As the sidewalls 4550
narrow toward the neck portion 4524, the width of the chamfered
edge 4554 correspondingly expands toward the neck portion 4224 to
maintain the overall pocket width.
[0660] Referring again to FIG. 110, the pocket 4506b is symmetric
about the pocket axis PA. For example, the perimeter 4516 of the
pocket 4406b is symmetric about the pocket axis PA. Moreover, the
pocket 4506b is symmetric about a central axis CA through the neck
portion 4524 and perpendicular to the pocket axis PA. For example,
the perimeter 4516 of the pocket 4506b is symmetric about the
central axis CA, and the proximal cup 4520 has the same geometry as
the distal cup 4522. In other instances, the proximal cup 4520 can
be different than the distal cup 4522. For example, referring again
to FIG. 111, the distal depth D.sub.2 can be less than the proximal
depth D.sub.1 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between
the anvil and the staple cartridge and/or tissue flow, as described
herein.
[0661] Referring again to FIG. 109, each pocket 4506 extends toward
the neck portion 4524 of an adjacent pocket 4506. For example, the
intermediate pockets 4506b are aligned with the neck portions 4524
of the inner pockets 4506a and the outer pockets 4506c. Moreover,
the inner pockets 4506a and the outer pockets 4506b extend toward
the neck portion 4524 of one of the intermediate pockets 4506b.
[0662] Staple-forming pockets can include extended landing zones
for receiving the tips of the staple legs when the staples are
fired into forming contact with the anvil. In certain instances,
the extended landing zones can extend laterally and/or
longitudinally from the cups of the staple-forming pockets, as
described herein. The profile, or perimeter, of the staple-forming
pockets can nest with the profile, or perimeter, of one or more
adjacent staple-forming pockets. For example, at least a portion of
the perimeter of a staple-forming pocket can extend along a contour
or path that matches, tracks, follows and/or parallels a portion of
the perimeter of one or more adjacent staple-forming pockets. Such
tracking portions or adjacent perimeters can define concentric
profiles.
[0663] In various instances, the surface area of a staple-forming
pocket having one or more extended landing zones can be greater
than the surface area of a staple-forming pocket without the one or
more extended landing zones. For example, extended landing zones
can increase the surface area of a staple-forming pocket by at
least 10%. Extended landing zones can increase the surface area of
a staple-forming pocket by 15% or 25%, for example. In other
instances, extended landing zones can increase the surface area of
a staple-forming pocket by less than 10%, such as 5%, for example.
Certain staple-forming pockets described herein can have a greater
surface area than the staple-forming pockets in an anvil having six
rows of parallel staple-forming pockets but that is otherwise
identical to certain anvils described herein having six rows of
angularly-oriented staple-forming pockets. In still other
instances, a staple-forming pocket having extended landing zones
may also include narrowed and/or otherwise reduced portions having
a surface area that is equal to or greater than the surface area of
the extended landing zones.
[0664] In certain instances, the staple-forming pockets can be
asymmetrical. For example, the staple-forming pockets can be
asymmetrical relative to a pocket axis extending between a proximal
end and a distal end of the pocket and/or can be asymmetrical
relative to a central axis extending perpendicular to the pocket
axis and transecting a central portion of the pocket. The asymmetry
of the staple-forming pockets can facilitate nesting of the pockets
and/or can maximize the surface area of the pockets in a
staple-forming surface, for example.
[0665] Referring now to FIGS. 113-116C, staple-forming pockets 5006
in a portion of an anvil 5000 are depicted. Similar to the anvil
3800, the pockets 5006 are arranged in a herringbone arrangement
along the staple-forming surface 5002 of the anvil 5000. The anvil
5000 includes a staple-forming surface 5002 and a longitudinal slot
5004. The longitudinal slot 5004 extends along the longitudinal
axis LA of the anvil 5000. In certain instances, a firing element
and/or a cutting element can translate through the longitudinal
slot 5004 during at least a portion of a firing stroke. The
staple-forming pockets 5006 are defined in the staple-forming
surface 5002. The staple-forming surface 5002 also includes a
non-forming portion 5008 that extends around the pockets 5006. The
non-forming portion 5008 extends entirely around each pocket 5006.
In other words, the non-forming portion 5008 surrounds the
staple-forming pockets 5006. In other instances, at least a portion
of two or more adjacent pockets 5006 can be in abutting contact
such that a non-forming portion 5008 is not positioned
therebetween.
[0666] The forming ratio of the staple-forming surface 5002 can be
optimized. By optimizing the forming ratio, more staples can be
formed and/or formed to their desired configurations. In certain
instances, the surface area of the non-forming portion 5008 of the
anvil 5000 can be minimized with respect to the staple-forming
pockets 5006. Additionally or alternatively, the footprint of the
staple-forming pockets 5006 can be extended or enlarged to maximize
the portion of the staple-forming surface 5002 that is designed to
catch and form the staples.
[0667] The pockets 5006 depicted in FIG. 113 are arranged in an
inner row 5014a, an intermediate row 5014b, and an outer row 5014c
on a first side of the longitudinal slot 5004. Inner pockets 5006a
are positioned in the inner row 5014a, intermediate pockets 5006b
are positioned in the intermediate row 5014b, and outer pockets
5006c are positioned in the outer row 5014c. Although not shown in
FIG. 113, in at least one instance, the pockets 5006 on the
opposing side of the slot 5004 can form a mirror image reflection
of the pockets 5006 on the first side of the longitudinal slot
5004. In other instances, the arrangement of pockets 5006 in the
staple-forming surface 5002 can be asymmetrical relative to the
slot 5004 and, in certain instances, the anvil 5000 may not include
the longitudinal slot 5004. In various instances, the pockets 5006
can be arranged in less than or more than three rows on each side
of the slot 5004.
[0668] The inner pockets 5006a are identical, the intermediate
pockets 5006b are identical, and the outer pockets 5006c are
identical; however, the inner pockets 5006a are different than the
intermediate pockets 5006b and the outer pockets 5006c, and the
intermediate pockets 5006b are different than the outer pockets
5006c. In other words, the pockets 5006 in each row 5014a, 5014b,
and 5014c are different. Extended landing zones 5030 and 5032 of
the pockets 5006a, 5006b, and 5006c, which are described herein,
contribute to the different geometries thereof. The shape and size
of the extended landing zones 5030 and 5032 are confined by the
perimeter 5016 of adjacent, nested pockets 5006.
[0669] Although the pockets 5006 in each row 5014a, 5014b, and
5014c are different, the pockets 5006 can be configured to form
staples to the same, or substantially the same, formed shape. In
other instances, the pockets 5006 can be configured to form staples
to different formed shapes, such as to different heights and/or
configurations. In certain instances, the pockets 5006 can vary
longitudinally within each row 5014a, 5014b, and 5014c. For
example, in certain instances, the depth of the pockets 5006 or
portions thereof can vary along the length of the anvil 5000 to
accommodate for variations in gap distance between the anvil and
the staple cartridge along the length of an end effector and/or
tissue flow, as described herein.
[0670] In certain instances, the pockets 5006 can be configured to
engage different geometry staples. For example, staples having
different unformed heights and/or different diameters can be formed
by the pockets 5006 in the anvil 5000. In certain instances, the
geometry of the staples can vary longitudinally, and the pockets
5006 can be configured to form the different geometry staples. For
example, the unformed height of the staples and/or the wire
diameter can vary along the length of the anvil 5000.
[0671] An exemplary intermediate pocket 5006b is shown in FIGS.
113-116C. The pocket 5006b has a first end, or proximal end, 5010
and a second end, or distal end, 5012. A pocket axis PA (FIG. 114)
extends between the proximal end 5010 and the distal end 5012 of
the pocket 5006b. The pocket 5006b includes a perimeter 5016, which
defines the boundary of the pocket 5006b. The perimeter 5016
includes linear portions and contoured portions. More specifically,
the perimeter 5016 includes linear portions and contoured corners
therebetween at which the linear portions change directions.
Referring again to FIG. 113 at least a portion of the perimeter
5016 of each pocket 5006 closely tracks or parallels at least a
portion of the perimeter of one or more adjacent pockets 5006.
[0672] The pocket 5006b includes a proximal cup 5020, a distal cup
5022, and a neck 5024 extending between the proximal cup 5020 and
the distal cup 5022. When a staple is driven into forming contact
with the staple-forming surface 5002, the proximal cup 5020 is
aligned with a proximal staple leg, and the distal cup 5022 is
aligned with a distal staple leg. The cups 5020 and 5022 are
configured to direct or funnel the staple legs toward the pocket
axis PA and the central portion of the pocket 5006, such as the
neck portion 5024, and to deform the staple legs into the formed
configuration.
[0673] Referring primarily to FIG. 115, each cup 5020, 5022 of the
pocket 5006b defines an entrance ramp 5040 and an exit ramp 5042.
When forming a staple, the tip of a staple leg can enter the
respective pocket 5020, 5022 along the entrance ramp 5040 and exit
the respective pocket 5020, 5022 along the exit ramp 5042. At an
apex 5046 between the entrance ramp 5040 and the exit ramp 5042,
the tips of the staple legs are deformed toward the staple base to
assume the formed configuration, such as a B-form or modified
B-form, for example. The pocket 5006b also defines a bridge 5044 in
the neck portion 5024 between the proximal cup 5020 and the distal
cup 5022. The bridge 5044 is offset from the non-forming portion
5008. More specifically, the bridge 5044 is positioned below or
recessed relative to the non-forming portion 5008.
[0674] Referring primarily to FIGS. 116A-116C, the pocket 5006b
includes sidewalls 5050, which extend from the non-forming portion
5008 to the bottom surface 5058. The sidewalls 5050 include linear
portions and contoured portions. The sidewalls 5050 widen toward a
central region 5021 (FIG. 114) of each cup 5020, 5022, and narrow
from the central region 5021 of each cup 5020, 5022 toward the neck
portion 5024. The widened central region 5021 provides an enlarged
footprint for receiving the tip of a staple leg. As the cups 5020,
5022 narrow toward the neck 5024, the cups 5020, 5022 are
configured to funnel and/or guide the staple legs and tips thereof
toward and/or along the pocket axis PA and into a formed
configuration.
[0675] FIG. 116A is taken along the plane ALL in FIG. 114, which
corresponds to the anticipated landing location (ALL) of a staple
leg. For example, the tip of a staple leg can be expected to land
in the proximal cup 5020 at and/or near the intersection of the
plane ALL and the pocket axis PA. At the plane ALL, the pocket
5006b defines a width W.sub.A and a depth DA. The cross-section in
FIG. 116B is taken across a transition between the proximal cup
5020 and the neck 5024. FIG. 116B depicts the pocket 5006b defining
a width W.sub.B and a depth DB. The width W.sub.B is less than the
width W.sub.A, and the depth DB is greater than the depth DA. In
other words, the pocket 5006b narrows and deepens from the plane
ALL in the proximal cup 5020 toward the neck 5024. The
comparatively large width W.sub.A at the plane ALL is configured to
provide a wide receptacle or basin for receiving the staple leg.
The cross-section in FIG. 67C is taken across the neck portion
5024. FIG. 116C depicts the pocket 5006b defining a width W.sub.C
and a depth Dc. The width W.sub.C is less than the width W.sub.B,
and the depth Dc is less than the depth DB. In other words, the
pocket 5006b continues to narrow, and becomes shallower in the neck
5024 across the bridge 5044.
[0676] The bottom surface 5058 of the pocket 5006b is a flat
surface, which is bounded by an arcuate fillet 5059 therearound. In
certain instances, the bottom surface 5058 can have a groove
defined along at least a portion thereof. In other instances, the
bottom surface 5058 can form a trough. In still other instances,
the bottom surface can include hump or ridge along at least a
portion thereof, such as across the bridge 5044, for example.
[0677] Referring primarily now to FIG. 114, the pocket 5006b
includes a proximal extended landing zone 5030 and a distal
extended landing zone 5032. The proximal extended landing zone 5030
is positioned in a proximal portion of the proximal cup 5020, and
the distal extended landing zone 5032 is positioned in a distal
portion of the distal cup 5022. More specifically, the extended
landing zones 5030 and 5032 are positioned beyond the anticipated
landing location of a staple. For example, the proximal extended
landing zone 5030 is positioned proximal to the plane ALL and, in
instances where the tip of a staple leg lands beyond the plane ALL,
the proximal extended landing zones 5030 can catch the staple leg
and direct it toward the pocket axis PA and/or toward the neck
portion 5024. The landing zones 5030 and 5032 define a generally
polygonal shape and, more specifically, a quadrilateral with
rounded corners. In other instances, the landing zones 5030 and
5032 can be triangular or substantially triangular and, in still
other instances, can define an arcuate or bulbous profile, for
example.
[0678] The geometry of the extended landing zones 5030 and 5032 is
constrained by the perimeter 5016 of the adjacent staple-forming
pockets 5006. For example, the extended landing zones 5030 and 5032
can extend toward and/or into nearly abutting contact with one or
more adjacent staple-forming pockets. The extended landing zones
5030 and 5032 and/or other portions of the pocket 5006b can track
and/or extend parallel to adjacent staple-forming pockets 5006. In
other instances, the extended landing zones 5030 and 5032 can abut
one or more adjacent staple-forming pockets 5006.
[0679] Referring again to FIG. 114, the pocket 5006b is asymmetric
about the pocket axis PA. For example, the perimeter 5016 of the
pocket 5006b is asymmetric about the pocket axis PA. Moreover, the
pocket 5006b is asymmetric about a central axis CA through the neck
portion 5024 and perpendicular to the pocket axis PA. For example,
the perimeter 5016 of the pocket 5006b is asymmetric about the
central axis CA, and the proximal cup 5020 has a different geometry
than the distal cup 5022. Although the proximal cup 5020 and the
distal cup 5022 are different, the pocket 5006b can be configured
to form symmetric staples. For example, referring again to FIG.
115, the distal depth D.sub.2 can be less than the proximal depth
D.sub.1 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between the
anvil and the staple cartridge and/or tissue flow, as described
herein. The formed height of the proximal and distal legs of a
staple can be equal. In other instances, the pocket 5006 can be
configured to form asymmetric staples.
[0680] Referring again to FIG. 114, the neck portion 5024 is
narrower than the proximal and distal cups 5020 and 5022. The
narrowed perimeter 5016 of the pocket 5006b at the neck portion
5024 defines a receiving peninsula 5026 between a portion of the
proximal cup 5020 and a portion of the distal cup 5022. Receiving
peninsulas 5026 are positioned on each side of the pocket 5006b.
The receiving peninsulas 5026 are bounded by the perimeter 5016 of
the pocket 5006b and a tangent axis (e.g., T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2),
which is tangential to the widest portions of the proximal and
distal cups 5020 and 5022 on each side of the pocket 5006. A first
tangent axis T.sub.B1 is positioned on a first side of the pocket
5006b and a second tangent axis T.sub.B2 is positioned on the
opposite side of the pocket 5006b. The first and second tangent
axes T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2 depicted in FIG. 116 are parallel to the
pocket axis PA. In other instances, one or both of the tangent axes
T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2 may not be parallel to the pocket axis
PA.
[0681] Referring again to FIG. 113, the perimeters 5016 of the
pockets 5006 are nested or interlocked along the staple-forming
surface 5002. In particular, each pocket 5006 extends into the
receiving peninsula 5026 of an adjacent pocket 5006. For example,
the intermediate pockets 5006b are nested between the inner pockets
5006a and the outer pockets 5006c. Stated differently, the
intermediate pockets 5006b extend into the receiving peninsula 5026
of an adjacent inner pocket 5006a and into the receiving peninsula
5026 of an adjacent outer pocket 5006c. Moreover, the inner pockets
5006a and the outer pockets 5006b are nested with the intermediate
pockets 5006b. More specifically, the inner pockets 5006a extend
into the receiving peninsula 5026 of an adjacent intermediate
pocket 5006b, and the outer pockets 5006c extend into the receiving
peninsula 5026 of an adjacent intermediate pocket 5006b. In various
instances, the distal extended landing zone 5032 of the
intermediate pocket 5006b is positioned in the receiving peninsula
5026 of an inner pocket 5006a, the proximal extended landing zone
5030 of the intermediate pocket 5006b is positioned in the
receiving peninsula 5026 of an outer pocket 5006c, the distal
extended landing zone 5032 of an inner pocket 5006a is positioned
in the receiving peninsula 5026 of an intermediate pocket 5006b,
and the proximal extended landing zone 5030 of the outer pocket
5006c is positioned in the receiving peninsula 5026 of an
intermediate pocket 5006b.
[0682] The geometry of the pockets 5006 facilitates the nesting of
the pockets 5006 in the staple-forming surface 5002. For example,
because the pockets 5006 include a narrowed neck portion 5024
between two enlarged cups 5020 and 5022, one of the enlarged cups
5020, 5022 of another pocket 5006 can be positioned adjacent to the
narrowed neck portion 5024. For example, one of the enlarged cups
5020, 5022 can be aligned with and/or received by a portion of an
adjacent pocket 5006. In such instances, the surface area of the
staple-forming surface 5002 that is covered by the pockets 5006 can
be optimized. The "forming ratio" of the staple-forming surface
5002 is the ratio of the non-forming portion 5008 to the forming
portion, i.e., the pockets 5006. The forming ratio of the
staple-forming surface 5002 is about 1:1. In other instances, the
forming ratio can be less than 1:1 or more than 1:1. For example,
in at least one instance, more than 50% of the staple-forming
surface 5002 can be covered with staple-forming pockets 5006. In
another instances, more than 60% or more than 75% of the
stapling-forming surface 5002 can be covered with staple-forming
pockets 5006.
[0683] Referring now to FIGS. 117-120C, staple-forming pockets 5106
in a portion of an anvil 5100 are depicted. Similar to the anvil
3800, the pockets 5106 are arranged in a herringbone arrangement
along the staple-forming surface 5102 of the anvil 5100. The anvil
5100 includes a staple-forming surface 5102 and a longitudinal slot
5104. The longitudinal slot 5104 extends along the longitudinal
axis LA of the anvil 5100. In certain instances, a firing element
and/or a cutting element can translate through the longitudinal
slot 5104 during at least a portion of a firing stroke. The
staple-forming pockets 5106 are defined in the staple-forming
surface 5102. The staple-forming surface 5102 also includes a
non-forming portion 5108 that extends around the pockets 5106. The
non-forming portion 5108 extends entirely around each pocket 5106.
In other words, the non-forming portion 5108 surrounds the
staple-forming pockets 5106. In other instances, at least a portion
of two or more adjacent pockets 5106 can be in abutting contact
such that a non-forming portion 5108 is not positioned
therebetween.
[0684] The forming ratio of the staple-forming surface 5102 can be
optimized. By optimizing the forming ratio, more staples can be
formed and/or formed to their desired configurations. In certain
instances, the surface area of the non-forming portion 5108 of the
anvil 5100 can be minimized with respect to the staple-forming
pockets 5106. Additionally or alternatively, the footprint of the
staple-forming pockets 5106 can be extended or enlarged to maximize
the portion of the staple-forming surface 5102 that is designed to
catch and form the staples.
[0685] The pockets 5106 depicted in FIG. 117 are arranged in an
inner row 5114a, an intermediate row 5114b, and an outer row 5114c
on a first side of the longitudinal slot 5104. Inner pockets 5106a
are positioned in the inner row 5114a, intermediate pockets 5106b
are positioned in the intermediate row 5114b, and outer pockets
5106c are positioned in the outer row 5114c. Although not shown in
FIG. 117, in at least one instance, the pockets 5106 on the
opposing side of the slot 5104 can form a mirror image reflection
of the pockets 5106 on the first side of the longitudinal slot
5104. In other instances, the arrangement of pockets 5106 in the
staple-forming surface 5102 can be asymmetrical relative to the
slot 5104 and, in certain instances, the anvil 5100 may not include
the longitudinal slot 5104. In various instances, the pockets 5106
can be arranged in less than or more than three rows on each side
of the slot 5104.
[0686] The inner pockets 5106a are identical, the intermediate
pockets 5106b are identical, and the outer pockets 5106c are
identical; however, the inner pockets 5106a are different than the
intermediate pockets 5106b and the outer pockets 5106c, and the
intermediate pockets 5106b are different than the outer pockets
5106c. In other words, the pockets 5106 in each row 5114a, 5114b,
and 5114c are different. In other instances, the pockets 5106 in
two or more of the rows can be the same. For example, the inner
pockets 5106a can be the same as the outer pockets 5106c. Extended
landing zones 5130 and 5132 of the pockets 5106a, 5106b, and 5106c,
which are described herein, can contribute to the different
geometries thereof. Moreover, the shape and size of the extended
landing zones 5130 and 5132 are confined by the perimeter 5116 of
the adjacent, nested pockets 5106. The landing zones 5130 and 5132
define an arcuate profile. In other instances, the landing zones
5030 and 5032 can be polygonal and/or include one or more linear
and/or contoured portions.
[0687] Although the pockets in each row 5114a, 5114b, and 5114c are
different, the pockets 5106 can be configured to form staples to
the same, or substantially the same, formed shape. In other
instances, the pockets 5106 can be configured to form staples to
different formed shapes, such as to different heights and/or
configurations. In certain instances, the pockets 5106 can vary
longitudinally within each row 5114a, 5114b, and 5114c. For
example, in certain instances, the depth of the pockets 5106 or
portions thereof can vary along the length of the anvil 5100 to
accommodate for variations in gap distance between the anvil and
the staple cartridge along the length of an end effector and/or
tissue flow, as described herein.
[0688] An exemplary intermediate pocket 5106b is shown in FIGS.
117-120C. The pocket 5106b has a first end, or proximal end, 5110
and a second end, or distal end, 5112. A pocket axis PA (FIG. 118)
extends between the proximal end 5110 and the distal end 5112 of
the pocket 5106b. The pocket 5106b includes a perimeter 5116, which
defines the boundary of the pocket 5106b. The perimeter 5116
includes linear portions and contoured portions. More specifically,
the perimeter 5116 includes linear portions and contoured corners
therebetween at which the linear portions change directions.
Referring again to FIG. 117, at least a portion of the perimeter
5116 of each pocket 5106 closely tracks or parallels at least a
portion of the perimeter of one or more adjacent pockets 5106. The
rounded perimeter 5116 of the pocket 5106b can provide a smoother
profile, which can be easier to coin and/or stamp in the
staple-forming surface 5102 than pockets having sharp corners, for
example.
[0689] The pocket 5106b includes a proximal cup 5120, a distal cup
5122, and a neck portion 5124 extending between the proximal cup
5120 and the distal cup 5122. When a staple is driven into forming
contact with the staple-forming surface 5102, the proximal cup 5120
is aligned with a proximal staple leg, and the distal cup 5122 is
aligned with a distal staple leg. The cups 5120 and 5122 are
configured to direct or funnel the staple legs toward the pocket
axis PA and the central portion of the pocket 5106, such as the
neck portion 5124, and to deform the staple legs into the formed
configuration.
[0690] Referring primarily to FIG. 119, each cup 5120, 5122 of the
pocket 5106b defines an entrance ramp 5140 and an exit ramp 5142.
When forming a staple, the tip of a staple leg can enter the
respective pocket 5120, 5122 along the entrance ramp 5140 and exit
the respective pocket 5120, 5122 along the exit ramp 5142. At an
apex 5146 between the entrance ramp 5140 and the exit ramp 5142,
the tips of the staple legs are deformed toward the staple base to
assume the formed configuration, such as a B-form or modified
B-form, for example. The pocket 5106b also defines a bridge 5144 in
the neck portion 5124 between the proximal cup 5120 and the distal
cup 5122. The bridge 5144 is offset from the non-forming portion
5108. More specifically, the bridge 5144 is positioned below or
recessed relative to the non-forming portion 5108.
[0691] Referring primarily to FIGS. 120A-120C, the pocket 5106b
includes sidewalls 5150, which extend from the non-forming portion
5108. The sidewalls 5150 include linear portions and contoured
portions. The sidewalls 5150 widen toward a central region 5121
(FIG. 118) of each cup 5120, 5122, and narrow from the central
region 5121 of each cup 5120, 5122 toward the neck portion 5124.
The widened central region 5121 provides an enlarged footprint for
receiving the tip of a staple leg. As the cups 5120, 5122 narrow
toward the neck 5124, the cups 5120, 5122 are configured to funnel
and/or guide the staple legs and tips thereof toward and/or along
the pocket axis PA and into a formed configuration.
[0692] FIG. 120A is taken along the plane ALL in FIG. 118, which
corresponds to the anticipated landing location of a staple leg.
For example, the tip of a staple leg can be expected to land in the
proximal cup 5120 at and/or near the intersection of the plane ALL
and the pocket axis PA. At the plane ALL, the pocket 5106b defines
a width W.sub.A and a depth DA. The cross-section in FIG. 120B is
taken across a transition between the proximal cup 5120 and the
neck 5124. FIG. 120B depicts the pocket 5106b defining a width
W.sub.B and a depth DB. The width W.sub.B is less than the width
W.sub.A, and the depth DB is greater than the depth DA. In other
words, the pocket 5106b narrows and deepens from the plane ALL in
the proximal cup 5120 toward the neck 5124. The comparatively large
width W.sub.A at the plane ALL is configured to provide a wide
basin or receptacle for receiving the staple leg. The cross-section
in FIG. 120C is taken across the neck portion 5124. FIG. 120C
depicts the pocket 5106b defining a width W.sub.C and a depth Dc.
The width W.sub.C is less than the width W.sub.B, and the depth Dc
is less than the depth DB. In other words, the pocket 5106b
continues to narrow, and becomes shallower in the neck 5124 across
the bridge 5144.
[0693] The bottom surface 5158 of the pocket 5106b is a flat
surface. In other instances, the bottom surface 5158 can have a
groove defined along at least a portion thereof. In still
instances, the bottom surface 5158 can form a trough and/or can
include hump or ridge along at least a portion thereof, such as
across the bridge 5144, for example.
[0694] Referring primarily now to FIG. 118, the pocket 5106b
includes a proximal extended landing zone 5130 and a distal
extended landing zone 5132. The proximal extended landing zone 5130
is positioned in a proximal portion of the proximal cup 5120, and
the distal extended landing zone 5132 is positioned in a distal
portion of the distal cup 5122. More specifically, the extended
landing zones 5130 and 5132 are positioned beyond the anticipated
landing location of a staple. For example, the proximal extended
landing zone 5130 is positioned proximal to the plane ALL and, in
instances where the tip of a staple leg lands beyond the plane ALL,
the proximal extended landing zone 5130 can catch the staple leg
and direct it toward the pocket axis PA and/or toward the neck
portion 5124.
[0695] The geometry of the extended landing zones 5130 and 5132 is
constrained by the perimeter 5016 of the adjacent staple-forming
pockets 5106. For example, the extended landing zones 5130 and 5132
can extend toward and/or into nearly abutting contact with one of
more adjacent staple-forming pockets. The extended landing zones
5130 and 5132 and/or other portions of the pocket 5106b can extend
parallel to adjacent staple-forming pockets 5106. In other
instances, the extended landing zones 5130 and 5132 can abut one or
more adjacent staple-forming pockets 5106.
[0696] Referring again to FIG. 118, the pocket 5106b is asymmetric
about the pocket axis PA. For example, the perimeter 5116 of the
pocket 5106b is asymmetric about the pocket axis PA. Moreover, the
pocket 5106b is asymmetric about a central axis CA through the neck
portion 5124 and perpendicular to the pocket axis PA. For example,
the perimeter 5116 of the pocket 5106b is asymmetric about the
central axis CA, and the proximal cup 5120 has a different geometry
than the distal cup 5122. Although the proximal cup 5120 and the
distal cup 5122 are different, the pocket 5106b can be configured
to form symmetric staples. For example, referring again to FIG.
119, the distal depth D.sub.2 can be less than the proximal depth
D.sub.1 to accommodate for variations in gap distance between the
anvil and the staple cartridge and/or tissue flow, as described
herein. Accordingly, the formed height of the proximal and distal
legs of a staple can be equal. In other instances, the pocket 5106
can be configured to form asymmetric staples.
[0697] Referring again to FIG. 118, the neck portion 5124 is
narrower than the proximal and distal cups 5120 and 5122. The
narrowed perimeter 5116 of the pocket 5106b at the neck portion
5124 defines a receiving peninsula 5126 between a portion of the
proximal cup 5120 and a portion of the distal cup 5122. Receiving
peninsulas 5126 are positioned on each side of the pocket 5106b.
The receiving peninsulas 5126 are bounded by the perimeter 5116 of
the pocket 5106b and a tangent axis (e.g., T.sub.B1 or T.sub.B2),
which is tangential to the widest portions of the proximal and
distal cups 5120 and 5122 on each side of the pocket 5106. A first
tangent axis T.sub.B1 is positioned on a first side of the pocket
5106b and a second tangent axis T.sub.B2 is positioned on the
opposite side of the pocket 5106b. The first and second tangent
axes T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2 depicted in FIG. 118 are skewed relative
to the pocket axis PA. In other instances, one or both of the
tangent axes T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2 can be parallel to the pocket
axis PA.
[0698] Referring again to FIG. 117, the perimeters 5116 of the
pockets 5106 are nested or interlocked along the staple-forming
surface 5102. In particular, each pocket 5106 extends into the
receiving peninsula 5126 of an adjacent pocket 5106. For example,
the intermediate pockets 5106b are nested between the inner pockets
5106a and the outer pockets 5106c. Stated differently, the
intermediate pockets 5106b extend into the receiving peninsula 5126
of an adjacent inner pocket 5106a and into the receiving peninsula
5126 of an adjacent outer pocket 5106c. Moreover, the inner pockets
5106a and the outer pockets 5106b are nested with the intermediate
pockets 5106b. More specifically, the inner pockets 5106a extend
into the receiving peninsula 5126 of an adjacent intermediate
pocket 5106b, and the outer pockets 5106c extend into the receiving
peninsula 5126 of an adjacent intermediate pocket 5106b. In various
instances, the distal extended landing zone 5132 of the
intermediate pocket 5106b is positioned in the receiving peninsula
5126 of an inner pocket 5106a, the proximal extended landing zone
5130 of the intermediate pocket 5106b is positioned in the
receiving peninsula 5126 of an outer pocket 5106c, the distal
extended landing zone 5132 of an inner pocket 5106a is positioned
in the receiving peninsula 5126 of an intermediate pocket 5106b,
and the proximal extended landing zone 5130 of the outer pocket
5106c is positioned in the receiving peninsula 5126 of an
intermediate pocket 5106b.
[0699] The geometry of the pockets 5106 facilitates the nesting of
the pockets 5106 in the staple-forming surface 5102. For example,
because the pockets 5106 include a narrowed neck portion 5124
between two enlarged cups 5120 and 5122, one of the enlarged cups
5120, 5122 of another pocket 5106 can be positioned adjacent to the
narrowed neck portion 5124. For example, one of the enlarged cups
5120, 5122 can be aligned with and/or received by a portion of an
adjacent pocket 5106. In such instances, the surface area of the
staple-forming surface 5102 that is covered by the pockets 5106 can
be optimized. For example, the surface area of the staple-forming
surface 5102 that is covered by the pockets 5106 is maximized. The
"forming ratio" of the staple-forming surface 5102 is the ratio of
the non-forming portion 5108 to the forming portion, i.e., the
pockets 5106. In at least one instance, the forming ratio can be at
least 1:1, for example. In certain instances, more than 60% or more
than 75% of the staple-forming surface 5102 can be covered by
staple-forming pockets 5106.
[0700] Referring now to FIGS. 121-125C, staple-forming pockets 5206
in a portion of an anvil 5200 are depicted. Similar to the anvil
3800, the pockets 5206 are arranged in a herringbone arrangement
along the staple-forming surface 5202 of the anvil 5200. The anvil
5200 includes a staple-forming surface 5202 and a longitudinal slot
5204. The longitudinal slot 5204 extends along the longitudinal
axis LA of the anvil 5200. In certain instances, a firing element
and/or a cutting element can translate through the longitudinal
slot 5204 during at least a portion of a firing stroke. The
staple-forming pockets 5206 are defined in the staple-forming
surface 5202. The staple-forming surface 5202 also includes a
non-forming portion 5208 that extends around the pockets 5206. The
non-forming portion 5208 extends entirely around each pocket 5206.
In other words, the non-forming portion 5208 surrounds the
staple-forming pockets 5206. In other instances, at least a portion
of two or more adjacent pockets 5206 can be in abutting contact
such that a non-forming portion 5208 is not positioned
therebetween.
[0701] The forming ratio of the staple-forming surface 5202 can be
optimized. By optimizing the forming ratio, more staples can be
formed and/or formed to their desired configurations. In certain
instances, the surface area of the non-forming portion 5208 of the
anvil 5200 can be minimized with respect to the staple-forming
pockets 5206. Additionally or alternatively, the footprint of the
staple-forming pockets 5206 can be extended or enlarged to maximize
the portion of the staple-forming surface 5202 that is designed to
catch and form the staples.
[0702] The pockets 5206 depicted in FIG. 121 are arranged in an
inner row 5214a, an intermediate row 5214b, and an outer row 5214c
on a first side of the longitudinal slot 5204. Inner pockets 5206a
are positioned in the inner row 5214a, intermediate pockets 5206b
are positioned in the intermediate row 5214b, and outer pockets
5206c are positioned in the outer row 5214c. Although not shown in
FIG. 121, in at least one instance, the pockets 5206 on the
opposing side of the slot 5204 can form a mirror image reflection
of the pockets 5206 on the first side of the longitudinal slot
5204. In other instances, the arrangement of pockets 5206 in the
staple-forming surface 5202 can be asymmetrical relative to the
slot 5204 and, in certain instances, the anvil 5200 may not include
the longitudinal slot 5204. In various instances, the pockets 5206
can be arranged in less than or more than three rows on each side
of the slot 5204.
[0703] The pockets 5206 depicted in FIG. 121 are identical. Each
pocket 5206 defined in the staple-forming surface 5202 has the same
geometry. In other instances, the geometry of the pockets 5206 can
vary row-to-row and/or longitudinally along the length of the anvil
5200. For example, in certain instances, the depth of the pockets
5206 can vary along the length of the anvil 5200 to accommodate for
variations in gap distance between the anvil and the staple
cartridge along the length of an end effector and/or tissue flow,
as described herein.
[0704] The pockets 5206 can be configured to form staples to the
same, or substantially the same, formed shape. As described herein,
the pockets 5206 can be configured to form each staple to the same
asymmetrical shape. In other instances, the pockets 5206 can be
configured to form staples to different formed shapes, such as to
different heights and/or configurations.
[0705] An exemplary intermediate pocket 5206b is shown in FIGS.
122-125C. The pocket 5206b has a first end, or proximal end, 5210
and a second end, or distal end, 5212. A pocket axis PA (FIG. 121)
extends between the proximal end 5210 and the distal end 5212 of
the pocket 5206b. The pocket 5206b includes a perimeter 5216, which
defines the boundary of the pocket 5206b. The perimeter 5216
includes linear portions and contoured portions.
[0706] The pocket 5206b includes a proximal cup 5220, a distal cup
5222, and a neck 5224 extending between the proximal cup 5220 and
the distal cup 5222. When a staple is driven into forming contact
with the staple-forming surface 5202, the proximal cup 5220 is
aligned with a proximal staple leg, and the distal cup 5222 is
aligned with a distal staple leg. The cups 5220 and 5222 are
configured to direct or funnel the staple legs toward the pocket
axis PA and the central portion of the pocket 5206, such as the
neck portion 5224, and to deform the staple legs into the formed
configuration. In other instances, the cup 5222 can be proximal to
the cup 5220.
[0707] Referring primarily to FIG. 119, each cup 5220 and 5222 of
the pocket 5206b defines an entrance ramp 5240a and 5240b,
respectively, and an exit ramp 5242a and 5242b, respectively. When
forming a staple, the tip of a staple leg can enter the respective
pocket 5220, 5222 along the entrance ramp 5240a, 5240b and exit the
respective pocket 5220, 5222 along the exit ramp 5242a, 5242b. At
an apex 5246a, 5246b, respectively, between the entrance ramp
5240a, 5240b and the exit ramp 5242a, 5242b, the tips of the staple
legs are deformed toward the staple base to assume the formed
configuration, such as a B-form or modified B-form, for example.
The pocket 5206b also defines a bridge 5244 between the proximal
cup 5220 and the distal cup 5222. The bridge 5244 is offset from
the non-forming portion 5208. More specifically, the bridge 5244 is
positioned below or recessed relative to the non-forming portion
5208.
[0708] Referring again to FIG. 122, the pocket 5206b is symmetric
about the pocket axis PA. For example, the perimeter 5216 of the
pocket 5206b is symmetric about the pocket axis PA. Moreover, the
pocket 5206b is asymmetric about a central axis CA through the neck
portion 5224 and perpendicular to the pocket axis PA. For example,
the perimeter 5216 of the pocket 5206b is asymmetric about the
central axis CA, and the proximal cup 5220 has a different geometry
than the distal cup 5222. The asymmetry of the cups 5220 and 5222
is configured to form asymmetric staples. For example, referring
again to FIG. 123, the distal depth D.sub.2 is less than the
proximal depth D.sub.1, which is configured to form a staple having
a greater formed height at the proximal leg than at the distal leg.
The distal depth D.sub.2 can be about 0.002 inches less than the
proximal depth D.sub.1. In other instances, the difference between
the distal depth D.sub.2 and the proximal depth D.sub.1 can be
greater than and/or less than 0.002 inches. In certain instances,
the difference can be between one percent and ten percent of the
staple diameter. For example, the difference can be about two
percent of the staple diameter. In other instances, the formed
height of the staple can be greater at the distal leg than the
proximal leg. The length of each cup 5220, 5222 is also different.
For example, the distal length D.sub.2 is greater than the proximal
length D.sub.1 in FIG. 123. Additionally, the incline of the
entrance ramps 5240a and 5240b in the pocket 5206b are different,
and the incline of the exit ramps 5242a and 5242b in the pocket
5206b are also different.
[0709] In various instances, the reduced depth in a portion of the
pocket 5206b can improve the stiffness of the anvil. For example,
because the distal depth D.sub.2 is less than the proximal depth
D.sub.1, the anvil 5200 is comprised of more material, which can
increase the stiffness thereof. Moreover, because the increased
material is in a distal portion of the anvil 5200, such portion can
have an increased stiffness, which can limit bowing or deformation
of the anvil toward the distal end.
[0710] The difference in geometry of the proximal and distal cups
5220 and 5222, respectively, can accommodate for tissue movement or
flow. More specifically, when tissue is clamped against the anvil
5200, fluid in the clamped tissue can flow or move toward adjacent,
unclamped tissue. The tissue can flow laterally toward the
longitudinal sides of the anvil 5200, distally toward the distal
end of the anvil 5200, and/or proximally toward the proximal end of
the anvil 5200. In certain instances, tissue can flow relative to
the anvil 5200 when the cutting edge is advanced distally through
the tissue. In such instances, tissue may flow laterally, distally,
and/or proximally, but it primarily flows distally due to the
distal movement of the cutting edge. In instances where the cutting
edge moves proximally to incise tissue, the movement or flow of the
tissue would be generally proximal during the cutting stroke. The
different geometries of the proximal and distal cups 5220 and 5222,
respectively, can accommodate for the flow of the tissue, which can
shift or skew the staple legs embedded therein.
[0711] Referring primarily to FIGS. 124A-124C, the pocket 5206b
includes sidewalls 5250, which extend from the non-forming portion
5208. The cups 5220, 5222 are configured to funnel and/or guide the
staple legs and tips thereof toward and/or along the pocket axis PA
and into a formed configuration. Owing to the different geometries
of the proximal and distal cups 5220 and 5222, the path of the
proximal staple leg can be different than the path of the distal
staple leg when driven into forming contact with the pocket 5206b.
In certain instances, the asymmetrical staple pockets 5206b can
form asymmetrical staples from symmetrical unformed staples.
Additionally or alternatively, asymmetrical unformed staples can be
formed into asymmetrical formed staples by the staple pockets
5206b.
[0712] FIG. 124A is taken along the plane ALL.sub.1 in FIG. 122,
which corresponds to the anticipated landing location of a proximal
staple leg. For example, the tip of a proximal staple leg can be
expected to land in the proximal cup 5220 at and/or near the
intersection of the plane ALL.sub.1 and the pocket axis PA. At the
plane ALL.sub.1, the proximal cup 5220 defines a width W1.sub.A and
a depth D1.sub.A. The cross-section in FIG. 124B is taken across a
transition between the proximal cup 5220 and the neck 5224. FIG.
124B depicts the proximal cup 5220 defining a width W1.sub.B and a
depth D1.sub.B. The width W1.sub.B is greater than the width
W1.sub.A, and the depth D1.sub.B is greater than the depth
D1.sub.A. In other words, the proximal cup 5220 widens and deepens
from the plane ALL.sub.1 in the proximal cup 5220 toward the neck
5224. The cross-section in FIG. 124C is taken across a proximal end
of the neck portion 5224. FIG. 124C depicts the pocket 5206b
defining a width W1.sub.C and a depth D1.sub.C. The width W1.sub.C
is less than the width W1.sub.B, and the depth D1.sub.C is less
than the depth D1.sub.B. In other words, the pocket 5206b continues
to narrow, and becomes shallower in the neck 5224 across the bridge
5244.
[0713] FIG. 125A is taken along the plane ALL.sub.2 in FIG. 122,
which corresponds to the anticipated landing location of a distal
staple leg. For example, the tip of a distal staple leg can be
expected to land in the distal cup 5222 at and/or near the
intersection of the plane ALL.sub.2 and the pocket axis PA. At the
plane ALL.sub.2, the distal cup 5222 defines a width W2.sub.A and a
depth D2.sub.A. The width W2.sub.A is different than the width
W1.sub.A, and the depth D2.sub.A is different than the depth
D1.sub.A. The cross-section in FIG. 125B is taken across a
transition between the distal cup 5222 and the neck 5224. FIG. 125B
depicts the distal cup 5222 defining a width W2.sub.B and a depth
D2.sub.B. The width W2.sub.B is different than the width W1.sub.B,
and the depth D2.sub.B is different than the depth D1.sub.B. The
width W2.sub.B is less than the width W2.sub.A, and the depth
D2.sub.B is greater than the depth D2.sub.A. In other words, the
distal cup 5222 narrows and deepens from the plane ALL.sub.2 in the
distal cup 5222 toward the neck 5224. The cross-section in FIG.
125C is taken across a distal end of the neck portion 5224. FIG.
125C depicts the pocket 5206b defining a width W2.sub.C and a depth
D2.sub.C. The width W2.sub.C is different than the width W1.sub.C,
and the depth D2.sub.C is different than the depth D1.sub.C. The
width W2.sub.C is less than the width W2.sub.B, and the depth
D2.sub.C is less than the depth D2.sub.B. In other words, the
pocket 5206b continues to narrow, and becomes shallower in the neck
5224 across the bridge 5244.
[0714] The bottom surface 5258 of the pocket 5206b is a flat
surface. In other instances, the bottom surface 5258 can have a
groove defined along at least a portion thereof. In still other
instances, the bottom surface 5258 can form a trough and/or can
include a hump or ridge along at least a portion thereof, such as
across the bridge 5244, for example.
[0715] Referring primarily now to FIG. 122, the pocket 5206b
includes a proximal extended landing zone 5230 and a distal
extended landing zone 5232. The proximal extended landing zone 5230
is positioned in a proximal portion of the proximal cup 5220, and
the distal extended landing zone 5232 is positioned in a distal
portion of the distal cup 5222. More specifically, the extended
landing zones 5230 and 5232 are positioned beyond the anticipated
landing location of a staple. For example, the proximal extended
landing zone 5230 is positioned proximal to the plane ALL.sub.1
and, in instances where the tip of a staple leg lands beyond the
plane ALL.sub.1, the proximal extended landing zones 5230 can catch
the staple leg and direct it toward the pocket axis PA and/or
toward the neck portion 5224. The distal extended landing zone 5232
is positioned distal to the plane ALL.sub.2 and, in instances where
the tip of a staple leg lands beyond the plane ALL.sub.2, the
distal extended landing zones 5232 can catch the staple leg and
direct it toward the pocket axis PA and/or toward the neck portion
5224. In certain instances, the geometry of the extended landing
zones 5230, 5232 can be constrained or limited by the geometry of
the adjacent, nested staple-forming pockets 5206.
[0716] Referring again to FIG. 122, the neck portion 5224 is
narrower than the proximal and distal cups 5220 and 5222. The
narrowed perimeter 5216 of the pocket 5206b at the neck portion
5224 defines a receiving peninsula 5226 between a portion of the
proximal cup 5220 and a portion of the distal cup 5222. Receiving
peninsulas 5226 are positioned on each side of the pocket 5206b.
The receiving peninsulas 5226 are bounded by the perimeter 5216 of
the pocket 5206b and a tangent axis (e.g., T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2),
which is tangential to the widest portions of the proximal and
distal cups 5220 and 5222 on each side of the pocket 5206. A first
tangent axis T.sub.B1 is positioned on a first side of the pocket
5206b and a second tangent axis T.sub.B2 is positioned on the
opposite side of the pocket 5206b. The first and second tangent
axes T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2 depicted in FIG. 122 are skewed relative
to the pocket axis PA. In other instances, one or both of the
tangent axes T.sub.B1 and T.sub.B2 can be parallel to the pocket
axis PA.
[0717] In various instances, the geometry of the pockets 5206 can
facilitate the nesting and/or the close arrangement of the pockets
5206 in the staple-forming surface 5202. For example, the surface
area of the staple-forming surface 5202 that is covered by the
pockets 5206 can be optimized. The "forming ratio" of the
staple-forming surface 5202 is the ratio of the non-forming portion
5208 to the forming portion, i.e., the pockets 5206. In at least
one instance, the forming ratio can be at least 1:1, for
example.
[0718] As described herein, the arrangement of staple cavities and
staples in a staple cartridge for an end effector can correspond to
or match the arrangement of staple-forming pockets in an anvil of
the end effector. More specifically, the angular orientation and
spacing of each staple cavity can match the angular orientation and
spacing of a respective staple-forming pocket. For example, when
the staple cavities are arranged in a herringbone pattern, the
staple-forming pockets can be arranged in a corresponding
herringbone pattern.
[0719] In certain instances, an end effector can include a staple
cartridge having an arrangement of staple cavities and an anvil
having a non-corresponding arrangement of staple-forming pockets.
For example, the staple cavities can be obliquely oriented relative
to a longitudinal axis and the staple-forming pockets can be
oriented parallel to the longitudinal axis. In certain instances,
an end effector can be configured to receive different staple
cartridges having different arrangements of staple cavities, for
example, and the anvil of the end effector may not be compatible
with all of the different staple cartridges and permutations of
staple cavities therein. In such instances, the anvil can be
retrofit or adapted with an attachment, such as an anvil plate,
having a suitable arrangement of staple-forming pockets.
[0720] A surgical end effector 5500 is depicted in FIGS. 126-128.
Similar to the end effector 1100 (FIGS. 1-4), the end effector 5500
includes the elongate channel 1102, which is configured to operably
support a staple cartridge 5510 therein. The staple cartridge 5510
is similar in many aspects to the staple cartridge 1110. For
example, the staple cartridge includes a staple cartridge body 5511
having a deck 5515. A longitudinal slot 5514 extends through the
deck 5515 from a proximal end portion 5512 of the body 5511 toward
a distal end portion 5513 of the body 5511. Angularly-oriented
staple cavities 5516 are defined in the cartridge body 5511 and
each staple cavity 5516 defines an opening in the deck 5515. The
opening of each staple cavity 5516 is oriented at an oblique angle
relative to the longitudinal slot 5514. The staple cavities 5516
are arranged in a herringbone pattern. Staples are removably
positioned in the staple cavities.
[0721] The end effector 5500 also includes an anvil 5530 that is
pivotally supported relative to the elongate channel 1102. The
anvil 5530 is similar in many aspects to the anvil 1130. For
example, the anvil 5530 includes a staple-forming surface 5502 and
a longitudinal slot 5504. In certain instances, a firing element
and/or a cutting element, such as the sled assembly 1120 and/or the
firing member 1760 (FIG. 4), for example, can translate through the
longitudinal slot 5504 during at least a portion of a firing
stroke. Tissue stops 5531 extend downward toward the staple
cartridge 5510 to control the positioning of tissue between the
proximal end portion 5512 of the cartridge body 5511 and the anvil
5530. Staple-forming pockets 5506 are defined in the staple-forming
surface 5502, which also includes a non-forming portion 5508 that
extends around the pockets 5506. The staple-forming pockets 5506
are oriented parallel to the longitudinal slot 5504. In other
words, the arrangement of staple-forming pockets 5506 does not
match or correspond to the arrangement of staple cavities 5516. If
staples were fired from the staple cartridge 5510 into forming
contact with the anvil 5530, the majority of such staples would
likely be unformed and/or malformed.
[0722] The end effector 5500 includes an adaptor assembly 5540,
which is configured to adapt the anvil 5530 to a suitable
arrangement of staple-forming pockets. The staple cartridge 5510 is
part of the adaptor assembly 5540. The adaptor assembly 5540 also
includes an anvil plate 5550 and connecting material 5570. A
proximal portion of the anvil plate 5550 forms a spring 5551 at
which the anvil plate 5550 is attached to the staple cartridge
5510. As such, the anvil plate 5550 is configured to pivot downward
toward the staple cartridge 5510 at the proximal spring 5551 when a
closing motion is applied to the anvil plate 5550, such as by the
anvil 5530, for example. The spring 5551 can bias the anvil plate
5550 toward the configuration shown in FIG. 126, which can
facilitate the releasable attachment of the adaptor assembly 5540
to the anvil 5530.
[0723] The arrangement of staple-forming pockets in the anvil plate
5550 corresponds to the arrangement of staple cavities 5516 in the
staple cartridge. The anvil plate 5550 includes a staple-forming
surface 5502 and a longitudinal slot 5554, which is aligned with
the longitudinal slot 5504 in the anvil 5530 and the longitudinal
slot 5514 in the staple cartridge 5510 when the adaptor assembly
5540 is installed in the end effector 5500. Staple-forming pockets
5556 are defined in the staple-forming surface 5502 and a
non-forming portion 5558 (FIG. 126) extends around the
staple-forming pockets 5556. In the illustrated embodiment, the
staple-forming pockets 5556 are oriented at oblique angles relative
to the longitudinal slot 5554. More specifically, the
staple-forming pockets 5556 are arranged in a herringbone pattern,
which corresponds to the herringbone pattern of the staple cavities
5516. The anvil plate 5550 can be a sheet of metal in which the
arrangement of staple-forming pockets has been stamped.
[0724] The arrangement of staple-forming pockets 5556 in the anvil
plate 5550 corresponds to the arrangement of staple cavities 5516
in the staple cartridge. In other words, each staple-forming pocket
5556 in the anvil plate 5550 corresponds to the angle and position
of a staple cavity 5516. The reader will appreciate that a staple
cartridge can include a variety of different arrangements of staple
cavities, and various exemplary arrangements of staple cavities are
described herein. For example, a staple cartridge can include a
longitudinally-repetitive pattern of obliquely-oriented staple
cavities and/or one or more parallel and/or angularly-offset staple
cavities. Additionally or alternatively, a staple cartridge can
include multiple distinct patterns of staple cavities. In still
other instances, the arrangement of staple cavities can vary
laterally and/or longitudinally along the cartridge body. Whatever
the arrangement of staple cavities in a staple cartridge, a
corresponding arrangement of staple-forming pockets can be provided
by the complementary anvil plate 5550 of the adaptor assembly
5540.
[0725] The anvil plate 5500 is connectable to the staple cartridge
5510, and the connecting material 5570 is attached to the anvil
plate 5500. In use, when the staple cartridge 5510 is inserted into
the elongate channel 1102, the anvil plate 5500 and the connecting
material 5570 of the adaptor assembly 5540 are also disposed
between the elongate channel 1102 and the anvil 5530. In certain
instances, the anvil 5530 can be pivoted downward toward the
elongate channel 1102 to secure or otherwise attach the anvil plate
5550 to the staple-forming surface 5502 of the anvil 5530 with the
connecting material 5570. Additionally or alternatively, the spring
member 5551 can bias the anvil plate 5550 and the connecting
material 5570 thereon into and/or toward attachment with the anvil
5530. When the adaptor assembly 5540 is installed in the end
effector 5500, the anvil 5530 has effectively been retrofit or
adapted for use with the staple cartridge 5510.
[0726] The staple cartridge 5510 and the anvil plate 5550 may
include alignment features for aligning the staple cavities 5516 in
the staple cartridge 5510 with the corresponding staple-forming
pockets 5556 in the anvil plate 5500. For example, the staple
cartridge 5510 includes alignment apertures 5520 (FIG. 126), and
the anvil plate 5550 includes alignment posts or pins 5562. The
alignment pins 5562 are received by the alignment apertures 5520 to
position the anvil plate 5550 relative to the staple cartridge
5510. For example, the alignment pins 5562 can be press fit into
the alignment apertures 5520. The connection between the alignment
apertures 5520 and the alignment pins 5562 is configured to
longitudinally align the staple cartridge 5510 and the anvil plate
5550, for example.
[0727] In certain instances, the manufacturer and/or distributor
can provide the assembly 5540 pre-assembled. For example, the anvil
plate 5550 can be press fit into engagement with the staple
cartridge 5510 before a surgeon or assistant thereto obtains the
assembly 5540 for a surgical procedure. In other instances, the
surgeon and/or assistant thereto can assemble the assembly
5540.
[0728] The anvil plate 5550 also includes alignment features for
aligning the anvil plate 5550 with the anvil 5530. For example, the
anvil plate 5550 includes distal alignment flanges 5564. The distal
alignment flanges 5564 are received by the longitudinal slot 5504
in the anvil 5530 to position the anvil plate 5550 relative to the
anvil 5530. For example, the distal alignment flanges 5564 can be
press fit into the longitudinal slot 5504. The connection between
the alignment flanges 5564 and the longitudinal slot 5504 is
configured to laterally align the anvil plate 5550 and the anvil
5530, for example.
[0729] The connecting material 5570 is a flexible material. For
example, the connecting material 5570 can comprise an elastomer
and/or low density polyethylene. In various instances, the
connecting material 5570 can be an overmold on the anvil plate
5550. When adhered or otherwise secured to the anvil 5530, the
connecting material 5570 is configured to assume a deformed
configuration that matches the profile of the staple-forming
surface 5502. For example, the unformed configuration of the
connecting material 5570 is depicted in FIG. 126 and the formed
configuration of the connecting material 5570 is depicted in FIG.
127. Referring primarily to FIG. 127, the connecting material 5570
flows into and fills the staple-forming pockets 5506. In other
words, the staple-forming pockets 5506 imprint in the connecting
material 5570. In such instances, the connecting material 5570 can
fortify the anvil plate 5550 during a forming process. For example,
the connecting material 5570 between the anvil plate 5550 and the
anvil 5530 can provide a backing for the anvil plate 5550 to
prevent and/or limit deformation of the anvil plate 5550 relative
to the anvil 5530 when the anvil plate 5550 is impacted and
subjected to other forces during use.
[0730] The connecting material 5570 includes a channel 5572. The
channel 5572 extends along a portion of the length thereof.
Although not shown in FIG. 126, a similar channel 5572 can be
defined in the connecting material 5570 along the opposite side of
the adaptor assembly 5540. A lip 5566 of the anvil plate 5550 is
positioned in the channel 5572. The lip 5566 is substantially
U-shaped. In other instances, the lip 5566 can be L-shaped, linear,
and/or contoured, for example. The anvil plate 5500 also includes
an inner ridge 5568, which is aligned with a longitudinal slot 5574
(FIG. 126) in the connecting material 5570 and the longitudinal
slot 5504 in the anvil 5530. The ridge 5568 is configured to
facilitate the alignment of the adaptor assembly 5540 along the
length of the end effector 5500. In various instances, the
connecting material 5570 can be molded over the anvil plate 5550.
For example, the connecting material 5570 can be molded around the
lip 5566 and/or the ridge 5568.
[0731] A portion of the end effector 5500 is also depicted in FIG.
128. An adaptor assembly 5640 is installed in the end effector 5500
in FIG. 128. The adaptor assembly 5640 is similar in many aspects
to the adaptor assembly 5540. For example, the adaptor assembly
5640 includes an anvil plate 5650 having a staple-forming surface
5652 and a longitudinal slot 5654, which is aligned with the
longitudinal slot 5504 in the anvil 5530. Staple-forming pockets
5656 are defined in the staple-forming surface 5652 and a
non-forming portion 5658 extends around the staple-forming pockets
5656. The staple-forming pockets 5656 are oriented at oblique
angles relative to the longitudinal slot 5654. More specifically,
the staple-forming pockets 5656 are arranged in a herringbone
pattern, which corresponds to the herringbone pattern of the staple
cavities 5516 (FIG. 126). The anvil plate 5650 can be a sheet of
metal in which the arrangement of staple-forming pockets has been
stamped.
[0732] The adaptor assembly 5640 does not include a deformable
material, such as the deformable material 5570. Rather, the anvil
plate 5650 is configured to directly engage the anvil 5530. The
anvil plate 5650 includes a lip 5666, which is positioned against
the staple-forming surface 5502. The lip 5666 is substantially
U-shaped. In other instances, the lip 5666 can be L-shaped, linear,
and/or contoured, for example. The anvil plate 5600 also includes
an inner ridge 5668, which is aligned with the longitudinal slot
5504 in the anvil 5530. The ridge 5668 is configured to facilitate
the alignment of the adaptor assembly 5640 along the length of the
end effector 5600.
[0733] In other instances, the anvil plate 5650 can be embedded in
the staple-forming surface 5502 of the anvil 5530. For example,
staple-forming pockets 5656 of the anvil plate 5650 can at least
partially nest within the staple-forming pockets 5506 in the anvil
5530. Although the arrangement, quantity, and/or geometry of the
staple-forming pockets 5656 are different than the arrangement,
quantity, and/or geometry of the staple-forming pockets 5506,
portions of the staple-forming pockets 5656 can be positioned
within portions of the staple-forming pockets 5506.
[0734] Many of the surgical instrument systems described herein are
motivated by an electric motor; however, the surgical instrument
systems described herein can be motivated in any suitable manner.
In various instances, the surgical instrument systems described
herein can be motivated by a manually-operated trigger, for
example. In certain instances, the motors disclosed herein may
comprise a portion or portions of a robotically controlled system.
Moreover, any of the end effectors and/or tool assemblies disclosed
herein can be utilized with a robotic surgical instrument system.
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/118,241, entitled SURGICAL
STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE STAPLE DEPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS,
now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0298719, for
example, discloses several examples of a robotic surgical
instrument system in greater detail.
[0735] The surgical instrument systems described herein have been
described in connection with the deployment and deformation of
staples; however, the embodiments described herein are not so
limited. Various embodiments are envisioned which deploy fasteners
other than staples, such as clamps or tacks, for example. Moreover,
various embodiments are envisioned which utilize any suitable means
for sealing tissue. For instance, an end effector in accordance
with various embodiments can comprise electrodes configured to heat
and seal the tissue. Also, for instance, an end effector in
accordance with certain embodiments can apply vibrational energy to
seal the tissue.
[0736] The entire disclosures of: [0737] U.S. Pat. No. 5,403,312,
entitled ELECTROSURGICAL HEMOSTATIC DEVICE, which issued on Apr. 4,
1995; [0738] U.S. Pat. No. 7,000,818, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING
INSTRUMENT HAVING SEPARATE DISTINCT CLOSING AND FIRING SYSTEMS,
which issued on Feb. 21, 2006; [0739] U.S. Pat. No. 7,422,139,
entitled MOTOR-DRIVEN SURGICAL CUTTING AND FASTENING INSTRUMENT
WITH TACTILE POSITION FEEDBACK, which issued on Sep. 9, 2008;
[0740] U.S. Pat. No. 7,464,849, entitled ELECTRO-MECHANICAL
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH CLOSURE SYSTEM AND ANVIL ALIGNMENT
COMPONENTS, which issued on Dec. 16, 2008; [0741] U.S. Pat. No.
7,670,334, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT HAVING AN ARTICULATING END
EFFECTOR, which issued on Mar. 2, 2010; [0742] U.S. Pat. No.
7,753,245, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS, which issued on
Jul. 13, 2010; [0743] U.S. Pat. No. 8,393,514, entitled SELECTIVELY
ORIENTABLE IMPLANTABLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE, which issued on Mar. 12,
2013; [0744] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/343,803, entitled
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT HAVING RECORDING CAPABILITIES; now U.S. Pat.
No. 7,845,537; [0745] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/031,573,
entitled SURGICAL CUTTING AND FASTENING INSTRUMENT HAVING RF
ELECTRODES, filed Feb. 14, 2008; [0746] U.S. patent application
Ser. No. 12/031,873, entitled END EFFECTORS FOR A SURGICAL CUTTING
AND STAPLING INSTRUMENT, filed Feb. 15, 2008, now U.S. Pat. No.
7,980,443; [0747] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/235,782,
entitled MOTOR-DRIVEN SURGICAL CUTTING INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat.
No. 8,210,411; [0748] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/249,117,
entitled POWERED SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING APPARATUS WITH
MANUALLY RETRACTABLE FIRING SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,608,045;
[0749] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/647,100, entitled
MOTOR-DRIVEN SURGICAL CUTTING INSTRUMENT WITH ELECTRIC ACTUATOR
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL ASSEMBLY, filed Dec. 24, 2009; now U.S. Pat.
No. 8,220,688; [0750] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/893,461,
entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE, filed Sep. 29, 2012, now U.S. Pat. No.
8,733,613; [0751] U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/036,647,
entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT, filed Feb. 28, 2011, now
U.S. Pat. No. 8,561,870; [0752] U.S. patent application Ser. No.
13/118,241, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE
STAPLE DEPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,072,535; [0753]
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/524,049, entitled ARTICULATABLE
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A FIRING DRIVE, filed on Jun. 15,
2012; now U.S. Pat. No. 9,101,358; [0754] U.S. patent application
Ser. No. 13/800,025, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS
SENSOR SYSTEM, filed on Mar. 13, 2013, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2014/0263551; U.S. patent application Ser. No.
13/800,067, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS SENSOR
SYSTEM, filed on Mar. 13, 2013, now U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2014/0263552; [0755] U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2007/0175955, entitled SURGICAL CUTTING AND
FASTENING INSTRUMENT WITH CLOSURE TRIGGER LOCKING MECHANISM, filed
Jan. 31, 2006; and [0756] U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2010/0264194, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT WITH AN
ARTICULATABLE END EFFECTOR, filed Apr. 22, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No.
8,308,040, are hereby incorporated by reference herein.
[0757] Although various devices have been described herein in
connection with certain embodiments, modifications and variations
to those embodiments may be implemented. Particular features,
structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable
manner in one or more embodiments. Thus, the particular features,
structures or characteristics illustrated or described in
connection with one embodiment may be combined in whole or in part,
with the features, structures, or characteristics of one or more
other embodiments without limitation. Also, where materials are
disclosed for certain components, other materials may be used.
Furthermore, according to various embodiments, a single component
may be replaced by multiple components, and multiple components may
be replaced by a single component, to perform a given function or
functions. The foregoing description and following claims are
intended to cover all such modification and variations.
[0758] The devices disclosed herein can be designed to be disposed
of after a single use, or they can be designed to be used multiple
times. In either case, however, a device can be reconditioned for
reuse after at least one use. Reconditioning can include any
combination of the steps including, but not limited to, the
disassembly of the device, followed by cleaning or replacement of
particular pieces of the device, and subsequent reassembly of the
device. In particular, a reconditioning facility and/or surgical
team can disassemble a device and, after cleaning and/or replacing
particular parts of the device, the device can be reassembled for
subsequent use. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that
reconditioning of a device can utilize a variety of techniques for
disassembly, cleaning/replacement, and reassembly. Use of such
techniques, and the resulting reconditioned device, are all within
the scope of the present application.
[0759] The devices disclosed herein may be processed before
surgery. First, a new or used instrument may be obtained and, when
necessary, cleaned. The instrument may then be sterilized. In one
sterilization technique, the instrument is placed in a closed and
sealed container, such as a plastic or TYVEK bag. The container and
instrument may then be placed in a field of radiation that can
penetrate the container, such as gamma radiation, x-rays, and/or
high-energy electrons. The radiation may kill bacteria on the
instrument and in the container. The sterilized instrument may then
be stored in the sterile container. The sealed container may keep
the instrument sterile until it is opened in a medical facility. A
device may also be sterilized using any other technique known in
the art, including but not limited to beta radiation, gamma
radiation, ethylene oxide, plasma peroxide, and/or steam.
[0760] While this invention has been described as having exemplary
designs, the present invention may be further modified within the
spirit and scope of the disclosure. This application is therefore
intended to cover any variations, uses, or adaptations of the
invention using its general principles.
[0761] Any patent, publication, or other disclosure material, in
whole or in part, that is said to be incorporated by reference
herein is incorporated herein only to the extent that the
incorporated materials do not conflict with existing definitions,
statements, or other disclosure material set forth in this
disclosure. As such, and to the extent necessary, the disclosure as
explicitly set forth herein supersedes any conflicting material
incorporated herein by reference. Any material, or portion thereof,
that is said to be incorporated by reference herein, but which
conflicts with existing definitions, statements, or other
disclosure material set forth herein will only be incorporated to
the extent that no conflict arises between that incorporated
material and the existing disclosure material.
* * * * *